Have you been going to a friend's place for barbeque nights often and want to host one yourself? We have found the perfect option to get you started.
Pellet grills have become very popular in the market today. They are known for the convenience of an electric grill combined with the flavors of a charcoal alternative.
If you love barbequing, it is time to impress your family and friends with a platter of their favorite smoked ribs and braised meat. Give your casual weekend a unique twist with a burst of flavors and a dinner that the guests cannot get enough of!
But are you wondering if pellet grills are worth buying? To make it easier, we have written a detailed and unbiased guide about a pellet grill's best attributes, followed by 5 reasons why it is worth buying and its limitations. You will find a detailed description of its benefits and authentic characteristics.
So, without further ado, let’s get down to business.
What Are The Best Attributes Of A Pellet Grill?
A pellet grill offers a great range of bells and whistles. It is known to be more versatile than charcoal grills and comes in multiple shapes and sizes. So, you can purchase one based on your preferences. Read on to know all about them.
Authentic Taste
If you are a fan of barbeque dinners, you probably love the smoky taste along with the authentic flavors that come from burnt wood. Pellet grills will offer you just that, and you can taste the unique flavors of wood and spices on the plate itself.
The best part about pellets is that they do not give off acrid smoke, which could be problematic for those cooking or sitting nearby. They burn every pellet perfectly and keep the heat in check, allowing your food to capture the best flavors.
Healthy Cooking
While electric grills are considered the most healthy option, they do not provide the authentic grilled flavor. The charcoal grill offers flavors but is not considered very healthy. On the other hand, pellet grills provide just the right amount of flavors and are healthy too.
You can control and reduce the HCAs from forming by cooking at very low temperatures for a longer time. This helps in enhancing the flavors as well as cooking healthy.
Convenience
Additionally, it will offer convenience like no other! Unlike charcoal grills, which you’d need to monitor constantly, this one does not need to be monitored at all. You can set the time and temperature and let it cook on its own.
What's more! Pellets will be poured into the smoke chamber by the machine itself whenever required. This makes it highly energy-efficient and it allows you to leave the machine and let it work its magic.
Quick Cooking Option
We were very happy to know that the grill takes very little time to heat up. While charcoal alternatives need considerable time to heat, making the cooking process time-consuming, this one can heat up in 10 minutes.
If you love hosting barbeque nights with friends and family, this device will allow you to spend more time with them. No more sweating over hot grills and waiting to put in the meat or veggies.
Why Are Pellet Grills Worth It?
There are several reasons why pellet grills work very well for household use. We have listed down some of the major reasons behind it being a great choice to make.
Easy To Use
There are only 4 steps to cook on a pellet grill like a pro. Follow the next 4 steps, and you’ll have great smoky delicacies cooked to perfection.
Fill the hopper with wood pellets.
Set the temperature that you wish to cook in. Turn the dial to adjust accordingly.
Once you've set the temperature, keep your food inside and shut the lid.
When the timer stops, take the food out and let it cool for 5 minutes.
That is all!
Now you know how easy it is to cook in a pellet grill. There is no complication, and you would not need to check on it every once in a while.
High-Temperature Cooking
This device can cook at 225 degrees Fahrenheit for an hour on a pound of pellets. This ensures that you do not need to fill the hopper up while cooking. It will keep feeding wood pellets in the smoking chamber whenever required. Hence, you can cook at high temperatures easily without consuming too much energy.
Also, the wooden pellets will give off the same flavors like that of a charcoal grill. The pellets are fed into a burning pot with the help of a motor or an auger. It is all automatic, and you will not have to worry about it at all.
Versatility
Were you under the impression that you can only smoke in a pellet grill? Well, you were wrong! It can not only be used for smoking meat but also grilling, bbq, baking, braising, and roasting meat. We have tried using it every day to cook our dinners, and we could cook multiple options so that nobody had to eat the same thing everyday.
To top it all, you can cook a variety of items in it. From briskets, pulled pork, pies, burgers, ribs to pizzas, everything can be cooked in these grills. Let it satisfy your craving every weekend with the perfect platter of your favorites.
Variety Of Hardwood Flavors
The wooden pellets that are used in the cooking process are generally made of authentic hardwood. There are various kinds of hardwood, and each imparts a different flavor to the food. The infusion of wooden flavors in your dishes is what makes it different from food grilled in an electrical device or on the stove.
For instance, Hickory wood has a particular tantalizing aroma that smells similar to bacon. One can easily pair it up with chicken, pork, and beef. Now, if you want to bbq veggies, Mesquite hardwood will be a great option. Not only will it lend a spicy flavor to the veggies, but it will also work amazingly well with Texas barbeque.
Other than this, there are multiple types of fruit hardwood with diffused flavors that work well with lamb and fish. These usually need just a mild flavor, and the wood would provide that.
Provides Great Value
By now, you must have realized how well these grills function. We were delighted with the wide range of cooking options that we could choose from. There are thousands of recipes available on the internet, which will help you experiment.
Also, with so many benefits, you must be expecting a higher price tag. But that is not so! Although there are higher-priced premium options, you will find most of the products ranging from low prices, which are absolutely affordable. For the value that it provides, we have no complaints regarding the price.
Limitations
While the grill is packed with so many benefits, we should tell you about the limitations too. Since it requires a power outlet to operate, you will have to place it near a power source. This restricts its movements, and you cannot take it to places where there is no power. For cooking in our backyard, we used an extension that was connected to an outlet inside the house.
Also, cooking at higher temperatures is possible, but if you wish to go over 450-degree Fahrenheit, then you will have to shift to charcoal grills. This is because it works with pellets and hence cannot heat beyond a certain point.
These are the only 2 drawbacks we found with pellet variants, and they do not stand against the host of benefits that are offered.
Final Words
Although pellet grills are not very expensive, they will cost above $350 for the cheapest models and can go up to $1300. So, make a purchase carefully depending on the size and shape that you want.
Some grills will come with wheels, which are easier to operate if you are going to take it back and forth from your backyard to the house. These will cost more than the ones with no wheels.
If you do not want to move the product around much, save money by choosing one with no wheels. Also, consider the size of your family before purchasing one. If you have a big family, the cooking area should be large and vice versa.
With this, we have come to the end of our guide. We sincerely hope you will be able to make a choice, now that you know everything about pellet grills. Most people love barbequing, and we are sure you are going to have a gala time while at it.
Angle grinder discs are universal and interchangeable, so it's possible to change them based on the job and the angle grinder model. However, since there are various types of discs, choosing the best fit can be quite challenging.
Even if you own the best angle grinder, changing the grinder discs from time to time is inevitable because they will wear down eventually.
An average angle grinding disc or blade usually lasts around two years, so you need to change it accordingly. Since these grinder discs are universal and interchangeable, you can easily change them based on your job requirements. There are different sizes and types of angle grinder discs, so read on!
What's an Angle Grinder?
Before discussing the different angle grinder discs and their universal quality, let's talk a bit more about the machine. Angle grinders, also called disc grinders, are portable power tools for polishing and grinding hard surfaces such as wood, metal, or concrete. They are pretty common in industries and workshops and widely used for construction, metalwork, and emergency rescues.
Depending on the angle grinder model, the power source might vary, such as compressed air, electric motor, or petrol engine. That said, the handheld cordless variant is commonly used in practical applications for its easy portability. You can also consider the following qualities while looking for the best angle grinder:
Power source
Motor power
RPM
Arbor size
Furthermore, the disc size will largely determine the choice of the angle grinder. The two most common sizes are - 4.5 inches and 9 inches. These discs are universal and interchangeable, so you can use them with any grinder model and change them based on your job requirements. It's best to use the larger discs for heavy-duty tasks, while the smaller discs are more suitable for delicate applications.
What Are Different Types of Angle Grinders?
There are different types of angle grinders designed for different applications. You must understand their structural and functional differences to choose the most suitable option. Not to mention, the choice of your angle grinder disc will greatly vary depending on the functions of these different angle grinder models.
1. Cordless Angle Grinders
These angle grinders are highly versatile and can be used in industrial and residential applications. Since they do not require any power outlets, you can easily carry them anywhere you want without hassle.
These grinders are handy for performing grinding tasks while on a scaffold or ladder because you need not worry about tripping on trailing electrical wires. However, choose cordless grinders with powerful and high-capacity batteries to prevent the machine from running out of juice in the middle of your work.
2. Corded Angle Grinders
You'll need a nearby power outlet to use a corded angle grinder because, as you can imagine, it requires an electrical power source to work. The corded variants are much more lightweight than the cordless versions because the latter comes with batteries.
Furthermore, you can fit large and small grinding discs with most corded angle grinders. However, choose a grinder with a smaller disc if you want to use the machine for minor cutting or grinding jobs regularly. You should also consider a corded model's ergonomic design and vibration control before purchasing it.
3. Pneumatic Angle Grinders
Pneumatic angle grinders are the perfect combination of durability and performance and are ideal for shaping or cutting metal workpieces and working on metal surfaces. These are used for light-duty tasks requiring intricate details and precisions.
Moreover, pneumatic angle grinders work with compressed air as their power source and come with air compressor units. They are perfect for high-precision jobs and are significantly more lightweight than any other angle grinder variants. On top of this, some pneumatic angle grinders have throttle levers allowing superb performance control for technical jobs like speed grinding or feather edging.
4. Variable Speed Angle Grinders
As the name suggests, you can control the speed of the cutting or grinding discs in these angle grinders depending on your job requirements. Thus, these models are suitable for various tasks, from minor residential applications to heavy-duty commercial jobs.
For instance, you can set the disc on this angle grinder at a high RPM while performing any high-precision job allowing you to add intricate details. Some of these angle grinder models also feature paddle switches to better control the disc rotation speed.
5. Straight-Angle Grinders
The grinding wheel in a straight-angle grinder is set at 90 degrees, making it ideal for cutting or grinding sharp corners, inner surfaces, and outer edges.
All you have to do is change the grinding stones on the disc based on the surface and job requirements, and you'll be good to go. Not to mention, the unique wheel angle makes this grinder a much better choice than any standard angle grinder while working on sharp edges and tricky nooks and corners.
What Are the Different Types of Angle Grinder Discs?
Now that you know about the different types of angle grinders, it's time to discuss the types of grinder discs you can use for different tasks. You must know about the functions of these grinder discs, so you can choose the correct disc while using an angle grinder for residential or industrial applications.
1. Silicon Carbide Grinding Discs
These grinding discs are specially designed to work on metal surfaces allowing effortless cutting and shaping of metal pieces. Such discs allow easy removal of sharp metal materials without damaging the surface while grinding or cutting. Not to mention, these discs minimize the preparation time for the cutting process, so you can save a lot of time without the subsequent processing of the surface.
2. Cut-Off Grinding Discs
Cut-off grinding discs are your best bet if you want to work on hard materials, such as metal piping, bolts, rods, and rebars. Their cutting rim is made to withstand high friction without ruining the surface. This cut-off wheel can also sharpen metal surfaces during high-precision tasks. You can choose a specific disc size depending on your job requirements and grinder model.
3. Ceramic Sanding Disc
No one likes to look at old and peeling paints on their lawn furniture or house walls. The ceramic sanding disc makes it effortless to remove old paint and prepare the surface for a new paint job. These discs are also quite popular in woodwork projects because you can use them for coarse and fine sanding without much hassle.
4. Abrasive Wheels and Discs
As the name suggests, such grinding discs or wheels are made of an abrasive compound to seamlessly perform abrasion and grinding functions on rough and hard surfaces. An abrasive wheel or disc comes with two features:
The abrasive grains: Allowing efficient cutting, sharpening, or grinding
The abrasive bond: Combining and supporting the abrasive grains for the cutting process
They work quite well on stone or metals and can pair with different machine sizes. Even though the primary application of these discs is material removal, you can use them for the preparation and finishing of metal and stone surfaces.
5. Wire Brush Wheels
The wire wheels work exactly like a traditional wire brush but with much more power and efficiency. You can use a wire wheel on metal or masonry to remove rust or paint and prepare the surface. These wire wheels are also quite effective in removing burrs from rough-cut metal pieces.
6. Diamond Cutting Discs
If you're confused about choosing what angle grinder blade for concrete surfaces, the diamond disc can be your best choice because it is specially designed to work on granite, concrete, masonry, and tiles.These discs and wheels have small diamonds fixed in their cutting rim, allowing you to cut through solid concrete surfaces effortlessly.
However, you must select the appropriate disc sizes depending on your power tool model and cutting technique. You can select a small diamond disc around 4.5 inches if you have smaller grinders for minor DIY household applications. These diamond discs are also suitable for wet and dry cutting.
7. Aluminum Oxide Grinding Wheels
Wood is much softer and more brittle than metal, stone, or concrete surfaces, so you have to use a specific type of grinding wheel while cutting or grinding wood. These oxide-based aluminum wheels and discs are ideal for woodwork projects and cutting crumbly materials, such as cutting boards, without damaging the surface.
8. Flap Discs
A flap disc works almost like a wire brush but comes with flaps instead of wires. The flaps allow a seamless combination of the welding beads with the metal disc for effortless cutting and grinding.
Angle Grinder Blades Final Thoughts
The best and most effortless way to cut or grind hard surfaces, such as metal, concrete, stone, or wood, is to use an angle grinder. Whether you're working on a DIY household project or a large-scale industrial project, you can choose any angle grinder model and grinding disc to get the job done.
The choice of the grinding disc will largely depend on your job requirements and the material you're working on. Diamond discs are undoubtedly the most durable and sharpest among all grinder discs and work well on concrete and masonry.
But since angle grinding discs are interchangeable and universal, you can consider using other discs of different sizes to cut or grind different materials. Whichever grinder disc or power tool you choose, read through the safety features to avoid any serious injury.
It's a real letdown when your fancy aquarium develops a crack and leaks water. Disposing of it is wasteful, so why not use a sealant?
No, we're not talking about any ordinary sealing substance, but rather silicone ones, which are primarily meant for this purpose. However, finding an appropriate one is easier said than done since many duplicate products claim to be "100% silicone", only to leave you wiser later.
The last thing you want is to accidentally contaminate your fish tank. That's why we decided to do all the hard work on your behalf and compile a list of 10 best aquarium silicone safes for 2024.
Without further ado, let's get down to business.
Best Aquarium Silicone Safe
Each of these silicone sealants has been thoroughly researched and tested to ensure they are safe and non-toxic for use in aquariums. So, whether you're setting up a new aquarium or repairing a leaky tank, here's the list of the 10 best aquarium silicone-safe products to consider.
The Aqueon Silicone Sealant is an excellent option for users looking to prevent leaks in aquariums without spending a lot. It's a fool-proof solution, and as such, improves the structural integrity of the fish tank. So, if you want something reliable, get this right away.
First things first, it's a cinch to apply, thanks to the pointed nozzle tip, ensuring precise and hassle-free use. Furthermore, its waterproof composition creates a long-lasting seal that can stand the test of time.
Meaning it won't crack or shrink, which usually happens with sub-standard sealants that eventually cause leaks. Besides, its high-strength formula makes for a reliable option, keeping your aquarium in good shape throughout.
But that's not all; the sealant is rated 100% non-toxic, so you can expect superior performance without any adverse effects on the fish and other aquatic life. Also, it's suitable for use in all types of aquariums, which just goes on to emphasize its wide applicability. In short, it's one of the best options, be it for a large tank or a small fishbowl.
What Could've Been Better?
While we are quite pleased with the performance of this sealant, we did find one glaring flaw. The packaging is far from acceptable, and more often than not, the bottom bursts open after a few applications. We would have liked it better if the tube container was not as flimsy.
Pros
Pointed nozzle tip enables easy application
Sealant does not crack or shrink
100% non-toxic formula; safe for aquatic life
Suitable for all types of aquariums
Cons
Tube container is quite flimsy
Size: 3 oz. | Curing Time: 24 hours | Temperature Resistance: -80°F to 450°F | Certifications: FDA, NSF
Up next, we have picked the Henkel Corporation 908570 Clear Silicone Sealant, a highly functional option that can fix your aquarium in no time. However, it's not just limited to that; in fact, it can serve multiple other purposes, making it a more dependable choice.
Versatile Use: Aquarium Safe and ideal for sealing or...
Why Did We Like It?
First of all, we're very impressed with its waterproof composition, allowing you to use the sealant without fear of dissolving or contamination. As such, it can be used on different surfaces, including glass, metal, ABS, ceramic, wood, porcelain, granite, tiles, marble, etc.
Therefore, if you're looking for a multipurpose product that can also be used to fix other things, this one will not disappoint. It works as a sealant and adhesive, so you can use it for multiple DIY projects that require high-strength bonding.
That said, you may apply it for repairing window and door frames, gaskets, shoes, boots, and toys, among other things. But since we're talking about aquariums, let's just say that it's compatible with both saltwater and freshwater models. Lastly, its temperature and weather resistance makes it beneficial in the long run.
What Could've Been Better?
We're indeed very pleased with the results and do not have any complaints about its long-term performance. However, we'd suggest applying the sealant in a well-vented space, as it produces a lot of fumes. This could be a problem for users who feel uncomfortable using such chemical substances.
Pros
Works on a wide range of surfaces
Suitable for saltwater and freshwater tanks
Ensures superior bonding and adhesive strength
Can be used for repairing other items
Cons
Produces a lot of fumes
Size: 2.7 oz. | Curing Time: 24 hours | Temperature Resistance: -75°F to 400°F | Certifications: None
It's a real bummer when your aquarium develops a tiny crack, and it eventually starts to expand due to the water pressure. Don't wait for it to worsen, and use the GE012A All Purpose Silicone to fix things permanently. So, if that sounds doable, buy this ASAP.
100% Waterproof and Weatherproof: This 100% silicone formula...
Excellent Flexibility and Strong Adhesion: Provides a...
Why Did We Like It?
Many users are skeptical about using products labeled “all-purpose,” as these are often part of marketing gimmicks that mislead people. We understand where these doubts stem from, and hence we tested all aspects of the product before adding it to our list.
For starters, it's suitable for both indoor and outdoor use, something amiss in most other sealants in this price range. Meanwhile, its 100% weather-proof composition makes it exceptionally resilient and durable.
Long story short, you can use it in outdoor tanks and surfaces exposed to the rigors of nature. Besides, it's same-day, rain-ready within 12 hours of application, which further adds to the user's convenience.
But the good things don't end here; the sealant ensures 7 years of mold and mildew protection, delivering superior performance and peace of mind. Lastly, it can also handle UV degradation and freezing temperatures, so you might as well use it on windows, trimmings, and other areas that need a quick fix.
What Could've Been Better?
The affordable price is one thing that instantly attracts many users. But then again, you must weigh in the cost of a caulk gun as it requires one for application. That won't be a problem unless you already own one, but otherwise, it just adds to the cost.
Pros
Suitable for both indoor and outdoor use
100% weather-proof composition
Same-day, rain-ready within 12 hours
7 years of mold and mildew protection
Cons
Requires a caulk gun for application
Size: 10.1 oz. | Curing Time: 12 hours | Temperature Resistance: -40°F to 400°F | Certifications: None
A tiny fracture in the fish tank should not force you to discard and replace it with a new one. Instead, consider getting the J-B Weld 31310 All-Purpose RTV Silicone Sealant to fix the source of leaks. So, just get a tube of this, and you'll be sorted in a blink.
Clear Silicone Sealant & Adhesive: Is A General Purpose...
Why Did We Like It?
To begin with, we're very impressed with its wide applicability, which makes it ideal for most household DIY projects. So, if you'd rather buy something compatible with multiple surfaces, this one indeed checks the box.
The best part about it is that the sealant does not crack or shrink and yet remains flexible. This feature alone puts it miles ahead of competitors, ensuring superior bonding strength throughout. Plus, it's water and weather-proof, creating strong adhesion that can withstand the elements.
Therefore, you can use it to repair windshields, door frames, windows, and tubs, in addition to aquariums. The product is also mildew and mold-resistant, so you can confidently apply it in fish tanks without worrying about any undesirable growth.
What Could've Been Better?
We do not have any complaints about its performance or durability, but we couldn't help but notice this one issue. The product inside the tube is quite stiff and takes a lot of effort to squeeze it out. This could be a problem for users who find it difficult to apply that sort of pressure.
Pros
Sealant does not crack or shrink
Water and weather-proof composition
Product is mold and mildew-resistant
Suitable for a wide range of repairs
Cons
Sealant is quite stiff and difficult to apply
Size: 3 oz. | Curing Time: 24 hours | Temperature Resistance: -65°F to 500°F | Certifications: None
If you would rather use a mild product, the Silco RTV 4500 Silicone Sealant is the ideal option. When it comes to repairing fish tanks, we usually look for solutions that won't harm aquatic life. But many also want a sealing substance that has zero impact on the user. Hence, this is a perfect choice.
There are many reasons, but let's begin with the basics. For starters, this product is a cinch to apply, all because of the easy-squeeze tube. This may not seem much, but anyone who had to struggle with silicone sealants will know what a relief that is.
Furthermore, it's made of one-part acetoxy silicone rubber sealant, which renders it food-grade as per NSF and ANSI standards. This undoubtedly has to be its biggest USP, as most other products at this price point do not meet these standards.
Other than that, it does not crack or become brittle with age, so you can expect your tank to function leak-free. As a matter of fact, it's also resistant to moisture, weathering, and extreme temperatures, and hence durability should be the least of your concerns.
What Could've Been Better?
While the manufacturers claim that the substance has a clear appearance, in reality, it's kind of silvery. It does not affect the sealant's performance or longevity, but we would have liked it better if it was advertised. That aside, it's still an excellent option to fix your aquarium.
Pros
Available in an easy-squeeze tube
Product meets NSF and ANSI standards
Does not crack or becomes brittle with age
Moisture, weathering, and temperature resistant
Cons
Product does not have a clear appearance
Size: 2.8 oz. | Curing Time: 24 hours | Temperature Resistance: -65°F to 450°F | Certifications: FDA, USDA
We're halfway through our recommendations, and now is a good time to introduce the ASI Clear Aquarium Silicone Sealant. If you're looking for something to leak-proof your tank with minimum effort, this product is bound to impress. Also, the affordable price tag makes it a steal deal in our books.
This high modulus component RTV Silicone Sealant forms...
The bonds are unaffected by continuous immersion in water...
Why Did We Like It?
First things first, this product is solely made for aquariums, meaning you can expect unparalleled performance from the get-go. For the best results, we suggest thoroughly cleaning the glass and then applying the sealant at the center of the joint.
A little bit goes a long way, and hence it's unlikely that you'll run out of this 10.2 Oz. container anytime soon. Besides, it forms superior, cohesive bonds that remain unaffected when continuously immersed in water.
What impressed us the most is its non-slump quality, allowing users to apply it on vertical surfaces without flowing or sagging. This bit is essential if you're looking to avoid mess during a DIY project.
Also, it's highly temperature resistant, with a constant operating range of -70°F to 450°F. Lastly, it's suitable for freshwater and saltwater aquariums, as well as vivariums, making it a truly versatile option.
What Could've Been Better?
Nothing except the curing time. To explain further, this sealant requires a curing time of 7-10 days before you can add water or aquatic animals. While that's not a deal-breaker per se, many don't want to wait that long for a single project. In that case, we suggest looking for alternatives.
Pros
Remains unaffected under continuous immersion
Does not flow or sag on vertical surfaces
Constant operating range of -70°F to 450°F
Suitable for different aquariums and vivarium
Cons
Long curing time of 7-10 days
Size: 10.2 oz. | Curing Time: 24 hours | Temperature Resistance: -40°F to 450°F | Certifications: NSF
For aquarium owners, even a tiny leak in the structure is nothing short of a nightmare. Therefore, we recommend buying the MarineLand Silicone Squeeze Tube to keep your fish tank up and running. It's effective, strong, and highly resilient, in short, everything you expect from a sealant.
First off, we cannot get enough of the practicality and strength it offers, that too at a dirt cheap price. So, if you want something that can do the job while essentially keeping things low-maintenance, get this stat.
Ideally, you should scrub the tank and dry it completely before applying the product, as it ensures better bonding and durability. After that, simply use the squeeze tube applicator to put tiny beads of sealant along the joint.
You don't need to excess, so it's best not to spread it like a film. So, whether it's a leaky fish tank or broken aquarium ornaments, this clear substance can patch it up in no time. Lastly, it takes only about 48 hours to cure, which is considerably less compared to most other sealing materials.
What Could've Been Better?
We are, for most parts, satisfied with its efficiency and durable performance. However, there's absolutely nothing you can do about the awful smell it gives out. But then again, it's a small price to pay if it ultimately keeps your fish safe in a leak-proof environment.
Pros
Available at an affordable price
Easy to use squeeze tube applicator
Takes only 48 hours to cure
Works on broken aquarium ornaments
Cons
Gives out an awful smell
Size: 2.8 oz. | Curing Time: 24 hours | Temperature Resistance: -100°F to 500°F | Certifications: None
As aquarium owners, we understand the need for products that work without interfering with the water ecosystem. After all, one wrong purchase could pose a threat to aquatic life. That's why we suggest buying the Dap 00688 All-Purpose Adhesive Sealant as it undoubtedly checks both the boxes and more.
Long lasting 100% silicone rubber helps build and repair...
Waterproof
Why Did We Like It?
To begin with, we're very impressed with the waterproof and watertight performance of this sealant, preventing the occurrence of leaks. Also, once applied, it does not crack, shrink or disintegrate, which further preserves the sanctity of the aquarium.
Despite everything, it stays flexible, ensuring seamless use and removal when necessary. Therefore, if you want a practical solution to restore your fish tank, this product will not disappoint.
In terms of cure time, it's not too bad either, requiring about 72 hours for the process. While that's not less, it certainly is better than traditional sealants that take about 7-10 days. Lastly, it's suitable for both freshwater and saltwater models, making it one of the most versatile options on our list.
What Could've Been Better?
Well, it works as described, which is what we're looking for anyway. However, we couldn't help but notice this one glitch. Basically, it comes with a nozzle, which you can use only once since there's no cap for it. Honestly, that's impractical, and we don't think the manufacturers thought through this one.
Pros
Does not crack, shrink or disintegrate
Flexibility ensures easy use and removal
Curing time of 72 hours
Suitable for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums
Cons
Nozzle is meant for one-time use only
Size: 2.8 oz. | Curing Time: 24 hours | Temperature Resistance: -40°F to 400°F | Certifications: None
We know how much you love your goldfish and black mollies and hence, understand the need for non-toxic products. That's where the Selsil Aquarium Silicone Sealant comes into the picture, providing superior bonding and lasting strength, all at a reasonable price. So, go ahead and add this to your shopping cart now.
SAFE FOR THE FISH: Selsil Aquarium Silicone is a silicone...
ADHESIVE FOR VARIOUS NON-POROUS SURFACES: This transparent...
Why Did We Like It?
This sealant is specially formulated for aquarium use and we can make out from its non-reactive nature. Therefore, it's suitable for a range of non-porous surfaces, including glass, ceramic tiles, aluminum, etc.
All you need to do is load the cartridge in a caulk gun and apply it in a strip form. However, you should thoroughly cleanse the surface before putting the sealant, as any amount of dust, dirt, or grease can compromise efficiency.
That said, its biggest USP is its resistance to Ozone and UV radiation. Furthermore, it can tolerate extreme temperatures without losing elasticity. Other than that, it does not pull, crack or discolor under any circumstances. So, if you're expecting high adhesion and insulation, this one is a solid investment, hands down.
What Could've Been Better?
Well, there's no sugarcoating this, but the application is a bit clumsy. This is mainly because the gun squirts out the excess, which is hard to scrape off. So, if you don't mind spending a little more time in the process, this is surely a good buy.
Pros
Compatible with glass, ceramic tiles, aluminum, etc.
Resistant to Ozone and UV radiation
Elasticity remains unaffected in extreme temperatures
Delivers high adhesion and insulation
Cons
Clumsy application; caulk gun squirts excess
Size: 10.14 oz. | Curing Time: 24 hours | Temperature Resistance: -40°F to 500°F | Certifications: FDA, NSF
The APEL Aquarium Silicone Sealant is an excellent option for anyone looking to save time and effort on repair tasks. Long story short, if you cannot wait to restore your tank and bring the fish to their original home, do not miss out on this one.
100% Silicone - Apel’s aquarium sealant is always 100%...
Multipurpose - When it comes to your aquarium, our safe...
Why Did We Like It?
For starters, we're very impressed with the strong bonding and non-toxic composition, which makes it the ideal choice for any fish tank. As such, it's a multipurpose option that not only prevents leaks but also attaches decoration to the bottom or sides of the aquarium.
Furthermore, it's made of 100% silicone and does not contain any fungicides or additives that can negatively impact the fish. It also does not crack or shrink and yet remains flexible after application.
So, if you want something that will maintain structural integrity as well as hold the decorations in place, the search ends here. That aside, it's a fast solution, given it gets touch dry in only 1-2 hours and takes just 24 hours to cure.
Besides, it's waterproof and UV-resistant, which further expands its applicability. Basically, it works on a wide range of surfaces, including brick, wood, laminate, metal, PVC, etc., thereby giving you the best bang for the buck.
What Could've Been Better?
Unfortunately, it does not work on cement or rocks, which could limit things for some users. Since many like to create a realistic waterscape with miniature rock caves and creeks, this may not be the perfect option in that case. You may want to look for other adhesives with wider compatibility.
Pros
Prevents leaks and attaches decoration
Does not contain any fungicides or additives
Sealant takes just 24 hours to cure
Works on brick, wood, laminate, PVC, metal, etc.
Cons
Not compatible with cement or rocks
Size: 10.4 oz. | Curing Time: 24 hours | Temperature Resistance: -40°F to 400°F | Certifications: FDA, NSF
Knowing all about the 11 best aquarium silicone may seem sufficient information to go ahead and place an order. However, there are a few factors that you must consider before arriving at a purchase decision.
That's why we have put together a brief buyer's guide to walk you through these essential points. Let's take a look now.
Easy Application
This is the first thing you want to consider when buying silicone sealant. While some products come with a nozzle, others need to be loaded in caulk guns. Regardless of how it works, it should be easy to apply, as you don't want to struggle while squirting it out. Also, even application enables better adhesion and reduces the chance of a mess.
Versatility
The next feature you'd want to invest in is versatility. A multipurpose product is always a good choice as you can use it for DIY projects. Besides, it's not just about repairing leaks, the wide compatibility of the sealant also lets you experiment with different aquarium ornaments and decorations.
Temperature Tolerance
Before buying any of these products, check their operating temperature range. Ideally, a high-quality sealant should remain unaffected by extremely high or low temperatures. This further contributes to its durability and adhesive strength, so it's best not to skimp on this one.
Aquarium Silicone Safe FAQ's
Why do I need aquarium silicone safe?
Regular silicone sealants may contain harmful chemicals that can leach into the water and harm aquatic animals. Aquarium silicone safe is specifically designed to be safe for use in aquariums and will not harm your fish or other aquatic creatures.
Can I use regular silicone in my aquarium?
No, regular silicone is not safe for use in aquariums. It may contain harmful chemicals that can leach into the water and harm aquatic animals. Always use aquarium silicone safe in your aquarium.
How do I apply aquarium silicone safely?
Aquarium silicone safe is applied in the same way as regular silicone sealant. Clean and dry the area that you wish to seal, and then apply the silicone sealant using a caulking gun or other application tools. Allow the sealant to dry completely before filling your aquarium with water.
How long does aquarium silicone safe take to dry?
The drying time for aquarium silicone safe can vary depending on the brand and the conditions in which it is applied. Following the manufacturer’s instructions for application and drying times is important.
How do I know if the aquarium silicone safe is safe for my aquarium?
Always look for a sealant specifically designed for use in aquariums and labeled as “aquarium safe” or “safe for use with aquatic animals”. Additionally, check the product label for information on its ingredients and certifications from organizations like the FDA and NSF.
Can I use aquarium silicone safe for both freshwater and saltwater aquariums?
Yes, most aquarium silicone-safe products are safe for use in both freshwater and saltwater aquariums. However, it is important to check the product label to ensure that it is suitable for your specific aquarium setup.
How often should I reapply aquarium silicone safe?
Aquarium silicone safe is designed to last for a long time, but it may need to be reapplied if it becomes damaged or begins to break down over time. Check your aquarium regularly for signs of damage or wear, and reapply the sealant as needed.
Conclusion
That's all from us!
We hope you can find the most suitable option from our top 11 recommendations. But before you stock your shopping cart, here's some advice.
No matter what you buy, make sure to check the composition of the product. Keep an eye out for additives, as they can compromise the overall performance and interfere with the aquatic environment. Also, wear protective gloves and eyewear during the application, just to be on the safer side. On that note, we would like to sign off with a quick recap of our findings.
It demands a high level of maintenance, with dirt and debris constantly getting caught in the filtration system. Robotic pool cleaners were developed to take care of this job for us, eliminating any work or money involved in hiring a pool cleaner.
When it comes to robot pool cleaners, there are few that have the same quality as the Aquabot X4. Packed with the latest in pool cleaning technology and quality performance, the Aquabot X4 is a go-to option if you are looking for robotic pool cleaners.
Curious if this is the best robotic pool cleaner for you? Read on for our in-depth Aquabot X4 Robotic Pool Cleaner review and analysis.
What are the various features that make the X4 robotic pool cleaner so great at keeping pools clean? We will go over every standout feature and then some to highlight how it performs in day-to-day life.
1. Micro-Brushes
One of the most essential features of a robotic pool cleaner is probably the attached brush on the unit. These brushes determine how efficient a pool cleaner is in breaking down and removing dirt off the walls and floor of the pool.
In the case of the Aquabot X4, it has micro-brushes that rotate to break down algae growth and stains. Everything from the pool floor to the walls even up to the waterline of the pool can be reached by these micro-brushes.
Moreover, thanks to their rotating motion, anything as small as 2 microns that stick to your pool can be brushed away.
2. 4-Wheel Drive
Being an area that is usually wet and slippery, it makes no sense if the pool cleaner can't even maneuver around the pool.
This is why the Aquabot X4 has a four-wheel-drive system to carry it around. Hence, you will have no issues with it slipping across the surface and missing areas.
4 wheel drive means the Aquabot X4 is able to climb the walls of your pool easily. Where other robotic pool cleaners may struggle to grip a 90-degree floor-to-wall transition, there are no issues with the Aquabot X4.
This is due to its incredible traction that delivers fantastic output no matter how wet it gets. So, whatever the size or shape of the pool, it offers a secure grip while cleaning.
3. Filtration System
The Aquabot X4 has two onboard filter baskets lined with an ultra-fine mesh filter. When combined, these filter baskets have an incredible capacity of 190 cubic inches. This means it can function for more extended periods with little maintenance needed in between cleaning sessions.
Thanks to it, the Aquabot X4 is able to capture more dirt and contaminants. Be it a large piece of debris or 2 microns of dirt; this robotic pool cleaner will scoop it up easily.
Also, one of the many helpful features of the Aquabot X4 is the top access to the filter system. This makes it convenient to reach and clean out the filter when it gets full.
That's why cleaning out the filters is quick and simple. A thorough rinse is enough to dislodge any debris caught by the filter. Then pop the filter back into the top of the Aquabot X4, and it's good to go for the next cleaning session!
4. Mapping System
Robotic pool cleaners are only as efficient as the mapping system that they use. In this case, the robot pool cleaner uses the AutoX pool mapping system to determine the size and shape of the pool.
Furthermore, the onboard computer gauges an ideal cleaning cycle and route to take for efficient coverage. Fixtures in the pool like stairs and drains can be obstacles that impede other pool cleaners, something the Aquabot X4 does not struggle with but easily maneuvers around instead.
5. Control Panel
Easily accessible with a straightforward design, the control panel is located on top of the Aquabot X4. There are options to run the pool cleaner in time intervals of 48, 72, or 96 hours.
Additionally, an external timer can be used to determine how far along the robot is in a cleaning cycle.
6. Coverage And Power
Whether it is above ground or in-ground pools, this robot pool cleaner is able to easily map out and reach every corner of the pool floor and walls right up to the waterline.
Packing 60 feet of a durable, floating power cable, the Aquabot X4 has no trouble reaching every corner of your pool with length to spare. This 60-foot cable can swivel 360-degrees, so all you need to do is place it in the water and power it on.
What's more, the power cord has an anti-tangle swivel, so it doesn't need to be untangled in the middle of a clean. The anti-tangle swivel allows the X4 to be truly autonomous.
A standout feature of the Aquabot robotic pool cleaner is the low power consumption it has. It can pump out 70 gallons of clean water per minute, all while taking up 15 times less energy than other similar models. This efficient power supply can save you lots of money over time.
What Could've Been Better?
While the X4 robot pool cleaner has incredible features, there are some areas where it fails to meet the mark. These are not deal-breakers but can be an inconvenience for some customers.
One feature that is missing from the X4 is remote control compatibility. This is not an essential feature but would prove handy if the robot overlooks a particular spot or area. Of course, the mapping system is more than enough, but having a remote control option would be good insurance to have.
Another caveat we found is the X4 seems to struggle with stairs, so those with ground pools may want to consider this before buying.
Furthermore, the timer on the control panel does not offer much customizability. Essentially what you see is what you get; you need to adjust your schedule according to the timers given on the X4.
Pros
Included caddy allows for easy transportation
Able to cover pool walls and waterline
Autonomous pool clean at the touch of a button
Anti-tangle swivel eliminates untangling power cords
Excellent build quality with an included 3-year warranty
Cons
No remote control capability
Seems to struggle with stairs
Limited timer choices
Aquabot X4 Buyer's Guide
To find the best robotic pool cleaner for you, keep in mind some key features before making a purchase. Different models and manufacturers include various factors that can change your overall experience with the machine.
1. Versatility
There are different ratings and surfaces that a particular pool cleaner model is designed to handle. Check how efficiently a specific cleaner is able to manage your pool type.
Dimensions of the pool, as well as obstacles within it like drains, slopes, and walls, are dealt with differently. A combination of an efficient mapping system and proper traction make for the best possible pool clean service.
Other factors like brushes vary across pool cleaners and give them different levels of efficiency in removing contaminants. Pollen, dust, and dirt are just some of the tiny debris that gets stuck to the side of the pool. Having a brush that is able to remove these contaminants is an essential component.
2. Power
For larger pools, a robot that is able to filter large volumes of water quickly is preferable. The volume of water output can make the cleaning process much more efficient and save you money and time.
Similarly, the length of the power cord determines how far it can reach. It should be able to cover the length and depth of the pool for the best coverage possible.
3. Warranty
While it may not be a feature included directly on the pool cleaner itself, the warranty of a particular model can tell a lot.
Usually, models with a more extended warranty period have a more substantial lifespan. The assurance that it will last the length of the warranty period is a testament to the confidence the manufacturer has in build quality.
4. Customer Reviews
One way to gauge the performance of a pool cleaner is by looking at customer reviews. These are real-life applications that can tell a lot about a model in the long run.
Using these reviews can help you have a clean pool without going through a trial phase to find the perfect pool cleaner for you. By having real people testify to the performance of a robotic pool cleaner, you can determine if it will perform adequately in your pool or not.
Aquabot X4 Robotic Pool Cleaner Verdict
When it comes to robotic pool cleaners, Aquabot has an exceptional product in the X4.
It is easy to use, versatile, and does not eat a chunk out of your wallet. If a clean pool is all you need, be it under the ground or above ground, the Aquabot X4 is a safe and budget-friendly choice.
Although it does have some areas where it can be improved, it offers one of the best value-for-money packages. With a caddy to store it in and a 3-year warranty, the Aquabot X4 robotic pool cleaner will not disappoint.
Restocking your fridge with bottled water can be a strain on finances and the environment. A great alternative is installing a quality water filtration system.
After all, using a filtration system can clean out normal tap water, removing up to 99.9% of impurities. Bacteria, fluoride, chlorine, viruses, and lead are all filtered out to produce clean drinking water.
When looking into a quality system for water filtration, two models are worth considering - the top-tier APEC and the iSpring RCC7. These units are well-known for their five-stage filtration systems that perform with incredible efficiency to produce the cleanest and safest drinking water.
We will compare every stage of both filtration systems and their installation processes, to see how each differs from the other.
So, between the two, which is a better option for your home? Let’s find out!
Filters up to 50 gallons daily, ideal for households of all sizes
Works with both tap and well water sources
Affordable, quiet operation
Comes with a 1-year warranty (extendable to 2 years with registration) and lifetime support
What We Don't Like
Faucet design may not appeal to all users
Capacity: 50 Gallons | Filter Lifespan: Stages 1,2,3 pre-filters are changed out every 6-12 months and stages 4,5 every 2-4 years with normal usage / normal water quality | Flow Rate: 0.035 GPM | Certifications: WQA | Warranty: 1 Year
What We Like
Exceptional lead and chlorine removal capabilities
Produces crisp and refreshing tap water
Convenient permanent installation
Offers a great alternative to pitcher-style filters
The APEC water filtration system passes the water through a high-capacity sediment filter. This helps remove particles larger than five microns and contaminants such as dirt and rust carried along the water pipes are stopped here.
Additionally, it helps extend the actual lifespan of the system by keeping the larger particles out. Large contaminants in the water can damage the internals of the system so getting them out before further filtration is vital.
The RCC7 system also has a sediment filter for larger particulates. However, this filter is composed of a polypropylene sediment. Much like the APEC system, it can keep out potentially dangerous particles around five microns large.
Another difference that the iSpring has is a transparent case for this first filter. Being able to see into the filter can help determine whether or not it needs to be changed.
Stage Two And Three Filtration
After passing through the first filtration stage, the water enters a double-carbon filter that makes up the second and third stages. Activated carbon is used as the interaction it has with the tap water is maximized.
By having two consecutive layers which are constantly interacting with the incoming water, chlorine, and chemicals are filtered out. Cloudiness, any strange odors, and discoloration of the water are also removed by these activated carbon filters.
Now that the water has been treated with carbon filters, it is now safe for your plumbing appliances. However, it is still not quite ready for consumption.
That said, where the iSpring RCC7 differs from the APEC system is the type of filters used in these stages. While the second stage consists of a carbon block filter, the third is a granular activated charcoal filter.
iSpring justifies this decision by stating that a free-floating carbon block removes larger particulates in the water. After that, the activated charcoal filter picks up the smaller contaminants. Both these filters working in conjunction with each other are supposed to be better than two carbon filters.
Furthermore, these filters protect the delicate RO membrane further along in the filtration system. This is on top of the extended lifespan of the system brought on by removing contaminants.
Stage Four Filtration
Essentially the heart of the entire filtration system is the reverse osmosis or RO filter, which makes up the fourth stage of the APEC system.
99% of all contaminants like bacteria, radium, viruses, chromium, fluoride, and hundreds of other impurities are removed by the RO filter. After passing through it the water becomes safe to drink.
The RCC7 also uses an RO filter in the fourth stage, and as such it does not differ much from the APEC system. Only water is allowed to pass, keeping any particles larger than 0.0001 microns filtered out.
One helpful feature of the RCC7 system is the large capacity tank which can hold up to 75 gallons a day. No matter the size of your family, there will always be clean and fresh water available.
Fifth Stage Filtration
For the final stage of filtration, the APEC uses a coconut shell to clear any unpleasant tastes still in the water. Furthermore, this shell adds a softer texture to the water for a pleasant drinking experience every time.
Where the RCC7 filtration system differs from the APEC is the use of another granulated charcoal filter in the fifth filtration stage. Placing another charcoal filter here will remove any taste the water has as well as any odors, resulting in pure water.
Ease Of Assembly
Setting up the APEC filtration system is quite easy even for a novice. There are included detailed instructions as well as video tutorials to help you along.
All the tubes of the system have high-quality builds and materials within them. You can rest assured that any maintenance work to fix leaks or gaps in the piping is not required.
Compared to the APEC system, the RCC7 requires a bit more expertise and knowledge before installation. It does include detailed and video instructions as well, but it may be a good idea to have a professional on hand to step in just in case.
Comparing Both Filtration Systems
For the most part, both models share many similarities in their filtration system’s components. However, they still have their differences which make them unique. To get a better idea of how they differ, let us look at the differences in every stage.
iSpring has the upper hand when it comes to the first stage due to the transparent casing, which can monitor the status of the filter and maximize its lifespan. However, if this is a feature that does not interest you, both systems work essentially the same way in the first stage.
When it comes to the combined charcoal filters or the second and third stages of both systems there is little that differentiates the two. While the type of charcoal filters used may be different, both have a similar quality water output that is indifferentiable. Neither system has the upper hand in terms of water quality up to this point.
Moving into the fourth filtration stage, the RO filter is quite similar in both systems. The effectiveness of the RO filter is indiscriminate across either system. It removes contaminants effectively no matter which model you go with.
Where one system pulls ahead is in the storage capacity of the iSpring RCC7. It is capable of storing up to 75 gallons at this stage. This can be helpful for those who require more volume of water on hand.
The final stage of filtration differs in both systems; however, the difference is again negligible. Either of the two options will be able to successfully remove any residual taste in the water.
Difference in Installation
Another area where the two may differ is in their installation process. Both models include detailed instructions and videos to guide you through the entire process.
Although, the iSpring model may require a bit more expertise for a proper installation. However, this does not and should not affect your decision on its performance. The RCC7 is still capable of providing clean and safe drinking water on par with the APEC system.
Besides the slightly difficult installation process of the RCC7, there is no main difference between the two. It is fully possible to install either model so long as the instructions are followed carefully.
Benefits of Using a Water Filtration System
A water filtration system cuts out many unnecessary wastes by delivering clean water directly to you as and when needed. Installing the system in your home will help filter normal tap water into safe water for drinking or cooking.
By using tap water, the system eliminates the need to package, transport, and sell plastic bottled water. Not only does it save you money, but also time and energy.
There is no difference in water quality between a water bottle and filtered water from a filtration system. The RO filter alone is efficient enough to clean tap water.
Now compare this to having to go out and buy more water bottles every time you start running low. Not only are you spending time and energy, but money as well just to get water as opposed to filling up a cup of water right from your kitchen.
Not to mention the huge amount of waste generated from just one bottle. If not being reused or recycled, the bottle becomes waste in a landfill somewhere.
Overall, the cost of buying and installing a water filtration system is minimal compared to how much money would be spent on replenishing water bottles. The system essentially pays for itself in the sheer volume of clean water it provides.
It is easy to see all the benefits that installing a water filtration system brings. Any possible drawbacks are minuscule in comparison to the higher quality of life that a new system brings.
Conclusion
A water filtration system is a solid investment for any home. It saves not only on water bottle expenses but prevents unnecessary waste as well. Having a constant supply of clean water on hand is definitely a useful commodity to have.
Installing either system is easy and simple; so long as their included instructions are followed carefully. What’s more, the affordable pricing of both units makes it even more accessible without breaking the bank!
No matter what purpose you need clean water for, either of these filtration systems will serve you well. Invest in a quality model today and rest easy knowing the water you drink is safe and clean.
Do you want to draw your favorite anime characters or even your friends in the best way possible a drawing can get?
Then you can learn and be inspired from this collection of pics from Naruto, Death Note, and all kinds of manga to draw inspiration from.
You can learn how to draw anime characters by seeing how each drawing from an anime girl to the latest shounen hero is made.
45 Anime Drawing Ideas to Try Out
You can watch any number of video tutorial guides to learn how to draw anime and hope to get just as good but to stimulate that urge to practice your drawing skills.
You don't need to copy anime art step by step, but merely draw your ideas on what makes each piece interesting and come up with anime drawing ideas.
Here are several anime drawing ideas to awaken your muse as an anime artist, from beginner guides to interesting-looking characters from your favorite anime and manga series.
Drawing the basic shape, the nose, and other features to complete the anime face for a cute anime girl as you practice drawing for fun or professionally.
Always consider watching different step-by-step tutorials, as each one will be unique, and you can apply different techniques to develop your styles for your anime girl.
The biggest feature of an anime girl drawing is their wide anime eyes which are drawn as occupying more space to convey more emotions from your drawing.
A cute anime girl wearing a distinct hairstyle or even accessories helps give each anime character more individuality to accentuate their different facial expressions.
Anime hair is famously loud in color and hairstyle, indicating a character's personality in both departments for your drawing.
An extroverted character may have just as bright colors, red or yellow, to match their energy, or conversely, a shy character would have their bangs cover their eyes for their shyness.
Drawing hands can be stylized to make drawing easier by wearing gloves or making fists to lessen the number of bones drawn for an anime artist to draw with enough practice.
A manga or anime drawing can portray hands to help convey gestures or subtle emotions, movement of action, and even a sense of control, depending on the scope of the piece.
6. How to Make Different Poses With Anime Characters
Anime characters having distinctive poses would make them more distinguishable and convey what kind of character they are.
A slouching posture can denote a lack of care or self-esteem, while a very striking pose conveys your anime drawing confidence and a sense of flair for your anime drawing ideas.
An easy anime drawing idea would be how to differentiate how you draw anime characters; faces will help develop a more distinctive style and give your art more identity.
The most distinct and noticeable anime faces have a really simple design but can be used for many facial features and expressions to expand your anime drawing ideas.
Anime drawing ideas on how to further stylize the hands and feet would help your drawing skills from needing to add a lot of detail when you sketch hands and feet.
From wearing stockings for an anime girl to wearing sneakers for an anime boy, there are many options for you to draw over the hands and feet.
Fashion is another for manga drawing ideas and cute anime drawings as what they are wearing helps define your anime drawings more and flex your drawing skills.
You can practice drawing trendy streetwear to more rustic clothing for a medieval setting as you draw anime characters and further solidify their identity.
Whether or not those are their only pair of ears, Cat ears on an anime girl can also represent all cat-like traits, drawing from actual cat-like behavior.
Cat ears can mean your character is mischievous, lazy, or even mysterious, drawing all kinds of associations from our real world while adding a cute addition to your anime girl.
If you wish to practice drawing different emotions and facial expressions, Drawing an anime character in tears can be another fun art challenge for your anime drawing ideas.
Whether in a comedic or saddening context, there are many ways for you to draw anime characters crying with as many facial expressions for a single tear to gushing geysers.
Another staple among anime drawing ideas is how to go about drawing an anime character's mouth, as there are many approaches you can go for different facial features.
The usual go-to for drawing an anime mouth is to do the inverse of anime eyes and to minimize the presence of lips portrayed, for the most part, as slightly bent circles.
Might Guy from Naruto can be a pretty easy anime character to draw from, as you, as an artist, can draw much of his inspiration from Bruce Lee for your anime drawings.
From his distinctive bowl haircut to his signature green ensemble with his orange vest, and lean anime body, Might Guy can be a simple drawing idea from Naruto to test out.
The yellow rodent pokemon's design from the 90s is very spherical compared to their modern anime art rendition while maintaining its cute design as you draw Pikachu.
Anime drawing ideas don't have to be exclusively human as mascot anime characters have been a medium staple for years, as anime facial expressions can still apply.
Although not a traditional anime character, Ryuk from Death Notecan provides a challenge for your manga, drawing ideas for his overall unique character.
Practice drawing ideas from more gothic or horror ideas from Ryuk's bulging eyes, manic grin, and creepy posture due to the psychological thriller atmosphere of Death Note.
Tokoyami from My Hero Academia has his distinctive stoic black bird head while drawing his black flowing robe costume despite this anime boy being anything but an anti-hero.
We can't forget how Tokoyami's signature companion, Dark Shadow, can have you practice drawing more abstract characters while maintaining its bird-like silhouette.
Anime drawing ideas for a more muscular character can work with Goku from Dragon Ball Z from his iconic orange Gi outfit with a blue undershirt, belt, and boots, along with his spiky black hair.
There is always the option for your anime drawing ideas: Goku in his first 'Super Saiyan' form as his already spiky hair becomes even spiker and blonde from raw energy.
Luffy from One Piece has his almost cartoony silhouette with his round head and his original outfit of a red vest, blue shorts, and the ironic straw hat as a simple drawing idea.
Your anime drawing can also portray Luffy as his post-time skip appearance, now looking more muscular with a noticeable x-shaped scar on his chest and an open red cardigan.
For one of the most recognizable figures in the magical girl genre, you can look no further than Sakura Kinomoto of Card Captor Sakura fame.
Besides her short brown hair, her regular go-to outfit is a long-sleeved black school uniform, but her most iconic outfit is a red and white puffy dress with her iconic bird-shaped wand.
As an anime drawing idea, Gut from Berserk would need his iconic flowing black cloak, his iconic overly large sword, the Dragon Slayer, and his weary traveler's clothes as you draw.
Gut's anime face can be hard to pin down as a drawing idea as his expressions can range from battle-mania or quiet contemplation while trying to maintain the grounded style of Berserk.
Another iconic mecha with a unique silhouette would be the show's namesake, Big O, famed for its art deco style and unique vibe.
Among mecha drawings, Big O has a very defined humanoid face juxtaposed with its iconic oversized pile-bunker arms while maintaining that art deco art style.
Among anime drawing ideas, Spike Spiegel from Cowboy Bebop is recognizable from his messy hairstyle and disorganized blue leisure suit, showing off his devil-may-care attitude.
As an anime drawing, you must remember the noir-esque melancholy that follows a character like Spike Spiegel, and it would be good anime drawing ideas to practice a world-weary one.
In the world of Naruto, Kakashi is never seen without his mask while always seen in his signature ninja garb of a green flak jacket and blue pants.
When trying to sketch Kakashi, it would be fun to create his lax and cool persona in Naruto while giving his more intense moments with his red-eyed Sharingan.
Seto Kaiba is an amazing iconic character who should want to create a rightfully overconfident presence in your drawings as he did to the characters and world of Yu-gi-oh.
Although Seto Kaiba has many different outfits throughout the show, his most distinctive outfit is the long white cloak with a dark ensemble underneath for your drawing.
The feral wolf girl, San from Princess Mononoke, is iconic among anime girl characters for her fierce and protective demeanor in the movie making for a fierce anime drawing.
As an anime girl drawing, San is always seen with her red face paint and wolfish glare to create the image of a warrior princess of nature despite being a human girl for you to draw.
While drawing Guilmon, please take note of his fearsome design from his sharp claws, bulky dinosaur format, and digital hazard mark on his chest to create a fearsome design.
However, when it comes to Guilmon's face, you draw his overly large eyes that reflect his friendly and curious nature creating a sharp contrast in the overall impression.
Marin Kitagawa of My Dress Up Darling fame is another fantastic anime girl with a vibrant, passionate personality and stylish appearance fitting of someone from the 'gyaru' subculture.
As an anime girl drawing, Marin Kitagawa always has her distinctive blonde hair with pink tips and red eye contact to give her a striking appearance.
However, her real main draw would be her infectious smile from teasing her love interest Gojo or her passion for cosplay, a good trait to keep in mind while drawing.
Denji, the eponymous Chainsaw Man, is the latest among many Shounen protagonists that serve as an inspiration for anime drawing ideas with a very feral or delinquent personality.
Denji is recognizable from his sharp teeth and messy blonde hair to give the impression of that of a feral attack dog reflecting his past
His Devil-Hybrid form has his arms pierced with chainsaw blades and his head resembling a frenzied chainsaw, and you would need to keep the crazy vibe in your drawings.
Squad Captain Levi Ackerman would make an interesting anime drawing from his distinctive deadpan glare and his short stature, belying his battle prowess.
As you are drawing Levi, keep in mind his undercut hairstyle as you draw the signature green cloak of the Survey Corps covering the browns of his uniform and his blades.
Mitsuha from Your Name is designed to be more grounded as an anime girl drawing, but this does not detract from her presence as the main protagonist.
While drawing, keep in mind Mitsuha's 2 distinctive hairstyles: her initial ponytail braided with her signature braided cord and her short-length hair during the movie's second half.
The demonic sister of the main duo from Demon Slayer is another anime girl drawing for practice for her distinctive kimono with a hemp leaf pattern and bamboo shoot muzzle.
As you are drawing Nezuko, keep in mind you are creating a purposeful contrast from her big spherical cute anime face alongside her fangs and sharp claws.
Among anime girl drawing ideas, Maka Albarn from the Soul Eater manga would make an interesting anime girl drawing as the rare female main protagonist within a shounen anime.
As you are drawing Maka, Remember her long dark trench coat combo with a red plaid school skirt while her taupe hair is pulled into pigtails.
Satoru Gojo from the Jujutsu Kaisen anime is a cool and fun teacher figure you can add to your anime drawing ideas for practice to create his cocky energy in the drawing.
As you are drawing Gojo, keep in mind his very cocky smile as you draw his snow-white hair and signature black blindfold, obscuring his vibrant blue eyes along his black ensemble.
Josuke Higashikta from Jojo's Bizarre Adventure Part 4 would add a nice throwback to 90's Yankii or delinquent style among your anime drawing ideas alongside the anime's wackiness.
When drawing Josuke, he would have his purple pompadour central alongside his customized school uniform with all the bling but would have an easy vibe due to his true personality.
Mob from the titular Mob Psycho 100 anime is a deliberately simple anime protagonist to contrast the trippy show, which is good drawing practice for more surreal drawings.
Mob is defined by his simple face, bowl-cut hairstyle, and even plain school uniform by anime standards, all to his ??? Mode more striking should you decide to draw it.
Shirou Emiya from the Fate anime series is another simple-looking anime drawing belying a more tragic and broken personality and backstory, making a special anime drawing.
When drawing Shirou Emiya, he is defined by his red hair, blue and white long sleeves, and sharper facial features.
The titular Astro Boy helped define 60's anime and would give your anime drawing ideas some nostalgic flair and an icon most people would recognize from an older life.
As you are drawing Astro Boy, he is recognized by his signature spherical head and sharp point 'hair' like extensions in that Osama Tezuka drawing style.
From the amazing mecha anime, Gurren Lagann, Simon the Digger may initially be a more timid-looking protagonist but has massive potential, like your drawing skills.
As you draw Simon the digger, the boy is remembered for his signature goggles, drill piece necklace, and frayed blue jacket.
Among anime drawing ideas, Reigen Arataka would draw an idea of a conman with a heart of gold and exaggerated expressions, a fine addition for anime drawing ideas to look into.
As you are drawing Reigen Arataka, he is drawn with his signature grey suit and blonde hair, and you would be drawing him sweaty often.
Reze from Chainsaw Man marks a very explosive entrance within the manga, drawing a recognizable impact and anime girl design.
As an anime girl drawing, Reze's usual outfit consists of a white sleeveless button-up, a black choker, and her hair tied in a messy bun, deceptively simple compared to other anime girls.
If you wish to practice using historical figures reimagined as anime characters, then you have no better example than Jeanne D'arc from Fate Apocrypha for your anime drawing ideas.
As an anime girl drawing, Jeanne is recognizable from her long blonde braid, metal headpiece, and blue armored dress while keeping that stern but resolute girl spirit.
As a drawing idea challenge, this rendition can give you insights into a historical character's background and how another country views them.
Anime Drawing Ideas FAQ
Although you now have all the stimuli for drawing an anime girl or boy, there are still tips and considerations for how to draw anime from different perspectives and styles.
Here are some tools and tips you can use as you learn how to draw anime characters and what you do to make your drawings more life-like and in-depth.
What Should You Have in Your Pencil Sketching Tool Kit?
Graphite Pencils: When you sketch your anime characters, a mainstay from your drawing kit would be the graphite pencils of varying shades (NOTE: We strongly recommend buying ahigh-quality graphite pencil.)
Charcoal Pencils and Liquid: For easy anime shading for various characters and lighting, people have been drawing with charcoal pencils and liquids for more tones.
Pens or Fineliners: Should you wish to try drawing finer details on your anime characters, pens or fine lines will help you draw smoother marks and minute details on your drawings.
Sharpeners: Sharpeners are naturally needed to keep your graphite pencils sharp and able to draw your sharper designs for your anime drawings.
Erasers: Besides removing mistakes in your anime drawing, erasers are also useful for creating softer graphite shades, giving your drawing more depth.
What Are Some Sketching Techniques You Can Apply?
Hatching and Cross-hatching: If you want to create more depth to your anime drawing, consider using Hatching, where you create shadows with lines, and Cross-Hatching, Hatching but intersecting.
Scribbling: Besides doodling, scribbling is a great idea for drawing anime, as your drawing can use random movements closer together to create a darker image.
Stippling: Stippling is drawing dots on your anime art to add depth; the closer the dots results, the better for your drawing.
Smooth Shading or Blending: Smooth shading or blending for your next anime girl drawing, as there are several ways your drawing will become smoother with thicker lines.
Circling: As you are drawing an anime girl, you can control the tone of your drawing by adjusting the pressure as you draw, leading to a smoother transition from small circular strokes.
Rendering: The next level is drawing an anime girl; you are erasing some of your drawings to highlight your overall drawing, an almost blurred effect.
Creating Highlights: You can add highlights to your anime drawing as you draw a possible light source for your drawing by erasing some pigments from your drawing.
As you practice creating your drawings, have user-friendly equipment, from a cheap drawing tablet to an iPad.
Anime Drawing Ideas Conclusion
Easy anime girl drawing to macho manga drawings help light the need and hope of improving your drawing anime skills as the hope to draw like that can be found in anyone.
As you learn to draw anime characters, you will always need to remind yourself why you draw in the first place, as practice can be frustrating and leave you wondering.
However, every effort results in a step forward.
So the next time you draw anime eyes, bask in your anime drawing skills and your passion for why you love drawing anime to keep appreciating your drawn art.
Animal drawings can range from simple to complex, and they're always fun to make, whether you want to draw lizards, cats, or dogs.
We hope these easy animal drawing ideas can inspire both veteran and beginner artists to make art, whether for practice or fun.
If you love animals, we think you'll love this drawing idea collection. We've also provided links to the artists for their art.
50 Easy Animal Drawing Ideas
Here are some easy animal drawing ideas for both adults and kids!
We're starting our collection of cute animal drawing ideas with these two pictures of a bunny rabbit! These sketches show the bunny grooming its back and cradling its face in its paws.
Since this drawing shows the rabbit from an unusual angle, it may be too complex for newer artists. That's alright because you can focus on getting the shape down first.
This lovely black-and-white cat is something that you can easily draw. The outline of the cat has solid sketch lines that you can follow and a few whiskers that give the cat a sharp and distinct silhouette.
This cat is easy to draw because the artist didn't include their paws. Cat paws may look simple, but they're quite difficult to draw properly!
Kids can create a quick cat sketch by making 2 circles: 1 for your kitten's head and another for its body. Or you could do some research first by watching cat videos.
The dog is one of the best drawing ideas for kids because dogs are cute and friendly. Since there are also different types of dogs, like labradors and poodles, you can make several sketches from this idea.
This simple dog drawing has bright eyes designed to make you fall in love, just like a real dog.
And don't worry if your dog sketch isn't realistic yet. Practice is the key, and soon your dog sketches will be proper art!
The proud horse is a great creature to draw, but they're slightly different from the other creatures we've mentioned so far. Horse legs fold differently, so drawing them can be a challenge.
If you're a beginner artist who thinks this idea is too complex, work toward it! Draw a horse's head or face first before a full horse.
Start with these small steps first before drawing a complete horse.
A bear is a seemingly-cute animal, but only when you're drawing them! We hope you don't approach a bear out in nature.
As we can see from the helpful original artist, making a bear drawing begins with a sketch of a circle. Beginners shouldn't be too hung-up on making a perfect circle for your bear.
Since your bear needs fur, you'll need to start shading it, but this is the most difficult step. If your pencil isn't up to the task, try drawing with the best iPad to finish your art.
Similar to horses, an elephant has different legs that may be challenging to draw. One thing we like to teach is the importance of sketching!
A beginner can create an elephant drawing by starting with a rough sketch: use thick lines for the legs, and link them together in the middle for the body.
No elephant is complete without their trunk, so add that to drawing if you're making a front-view elephant. Add the ears and some lines on the trunk, and there's your elephant!
This next drawing idea isn't quite a cute animal, but that depends on who you ask. If you weren't aware, wolves hunt in packs and have many other tricks to ensure their survival.
One helpful trick is to draw this animal from the side, either sitting on its haunches or standing up and howling upward.
This next idea is a cute animal from Australia that we hope kids will love drawing. The general shape of this sketch is a circle on top of an oval, so the head is the first step to drawing this.
Draw a simple circle to start your koala art, then two more circles for its ears. If you're stuck on your koala's claws, draw a few triangles for simple claws.
This big striped cat is our next drawing idea, and it's something quick that kids can create on a lazy afternoon.
Similar to other cats like a lion, you can sketch a simple tiger with a circle, then work on the edges of the fur to make it pointier and more ragged. A helpful tip for a tiger's facial patterns is to ensure they're even.
We're moving from predator ideas to another cute creature, the deer! Deer are hooved creatures that shed their antlers regularly.
Learning to draw is fun, but learning about the animal you're drawing is just as great. Deer have long faces, so if you're making a front-view sketch, draw their snout hanging low.
The next step is to get their antlers right. Deer need even antlers. Don't be afraid to get creative with your art; give your deer huge curled antlers if you want!
Next in our curated ideas is the rat, which is cute, depending on who you ask! The first step to drawing this simple rat is to sketch an oblong for its body, then a smaller oval for its head.
The next step is to sketch its long, thin tail. Finish off your sketch with some extensions to the body for its paws.
The raccoon may seem like a mischievous creature, but they're helpful and can be cute...sometimes. We love this fluffy raccoon drawing because its paws look so soft.
Prepare to color your raccoon drawing beige and gray, and don't forget to add their signature black masks and fluffy tails as the final step!
This next drawing idea is another fluffy creature: the classic orange fox. There are pure white arctic foxes too, so if you don't want to color your art, call it an arctic fox!
This fox drawing is soft and chubby-looking and looks very sleepy and relaxed. Perfectly cute and easy to draw!
Here are some quick step-by-step instructions on how to make a hedgehog drawing. This hedgehog drawing is easy to learn and teach since it starts with a series of circles.
We love this hedgehog art because it's simple, and the steps are easy to follow. Remember to color the quills on your drawing!
We had the peaceful elephant earlier, but now it's time for a great hunter; The noble lion! You can almost hear this lion roaring thanks to the dynamic nature of this drawing.
This lion drawing is complex, so we recommend practicing more before you attempt to recreate this drawing.
This next drawing is a creature from the same habitat as the lion: the long-necked giraffe! This is a set of lovely and clear step-by-step instructions on how to draw a giraffe.
The tricky part of drawing these creatures is getting their unique markings just right. Notice the long fringe of hair running down their necks?
You can quickly sketch those with a few zigzag lines.
Next, we've got step-by-step instructions on how to create a koi fish drawing. Start this drawing by sketching a line like a curved hair with two ovals for the base of its tail and its head.
One of a koi fish's most distinct features is its whiskers, so cap off your art by drawing your koi's whiskers and wispy tail.
Our next drawing is the Komodo dragon, a large and scaly lizard native to Indonesia. This drawing is fairly complex, so we recommend it to more experienced artists.
A Komodo dragon has scaly clawed feet and a forked tongue, which can be tricky details to draw. Take a second look over your art to ensure it has the correct details!
These next drawings are alpacas, small four-legged mammals from South America. These sketches show different kinds of alpacas, from well-trimmed to overgrown.
Take care to draw toes on your alpaca, not hooves. Unlike horses and elephants, alpacas have 2 toes on their feet.
Cows! You know them, love them, and now it's time to draw them. This set of cow drawings is a little more cartoony, but they're a good exercise in expressions.
Try drawing different patterns on your cows to give them more depth.
Boars are the ancestors of the modern pig, and pigs can turn back into boars if released into the wild. If you know how to draw a pig, drawing boars should be a piece of cake!
To start a boar drawing, sketch a circle for their head and pinpoint the location of their eyes. Remember to add lots of bristly hair and tusks to complete your drawing.
Ferrets are furry hunters and are well known for having long and slinky bodies. As you can see from this drawing, that also helps when trying to draw them.
If you're drawing a ferret, give it a long body and lots of furs. Like raccoons, some ferrets have masks so that you can add that to your drawing too.
An Octopus is another sea creature drawing you kids and beginners can try sketching. The most important part is ensuring your octopus drawing has eight tentacles.
If you haven't practiced drawing octopus suckers, you can leave the tentacles blank. Return to them later when your art has improved!
A starfish is a perfect drawing for kids because it's simple, but you can add lots of flair to your drawing. Our sample drawing has a nice central pattern that gives the starfish a 3-dimensional look.
You can add a dotted or scaled pattern to your starfish or spines for different species of starfish.
This detailed set of sketches depicts several rhinos in a grassy area, trotting along either alone or with a friend. Some rhino species have one long horn, but the rhinos in this drawing have two.
Our sample drawing shows a black rhino because they don't have visible armor plates like the Indian rhino. However, your drawing can mix and match horns and armor!
This quick guide has step-by-step instructions on drawing a panda. Start with a rough outline for its body, head, and paws, then slowly add more definition.
The main difference between a brown bear and a panda in its markings, so remember to give your drawing a black mask and shaded ears.
This pair of sketches shows a large whale from 2 different angles. If you want a more realistic whale like this drawing, add more detail to their eyes and flippers.
You can also add barnacles to their throats and spot on their hide. We recommend drawing a blue whale so you can cover a whole page with your art!
Hippos are large, 4-legged creatures native to Africa. These semi-aquatic creatures have huge heads, and they're very heavy.
This drawing's artist has captured the hippo's signature head by making it the focus of their art. This cute drawing has large eyes and a short, stubby body.
The honeybee is another helpful animal that makes for a fun drawing. The side-facing eye on this sample drawing is quite large and helpfully marks the head region.
Draw the bee's middle (thorax) and abdomen section first, then add its legs, wings, and fur.
The great white is another large fish that you can try drawing. These sample sketches have good shading to mark the shark's top and underside.
When drawing a shark, don't forget its signature dorsal fin and large, toothy mouth. This image also shows sharks from different views, so you can try changing your drawing's angle.
Our next sample features a very expressive vulture drawn in a more cartoony style. We love how expressive the artist's work is and how friendly it makes the subject look.
Note the drawing's long, almost bald neck and scruff of white feathers that leads into the shoulders. It's a good marker for your drawing.
These badger doodles are drawn in a very sketchy style which may be difficult for beginner artists to imitate. We recommend drawing the badger from the side.
Focus on their round bodies, masks, and long snouts. Your drawing doesn't need to be perfect, especially if you're still practicing.
This quick tutorial shows you how to make a side-view gorilla drawing with a few simple steps. Begin with rough circles for the gorilla's head, upper body, and lower body.
Add more circles for its joints, eyes, and a nose for the face. There's your gorilla!
This next drawing is similar to a horse but much stripier. Our sample drawing is a little complicated because of the stippling pattern, but you can use solid lines instead.
Link your zebra's stripes to its snout, and remember to add stripes to its mane too.
This collection's all about simple animal drawing ideas, and there's no animal simpler than the humble worm! Step one, draw a long line with 2 round ends.
Next, add equally-spaced lines across its body and 2 dot eyes to complete your cute worm!
Dolphins are very intelligent sea creatures, and it also helps that they're cute! To begin drawing this creature, sketch a crescent moon shape first.
Then for the next step, add its tail at the bottom and top, or dorsal fin, along its back. Add its remaining fins, a little beak, and an eye; your quick dolphin drawing is complete!
Animals and sea creatures are great to draw, but sometimes you need inspiration. Let creativity strike with these easy drawing ideas.
This next drawing has another cute creature featuring a super fluffy hamster having a nice snack! Start with a nice round sketch for this next drawing because hamsters are naturally chubby.
Break out your pink pencils and prepare to dedicate an entire page of your sketchbook to drawing these small cuddly creatures.
If you've moved past beginner drawings, you can try to sketch this proud and fierce-looking red-tailed hawk. This creature will take more work than you may be used to, but keep at it!
We recommend giving your hawk drawing a full page to capture its proud brow and sharp beak properly.
You can't beat the simple seal when it comes to cute drawing ideas. We love this adorable animal because they have big expressive eyes.
Before drawing a seal, ensure you know the angle from which the drawing will be. This will change whether the drawing process will be simple or complex!
Wrapping up this collection of easy animal drawings is the wise owl. This feathery hunter is unique among other animals and can be cute or frightening, depending on the species.
This final fun drawing may be too advanced for beginners because of the owl's feathers and claws, so you can try drawing a simple owl with big feather tufts and expressive eyes instead.
Animal Drawing Ideas FAQs
What Can Beginner Artists Draw?
You don’t have to aim for realistic drawings, especially if you’re honing your artistic skills. We recommend starting with shapes in both 2D and 3D.
Before you can start making easy animal drawings, we recommend practicing their frame and anatomy first. Animals are great things to draw, but here are some extra tips.
First, watch video clips or observe the animal you want to draw: How do they lie down in their natural habitat? Do they group up, or are they solitary?
Before you can sketch animals, get a feel for their nature first.
What Drawing Supplies Do Beginners Need?
If you’re a novice, then the only tools you’ll need are a pencil and paper. Different types of pencils are available, like mechanical pencils, but beginners should stick with graphite.
However, if you’ve moved past pencils and want to work on digital animal drawings, we recommend getting an affordable drawing tablet.
Animal Drawing Ideas Conclusion
We hope you enjoyed this collection of animal drawings and have found inspiration to create your own animal-themed art. Whether you plan to draw an elephant, cat, or deer, remember to keep it simple first!
You don't have to make a perfect drawing immediately. Take your time and learn as much as you can about your model and its features before you begin drawing.
The color scheme is one of the most important things to take into consideration when you are decorating your house.
On entering a house, the color palette immediately sets the mood and tells a story. A place that has blue-green as the dominant color is likely going to look a little somber. In contrast, a house with a dominant chartreuse color is likely to feel more vibrant. So, you can understand how important it is to get the color scheme right for your home.
When in doubt, simply turn to the color wheel, and you will have your answers. The newest and the most trendy thing to try, however, is the analogous color scheme. If you are excited to know more about what it is, you are at the right place.
In this guide, we take a deep dive into analogous color schemes and tell you everything that you need to know about it. So, without any more delay, let’s check it out!
Analogous Color Schemes 101
What Are Analogous Color Schemes?
Contrary to how scary the phrase may sound, analogous color schemes are actually pretty easy to understand.
Grouping of any three shades from the color palette is all it means but remember, it has to be in the same order as on the color wheel. For example, if you look at the color wheel, green, blue-green, and blue can be considered analogous colors.
An analogous palette can begin from any end of the spectrum, and that means that you can either go clockwise or anticlockwise when choosing the colors. You can also opt for warmer shades such as red, red-violet, and red-orange, as these complimentary colors work great together.
When choosing the colors, keep in mind that two of the colors need to be primary colors, and the other one can be of a neutral shade.
How To Decorate Your House With Analogous Colors?
There’s no way someone can tell you whether a blue-green is going to look better than a red-violet on your living room wall.
Some people like bold colors, whereas others would prefer more mellow hues. In short, there is no right or wrong, and you are free to experiment with different colors.
Before you decide on which option you would want as the base color, it is best to select the dominant shade. After you have decided on a few colors, it is time to find some supporting hues to make the color scheme complete.
To make things easier, you can make a mood board to choose from the color wheel. This makes it convenient to pick a color scheme as you have a color wheel right in front. Over time, people end up developing a taste for a particular color palette and select the color scheme from the same palette.
Once you have decided on a color, pick the two other colors surrounding it to make your color scheme complete. In case you have liked two colors, select the one present in between to bridge the gap. This way, you will have an analogous color palette ready for your house.
How To Create Contrast When Playing With Analogous Colors?
Because the colors in an analogous color scheme are so similar, creating contrast with them might feel a little challenging. But achieving contrast with analogous colors is actually easy if you know the right tricks.
To begin with, pay special attention to the subtleties of the colors that you are working with. By understanding their nature, you will learn that the colors behave differently when they are light or dark.
Even if you modify the saturation, the colors will look significantly different. That’s why when you play with undertones, you can introduce an excellent contrast to the home décor.
The more simple thing, however, is to just play with the tone of the color that you like on your color palette. Not all the three colors that you choose have to exude the same kind of vibrancy and can be used to create contrast. You can even infuse accent colors into the mix to create a great contrast in your home.
What’s more, when you are thinking of home décor, you can even add textures and prints to the mix. But make sure that the pattern matches the color palette and add some complimentary shades to ensure excellent cohesion.
How To Maintain Balance When Choosing Colors From The Color Wheel?
Maintaining a good balance in an analogous color scheme is not too difficult because all the colors are harmonious as they are in order.
In order to maintain a good balance, always ensure that you are not using the dominant color too much. Doing that would make your space look a bit off-balanced. Instead, you should strive to find the right balance and stick to the 60:30:10 as the thumb rule. Don’t know what that is? Let us break it down for you.
A perfectly well-balanced color scheme in a room is nothing short of an art. For that, you need to use a dominant color on 60% of the space. The next 30% of the space needs to be filled with one supporting color of your liking, while for the rest, 10%, select another supporting color of your choice.
Irrespective of the analogous color scheme, following this rule is always a good idea. We have seen many people use the same color too much in one space, so try to avoid this mistake as it will only make your home look clustered.
How To Introduce Neutrals In An Analogous Color Scheme?
Only adding bold color may make your space look overwhelming. In order to make the space look a little calm, you can consider adding a few neutrals to the triadic color scheme. This is simple, and all you have to do is add white, black, or gray to the colors to bring about a change in them.
When you add white, it is called a ‘tint,’ and the color gets lightened. On adding gray, the ‘tone’ of the color changes. And when you add black, the color gets a different ‘shade.’
We have a red-violet color on one of our walls. If we have to introduce a neutral tone, we won’t definitely go for a blue-violet, right? In this scenario, what we did was add a little white to the red-violet and put it on the other walls to create a good balance.
When you use the neutral shades right, the dominant color in your room gets a chance to stand out among the other colors. The same is true when you are using an accent color.
How To Put An Analogous Color Scheme To Use?
In this section, we take a look at some of the best ways that you can use an analogous color scheme to amp up the décor in your house.
When you ace the game of selecting the suitable color scheme for the rooms, the décor in your home will be simply jaw-dropping. So, let’s take a look at how you can use the color wheel to your benefit!
1. Using Wood As The Neutral Shade
When you are playing with colors such as blue-green, blue-violet, or blue-purple, finding furniture of that color is going to be pretty tedious. There’s hardly any store that makes furniture in these colors.
But there’s nothing to worry about as there is no way you would go wrong with adding a few wooden pieces of furniture to the mix.
2. Use Analogous Colors To Set The Mood
You can use analogous colors to your benefit and make the rooms stand out. Depending on the kind of color that you prefer, you can select the analogous color scheme accordingly.
If you are feeling experimental, select somber colors like blue-green or blue to make one of your rooms stand out. Playing with darker color shades might feel a little challenging sometimes. But when done right, the results can be amazing.
3. Orange, Yellow-Orange, And Yellow
This is one of the best bold color palettes that you can choose from the color wheel if you want to give the room a vibrant touch. People who like to give their house a retro look often go for this color scheme.
It is one of the best combinations of primary color, secondary colors, and tertiary color and has the capacity to make your space look revitalized. These colors are bright and will surely add a youthful touch to your space. Not all types of décor go well with yellow, so you might have to research a little on that! If you are feeling experimental, you can even give Mikado a try.
4. Using Violet, Blue-Violet, And Blue
If you like to add a feminine touch to your home décor, try to incorporate analogous colors that are feminine in spirit. And this color scheme scores a perfect ten on that count.
Using this combination of three colors is surely going to make your interiors look more trendy and chic. When using this palette, do not forget to throw in some wooden furniture to the décor to make the space look even better.
In case you decide on working with four colors, make sure that the fourth color is a complementary undertone that would bring forth a cohesive output. You can even add teal to the mix to complement the other colors.
5. Pastels To Your Rescue
There’s no need to always stick to the base color on the color wheel, and you can easily experiment with different shades of the colors that you like. If you like yellow and orange, you do not need to simply stick to the base colors.
You can mix black to orange to get a darker shade or add white to yellow to get a lighter shade. This would help you achieve the pastel shades of the colors that you like. And it will leave you with immense scope of playing with colors.
Analogous color schemes are more versatile than you think! When you select the color scheme wisely, you are left with an extensive color palette that would make the room stand out like no other.
Final Words
That’s all we have on analogous colors!
As we promised, we tried to make analogous colors simple for you to understand. When you think of incorporating an analogous color scheme, you do not necessarily have to stick to just the walls. You can use an analogous color scheme in all the decorative items that you use.
Plus, make sure that your curtains and rugs also fall into the scheme. If the furniture in your house is predominantly of wooden color, it is best that you search for colors that go well with brown.
Analogous colors mostly look cohesive, but with some extra effort, you can mix and match to make your interiors stand out. If you have any other suggestions that you would like to share with us, feel free to write in the comments section below. And for more exciting reads on interior decorations, keep a watch on this space.
So, for all of us who have offered ourselves up to the all-consuming and hauntingly beautiful power of the “art realm,” DeviantArt stands to be the sacred online portal for accessing limitless creativity.
It not only lets us share our artwork with the rest of the world but also helps us get in touch with esteemed art figures residing in every corner of the world.
However, for those of you who are really looking for equally awe-inspiring alternatives to the site, we do have pretty good news for you!
Because, in the following extensive read, we are bringing you a list of some marvelous alternative art sites to DeviantArt that’s going to blow your mind right away to the land of spectacular creativity!
Each of these is unquestionably as brilliant as the other and as cool as DeviantArt itself, opening up not only an inspirational art ground for you but a platform at which you could let your creativity run wild, learn from others and better your art!
Behance is a portal that helps you find incredible creative work and to showcase your own projects, both digital and traditional. This is actually an essential part of the Adobe family which is used by millions of users worldwide for uploading their artwork. This somewhat works like Pinterest that provide you with contextual analyses, a ginormous range of varied redesigns.
Very similar to what DeviantArt offers, Behance opens up a vast online community of artists for you to be a part of. Thanks to the availability of apps such as Photoshop and Illustrator, you could easily share your “work in progress”es with just a few clicks with everyone out there, thus giving you a wide scope of getting noticed!
If you’re looking for an online portal that fundamentally focuses on digital 3D or 2D media, then you should check out ArtStation by all means. This is a fantastic online community for everyone who is searching for a platform celebrating traditional art forms, producing limitless results for millions of ardent followers of DeviantArt.
ArtStation provides you with the scope of searching and filtering through their incredible database of unbelievably amazing paintings and sketches, that will inspire you to no end!
Also, for all who are looking for a portal that’s not stacked up with A-rated images will absolutely admire the subtle “mature content” warnings which makes it comfortable for you to check them out anywhere you want.
Although Pinterest is not a specified portal for art, it can still be one of the most powerful platforms for promoting your artwork to an enormous user base. If you manage your a personal art website, any social platform or an Etsy store, Pinterest can be just what you need to get noticed.
Apart from promotion and an incredible gallery that enchants and inspires all, you could even get incredible new ideas, tips, tricks and techniques and several amazing guides to help you with your work.
Pinterest really has a unique way of sharing contents and is also the official application from the famous informal community of the same name. You can easily create your personal board on the portal and add to its incredible database.
Ello.co
Hailed as the “The Creators Network,” Ello.co really is a winning platform for online art communities. This has 37 categories which allow you to follow anything and everything from traditional 2D art to “Skate” photography or textile-work such as embroideries, quilting, etc.
You can comment, like or repost the posts of other artists and they can do the same with your posts as well. A significant feature of this site is that it allows you to buy or sell artwork.
But, the greatest feature of it is that if you’re listing a painting or a sketch, the site lets you link directly to your site so that you don’t have to share any of the sales with even Ello itself.
Although Twitch might not be the thing for followers of the DeviantArt, the creative section of this portal does help enormously if you want to sit before the camera for a substantial part of the time and see how other artists are creating their stuff.
There is no dearth of either digital or traditional artists on this portal with an equally good art creative content. Even though it can be a bit tricky navigating through this to find the right locations for art, this is a promising area for inspiring art tutorials and other things.
This is a site similar to Pinterest where the format is designed like conversing sheets that speak to “trees.” The site lets you to actually search through these different trees which are actually storehouses of various recordings, links, connections, and objects identified with an intrigue or a common point.
Pearltrees controls the calculations for these administrations by depending on the data that it can acquire from an enormous amount of records and bookmarks that its clients possess.
We Heart It is one such application that allows you to discover pictures of all the subjects that you have liked the most and also spare them later in your records, known as mists, on your Android devices.
This works similar to Pinterest where you can share locales and posts. You can also pick the marks that appeal to you the most and help you find all the pictures that are transferred by different clients who have these names.
Fancy
The Fancy app is one which allows you to discover brilliant new things that lets you spare in a rundown of top picks or by using the application. It consists of an ideal informal community for art enthusiasts, dealing extensively in outlines and styles.
The interface to this integrates a magazine, a site and an accumulated database that lets you create an exhibition hall with your personal style. All in all, a good place for DeviantArt followers to be at for creating their own design layouts for the world to see.
This is one app that is focussed entirely around the creativity. This is a very beneficial platform for artists who are searching for inspiration for an upcoming project in the near future. This has some of the exact key features as that of Behance and is an ideal portal for digital artists, helping them to share clips and stills of their projects, acquiring a follower base and several other things.
Dribbble allows artists access to an enormous marketplace where they can share their digital projects with the world. The active job-board on the portal gets regularly updated creating new opportunities. The local meetup board of the app helps you find and connect with fellow artists every day!
When we’re mentioning CGSociety, all followers and ardent fans of DeviantArt will know exactly what we’re talking about. The category for digital art on CGSociety is unquestionably one to die for!
A fabulous blend of Behance and ArtStation, CGSociety is a spectacular arena to display your latest works, which also gives you the opportunity to watch some of the most incredible tutorials by esteemed artists at their CGS-TV section!
And if you want to look for traditional artists, you’d be happy to know that there is no lack of marvelous artists on the portal. You have a high chance of coming across them while filtering by broad tags such as watercolors, acrylics or oil painting where you can see some stunning results from its members.
ConceptArt
The portal of ConceptArt is a part an online art session and part a string online art forum that is formed of one of the most incredible and diehard art communities outside that of DeviantArt itself!
It is mainly known as a solid platform for digital artists but doesn’t lack even in a bit on the vital information and varied discussion on a wide range of topics by famous artists all over the world.
These may include anything from sketchbooks to precious critiques of art. And similar to DeviantArt, ConceptArt also features a substantial job board that displays posts from esteemed studios and galleries.
For all who are looking to engage in discussions with fellow artists outside of a forum like DeviantArt will admire the amiability of Polycount’s user interface. Similar to ConceptArt, this “forum-centric” portal makes for an ideal chatting space for artists in both 2D and 3D categories.
One of the highly sought-after features in this regard is the Technical Talk section that helps you vastly in your projects. Also, apart from the usual critiques and discussions, Polycount holds contests frequently.
3D Total is another strong site that helps you to showcase your digital artwork to a huge user base. The website is perfect for increasing and learning up on art using reference guides through sketching tool, magazines, anatomy figures and so much more!
A unique and cool feature of this portal is that it comes with an unbelievable amount of free textures and tutorials which are actually more structured and cohesive than Youtube!
Hence, this is an awesome portal for everyone who is looking to learn up on or sharpen their skills at ZBrush, 3Ds Max, Maya, and other famous tools.
Our Art Corner is basically a critique site and an art challenge forum. This has a greatly minimalist layout, and the community over here is divided into two major sections-one focussing on the artwork part and the other on the challenge section.However, this is another platform that works incredibly well in helping you share your projects with the world art community.
What happens in the challenge section is that it selects two random artists on a weekly basis who are then required to compete with each other. Finally, the community decided the winner. The portal also holds “Group Battles” where groups face-off with one another.
This was initially started out by Meng To as personal art project more than a decade ago. The portal is now a home of an art community consisting of more than 50,000 designers and artists along with numerous interested web surfers and viewers.
Shadowness seeks to bring skilled artists from all over the world in close contact with each other, helping them to connect and share their spectacular artwork through itself.
To get onboard it, all you have to do is create and upload your portfolio and an interesting persona that you want to reflect and portray and make a cool new customized theme to go with.
You can earn experience points and several other benefits as you start contributing to the site. You can also join groups and follow strings of interesting topics or discussions and even share them on social media portals.
This is a favorite art website of the followers of DeviantArt that fundamentally concentrates on creative anthropomorphic expressions and themes. It allows you to share your projects and individual creative talents with the rest of the world and follow all your favorite artists through comments, faves, and watches.
And even though the site has been developed essentially for anthropomorphic or cute “furry” depictions, it does accept any sort of thematic artwork. So you could get creative without any fear of inhibitions or restrictions whatsoever!
Artspan made its grand entry into the virtual realm in the year 1999 and since then has successfully established itself as one of the most reliable “contemporary art destination” that caters to artists, artisans, and photographs from all over the world.
Each member on the site has got their own domain name and site that you can acquire via the browser search window. You could hit the keywords on the site for carrying out “category searches” that helps you to get to your required location easily.
It lets all connoisseurs of contemporary art to get to their destination smoothly through searches that could be conducted alphabetical or category-wise, or through subcategory directories.
Artrift is basically an online art community that is specifically made for all traditional artists and animators. The virtual platform of Artrift lets you discover and scout and the multifaceted dimensions and the limitless range of artwork and sheer creative magic exhibited by numerous artists from all corners of the world.
This is a great portal that lets you get noticed and discovered by several esteemed figures as well at Artrift. According to what the creator and developer of the site had to say, this digital art portal that was created to motivate and inspire artists all over the world has been successful enough to help people find their individual niche in the field of art.
The Art Colony
Art Colony is a well-recognized “virtual open studio” for various kinds of mixed media projects that majorly include painting and sketching. It’s an awesome art community which allows artists of all levels of skills, knowledge, and experiences to put up their creative pieces and techniques for the rest of the members to learn from.
They can themselves learn immensely by asking questions through these platforms and by befriending fellow artists with similar tastes in art. The virtual space at Art Colony was created especially for the fellow artists to chat about art and to connect to each other.
You can attach your sketches and paintings to your profile by selecting the “My Artwork” option, and you can even share your artistic ideas through blog posts.
Fanart Central that is also known as FAC is an easily accessible art destination that lets you exhibit your creative work and discuss more about art with numerous other artists with similar tastes to that of yours through its comments section.
It supports and celebrates general fanarts as well as other creative items. The portals offer a wide range of art options that also include video games, cartoons, movies and anime, and manga and many more!
There are also separate columns created for original and traditional artwork aswell, such as furries and fantasy.
Elfwood
If you love drawing elves, dragons, mythical beasts, fairies or other similar elements of fantasy, then Elfwood is just the perfect art destination for you! Over here you can exhibit all your awesome fantasy or sci-fi artwork for the world to see.
This allows you to share your artwork and projects with the other members on the site as well, helping you learn from others and even find other artists.
This was actually launched in 1 May 1996 by Thomas Abrahamsso and stood as worthy contender to the DeviantArt portal till 2016 when it sadly shut down, it provided easy access to a world of incredibly talented and inspiring artists that shared their art worldwide.
We include it because this website was simply legendary, today it can be accessed partially via websites archives.
Pixiv is, hands-down, one of the most incredible online art community that there is, maintaining a strong hold on every DeviantArt follower’s heart. This is a Japanese site that can absolutely overwhelm you with its content. You can easily search for famous works through its “search bar-centric” layout that works like Google.
The site is also bilingual-friendly that gives you both English and Japanese(katakana) translations of the word you want to search for. It gives you a vast range of results for every word searched in either language with each one being more spectacular and awesome than the previous one.
Paigee World
This is more of an obscure site that is primarily focused on artwork inspired by Japanese style and design. Although this may give you a few “eyebrow”-raising results, it is certainly more liberal and unrestricted in its content. This makes it one of the apt alternatives to DeviantArt.
Filtering out art-projects and famous artworks are quite easy on this site as it works quite similar to what you might see on Pinterest and other forums. It also comes with a #hashtag support attribute along with other features of our familiar social media platforms that enables you to like or comment on your favorite posts, as well as find and follow your favorite artists.
NewGrounds is an enormous art site that features fanarts including games, audio, movies and an actually limitless range of astonishing artwork that makes it in an appropriate alternative for all DeviantArt fans.
Boasting over a metric ton of artwork, the site is perfect for all who wants search for, discover and explore a plethora of new and brilliant things. The “Art” section on NewGrounds will open up a huge arena of 3D art, fine art, illustrations, pixel-work and much more for you!
Whereas, in the active “Community” section you can learn up immensely on fantastic tips and techniques by engaging in conversations with fellow artists from all around the globe.
Juxtapost
The jack of all trades, Juxtapost has everybody’s favorites- from apparel to arts and crafts along with an abundance of DIY projects from the field of education, pet care, product creation, design idea and a lot more. An amazing aspect of this website is that you can save all the things that you browse the web, share every fashion, design and art ideas with other acquaintances. And although Juxtapost might seem like a Pinterest knockoff at first, it can indeed offer a lot to every user.
For many years now Dudepins has been exclusively a male-friendly platform that has a loyal women fan-base . A consensus made in the February of 2012 proclaimed that almost 80% of the Dudepins user base consisted of women.
And it wasn't all that surprising really when you looked at the featured content. But Colin Brown and Kamil Szybalski wanted to change all of that by inventing Dudepins, a startup, that shared art and other contents which engaged the masculine gender more.
Dudepins is incredibly easy to use and houses a lot of fantastic features which anyone can effortlessly get a hang of.
Artistic aspirations have a lot to do with visual discovery as well, and this is exactly what FoodGawker deals with. However, in terms of art, FoodGawker is a bit different from the other sites, as it deals more with foods that are visually appealing.
The site hosts a lot of recipes as well, along with detailed information about how the food was made to be so artistically pleasing on the dish. You can also submit your own recipes and techniques with a wider user base, you can display the pictures on your website showcase, but they will need to be reviewed by the editors first.
Photos are an amazing way for one to capture their art and share them with the world. Vi.sualize.us allows one to gather photos of different art pieces at either one particular place or at different places throughout the internet.
Handling the site is simple as well- from easy transferring procedures to convenient sorting methods, Vi.sualize.us several beneficial options to art enthusiasts which many other sites do not.
Vi.sualize.us looks and functions a lot like Pinterest making it easy for everyone to follow and learn up on quickly.
MyFolio
MyFolio, similar to DeviantArt, lets you create a fabulous portfolio of your artwork online. It includes every form of art- from photography and traditional art to digital works, it envelopes everything.
This provides an ideal platform and an awesome online community to photographers, digital artists, and traditional designers, helping them to exhibit and share their works with fellow artists from all corners of the world.
MyFolio is pretty easy to use and manage. This quickly uploads all your work within seconds and helps you get numerous views. This makes it a great alternative for all DeviantArt followers.
Art Web
The Art Web is actually one of the largest and significant online art community that there is. Boasting over as many as 33,000 artists and a database that consists of over 300,000 artworks for you to browse through, this is one website that is bound to mesmerize every DeviantArt lover.
This lets you share your own projects and creations with the rest of the world and opens up an enormous range of artistic creations for you to explore to your heart’s content. All of this makes it an incredible online art community that could help one learn so much about art and hence, something that you shouldn’t miss out on in any way whatsoever!
ArtMajeur is yet another brilliant online art portal like DeviantArt. The main attractions and benefit of this website is the easily accessible transactory feature that lets you buy and sell your artwork online.
So, if you happen to come across a piece of art on this site that you really want to have, you can extend an offer or make a bid on it through this portal. Also, if you’re looking to sell your own works, ArtMajeur will let you put your artwork on sale on its site and make money off your stunning creations!
And if you’re an existing art marketer, this will be a good place for you to expand on your business.
Plovist
Similar to ArtMajeur, Plovist is another great online art platform that allows you to sell or buy artwork through its website. This encompasses all art genre, ranging from photography, traditional art, and digital creations to so much more in this field.
And, like every other online community, Plovist too, has a got a wide and stunning range artwork that you could access and explore for inspiration. It gives you a vital idea of all the developments in artistic techniques and lets you connect with other artists through its portal.
You could add your own creations to the site’s huge library and share them with the rest of the community to get noticed.
Conclusion
And…..we’re calling it a day with that! That was about all the alternative sites for DeviantArt that you could and should check out! We hope you liked reading our compilation.
We’ll be back with more such wonderful topics for you soon!
Bamboo floors are highly popular these days thanks to their similarities to hardwood flooring, lower costs and quite phenomenal aesthetic values the solution gains ground with its dense fiber and exotic look. Bamboo flooring is one of the most interesting flooring options out there, one that comes with advantages and disadvantages as any flooring type-and with the short guide that follows we tend to cover all you need to know about bamboo flooring, both pros and cons along with a graphic gallery of bamboo floors meant to feed your imagination.
To the question " What is bamboo flooring ? " one could answer swiftly, bamboo flooring or bamboo floors are the covering material of floors with a natural wooden essence, in this case bamboo being a type of grass that grows extraordinarily fast. The bamboo floors are a great alternative to traditional hardwood floors so without further ado let`s have a look toe the feasts of strength of this solution and its weaknesses alike; we hope this information will come in handy in all your design endeavors and we would love to hear your feedback in the comment section below.
The Advantages Of Bamboo Flooring
Durable
High quality bamboo floors are known to be as durable as their traditional hardwood floors counterparts yet the high quality term is relative to each country and industry. Note that un-carbonized bamboo can be as hard and strong as red oak where special solutions like strand-woven bamboo floors can be even better, heavier.
one stylish flooring
The modern look brought by the small delicate fiber of the bamboo is something that draws in many home-owners as the look on ensemble is modern, dense and sumptuously rich. The differences between bamboo flooring and hardwood are small yet the difference is there, subtle, hidden yet undeniable.
possibilities-variety
Bamboo flooring can be found in quite a large array of variety styles and colors yet one should note that each color represents something different in terms or processing; darker colors for example result from heat treatments most often than not, this, softening the bamboo fiber and slightly affecting its longevity.
green flooring option
As bamboo is in theory a grass, a fast growing glass that matures and hardens in five to seven years, the bamboo is seen by many as a far more sustainable option when compared to traditional hardwood floors.
Natural material
In theory it would be ideal to construct our homes with natural materials only and even though this option is not easily achievable due to the high costs of natural materials, bamboo flooring is a solid choice adopted by many sustainable-ecologically conscious people. The subtle elegant difference between bamboo floors and hardwood floors yet again highlights a sense of uniqueness and individuality with which many are comfortable, sense that is actually pursued more often than one would think.
easy maintenance
A great thing about bamboo floors is that they require no special treatments, they`re easy on maintenance and they can be cleaned with a mop and mild soap with ease making it a great feat of strength for most homeowners.
bamboo floors can be refinished
Bamboo floors too can be dented, discolored and scratched over times so it is a great relief for a home owner to know that the surface can be refinished if need be. By default the bamboo floor requires more layers of finishing than its hardwood counterparts making the entire surface look spectacular; sanding and refinishing these layers down to the surface and than reapplying finishing coats will refresh the design.
Moderate water resistance
In a comparison with the traditional hardwood floors it`s a great thing to note that bamboo comes slightly ahead when it comes to water stains, warping and overall water damage. Bamboo too suffers from such accidents yet in the bigger picture if performs better.
lower costs
It is exotic, it has a unique vibe and yet the bamboo flooring is less expensive than hardwood flooring. In most areas the price difference is noticeable as the bamboo floors range from 5 to 8 dollars per square foot.
Bamboo Floors Disadvantages
Disclaimer - In no way are the following pictures part of the disadvantages section; they`re here to emphasize the capacities of bamboo floors not undermine it in any way.
likely to suffer from scratches
One should note that lower quality bamboo options do suffer relatively easily from scratches yet even high quality flooring can be distressed, scratched if used intensively. Pets, high heeled shoes and even furniture can scratch the surface in time as well as tiny particles of sand that your shoes might bring in on an everyday bases.
potential water damage
The natural options are vulnerable to water damage and even though the bamboo floors are a little more water resistant than their hardwood floors brothers the naturalness of the organic materials can suffer from prolonged moisture, reacting with warping, discoloration and in extreme cases even mold growth.
humidity sensitive
As the bamboo planks are less rigid and heavy the surface can suffer in very dry or wet environments. In humid areas the planks can expand and plump up fast where in dry environments they can shrink causing cracking in both cases. This happens due to lightweight structure of the wood itself; the bamboo is actually a grass basically and even if hardwood floors, in theory, are to suffer the same consequence in extreme cases, the wooden essence of a tree is far superior, perfected in years and years that the bamboo grass had not had.
softness potential
One should know very well what he purchases. Bamboo floors look exceptionally in their first year regardless of the harvest year yet in time, general softness and a very weak structure would define an early harvested bamboo plant, in extreme cases these being harvested when three months old, not being allowed to mature as it should, five to seven years. Keep in mind that stran-woven bamboo and un-carbonized options are always more durable where darker bamboo represents a weakened structure due to the heat treatments that cause it to soften.
Design restrictive
The modern look of bamboo cannot be overlooked yet it`s particularities are a feat of strength and a disadvantage at the same time as the powerful essence, strong looking fiber cannot be undermined therefore restricting the interior design lines a great deal.
toxic emissions may arise
Everywhere in life, there is a shortcut; a shortcut that no one should take yet one that is well ridden by so many. It is known that certain bamboo floors, mainly the ones mass produced in China, might contain dangerous amounts of toxic chemicals like formaldehyde-based glues and finishes. In the plank making process, the bamboo is shredded or sliced only to be afterwards adhered together in the plank form that constitute the flooring; in this process the wrong adhesives can be used, these realizing VOCs in air in time making the flooring a safety hazard for the environment and more importantly for the inhabitant.
A proper certification from FSC - Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) can keep you clear of problems. Always make your due-diligence.
Uncertainty on harvesting practices
Bamboo is presented often as a highly-sustainable eco-friendly option and in theory, it is as it can be grown far easier then oak for example yet forestry practices can be irresponsible, and environmentally unfriendly like so many times it was proven to be. Not all bamboo comes from dedicated farms that actually grow it for harvesting, clear-cutting natural forests did happen and needless to say that the same happens for hardwood flooring yet one ought to do his due-diligence, to make sure he purchases the right product and does not indirectly encourage this highly toxic and harmful part of our world.
Make sure your bamboo floors are green; part of the responsible movement. Be aware of what surrounds you.
Bamboo flooring is a great great option with an extraordinary look, it deserves people's attention and it can change the world just a little bit if the whole process is cleansed and the option is clear green, and eco-friendly. What do you think? Would love to hear your opinion on the subject in the comment section below.
Our lives are unimaginable without the modern-day toilet. But do you know all about the intricate mechanisms within the system that ensure its proper functioning?
If not, you have arrived at the right place as we're here to inform you about the multiple components that make the toilet. While the tank is the primary structure that runs the system, you'd be surprised to learn that the toilet bowl, too, has some special parts that enable safe and hygienic use.
Therefore, we have created this guide to discuss the different parts of a toilet and how they work together to enable seamless operation.
Without further ado, let's get down to business.
Taking a Closer Look at Your Toilet
The first step begins with removing the lid or toilet cover. Put it aside and find out about the different parts inside the unit. That said, in the standard flush style models, the parts are usually similar. 95% of homes use this toilet system, so let's start discussing the different parts.
Flush and Handle Rod
As evident from the name itself, the flush and handle rod are key components in the toilet unit that start the flushing action. If you look at the handle carefully, you'll notice that it's secured to a horizontal rod. Besides, the rod, in turn, is connected to a wire or chain.
With repeated use, it's likely that the handle may loosen with time. However, tightening the metal or plastic nut within the tank should fix things right away. Do not forget that this particular nut has threads in the opposite direction, unlike regular nuts. Therefore, you have to tighten it by making counterclockwise turns.
Lift Wires/Chain
A lift rod extends horizontally from the flush handle and is linked to a wire or chain that reaches the tank bottom. Long story short, this rod and chain mechanism opens the flush valve, located at the bottom, allowing water to clear away the toilet bowl.
Usually, the toilet stops working when the lift chain breaks or is in a tangled mess. In this case, your system either fails to flush or cannot complete the flush. Depending on the damage, you may have to adjust or replace the chain lift.
Tank Ball (Flapper)
When we talked about the lift chain operation, we basically meant the rubber flapper, intuitively positioned against the flush valve. (In older models, they may have a tank ball) While the flapper may not be clearly visible within a full tank, its function is understandable when you push the flush and observe the action that follows.
The flapper moves when the handle and chain mechanism access the valve, enabling the tank water to perform a vortex function in the toilet bowl. Over time, flappers wear out or get dislocated. Usually, when water keeps leaking into the bowl after a complete flush, it might indicate a problem related to the flapper. However, replacing the faulty part restores proper functioning.
Overflow Tube
The overflow tube, joined to the flush valve system, is a safety apparatus that prevents tank water from overflowing, in case the supply valve fails to close. When and if that happens, the excess water is channeled through the overflow tube and into the bowl.
If you have a 'running' toilet, it could be because of a high water level. Get in touch with a plumber to fix this issue as you don't want your toilet to use up all the water.
Flush Valve
Flush valve refers to the metal or plastic contraption located at the bottom of the tank. Its primary function is to create an opening for the stored water to exit the tank and reach the toilet bowl. So, this is exactly what happens each time your press down the flush lever.
That said, the valve is usually attached to the upright overflow tube, and as such, is a part of a one-piece system. You'll also notice an O-shaped ring seal fitted around the valve end, beneath the tank. This component seals and supports the joint between the bowl and the tank.
Shutoff Valve
The shutoff valve is a fixture, located outside the toilet, close to the floor. Usually, you can find it on the supply pipe on the left side, transporting water to the toilet. Primarily, this valve allows you to turn off the water supply while conducting an inspection or repairs.
However, not all models include shutoff valves. Nevertheless, it's a good idea to install this part as it may come in handy. Eventually, these valves stop working but you need not worry too much as you can replace them without spending much.
Supply Tube
A steel mesh, plastic, or vinyl supply tube typically connects the shutoff valve and the supply tailpiece at the tank bottom. While the supply tube is pretty much a hassle-free part, it can malfunction when the system gets too old, or the joints loosen.
Float Ball (Float Cup)
This is a prominently visible part within the toilet tank as you can see it at any point, without or without water. Basically, the supply valve has a floating structure that indicates the tank water level. So when the optimum water level is reached, the supply valve is automatically closed.
Usually, in older models, you would find a floating ball at the end of a horizontal arm, projecting from the supply valve. Whereas, modern systems usually have a float cup secured to the upright shaft of the same valve. Thus, you can adjust this floating part to modify the tank water level as per requirement.
Refill Tube
The refill tube is a tiny, flexible component that runs from the supply valve and is secured to the overflow tube's head. The primary purpose of this small but integral part is to initiate short spurts of water in the bowl when the refill cycle is underway.
In short, it periodically replenishes the standing water in the toilet bowl. If you didn't know, then let's just say that this water helps keep the bowl trap secured against sewer gases.
Ballcock or Water Supply Valve
The ballcock, also known as the water supply valve, is an upright contraption, typically mounted on the left side, within the tank. This is undoubtedly the most critical part of the toilet.
Simply put, the ballcock allows fresh water supply to replenish the tank after each cycle. Plus, it also shuts off the supply when the tank reaches optimum capacity. More often than not, issues in the supply valve prevent the toilet from functioning normally. However, replacing the system should sort out the problems instantly.
Toilet Bowl
This part is separate from the tank but, of course, linked to it. Essentially, the bowl is where all the 'action' takes place. However, if you notice carefully, you'll find that the bowl segment, secured to the floor, includes a bent trap component. This curved part serves the same function as a sink drain trap.
Basically, this internal trap holds the standing water within the bowl and stops toxic sewer gases from entering homes. Therefore, the standing water at the bottom of the bowl is actually the top section of the drain trap structure.
That said, the trap, like all other parts, is not immune to problems. Generally, drain clogs may intervene with normal toilet functions, but you can take the DIY route to fix this minor issue. Even if you don't have to undertake any other repairs, you may, at some point, have to deal with clogs.
Wax Ring (Wax Seal)
Usually concealed below the toilet bowl unit, a soft, flexible wax ring plugs the joint between the toilet bottom and the drain opening. Long story short, this wax ring creates a watertight and airtight seal at the toilet and sewer line connecting point.
Although rare, a wax ring may develop problems, and the most typical sign is water leakage around the toilet base while flushing. Therefore, it goes without saying, replacing a wax seal is altogether a messy affair. However, it's best not to delay the repair in such situations since it's unavoidable and may lead to extensive damage if left unattended.
Other Less Significant Parts
Trip Lever - A metal bar fastened to the handle
Tank Cover - Removable lid over the tank
Flush Valve Gasket - Helps water move into the toilet bowl while flushing
Seat Cover - A protective cover above the seat that prevents access to the toilet bowl
Toilet Seat - A comfortable and sturdy surface where users can sit
Base - The bottom of the toilet bowl unit
Closet Flange - A component used to firmly position the toilet on the floor while also connecting the sewer line and unit drain.
Closet Bolt - Long screws that secure the flange to the main unit
Flexible Hose - Long pipe used to supply water
How Does a Toilet Flush
To learn about the entire process, you must remove the tank cover and observe the movements of the different parts during the flush cycle.
Pushing down or pulling the lever located outside the tank, operates the lift chain.
The lift chain pulls off the flapper and opens the flush valve, allowing water to exit the tank and clear away the toilet bowl.
After that, the waste water is channeled through the internal trap component in the bowl unit and transferred to the drainage system.
When the tank runs out of water, the flapper falls into place and seals off the flush valve.
Thereafter, the float ball or cup drops into the tank, and the supply valve is reopened, allowing water to refill the tank.
While most of the water is used to replenish the tank, a small amount is transferred to the bowl unit, using the overflow and refill tube.
As soon as the float device reaches the appropriate level, the supply valve is shut off. This indicates that the tank has reached optimum capacity and is ready for flushing.
Final Words
That's all from us!
Now that we've come to the end of this guide, we hope you have a clear understanding of all the different parts of a toilet.
The main purpose of this detailed piece is to make you aware of the key components that make up the system. This way, you can locate problems in your toilet and immediately know what to fix.
Homeowners often overlook minor issues until they get out of hand. But once you know the toilet's basic mechanism, you can spot any issues early on and resolve them right away. Also, you can undertake the repairs yourself and save time and money.
On that note, we'd like to sign off. Till next time!
This step-by-step alcohol ink art tutorial is all that is needed to make your first alcohol ink painting. Are you ready to paint?
Bring the materials out and prepare for the time of your life! Painting with alcohol ink is trendy, and we will take you through the entire process of making a beautiful alcohol ink painting. The best part is that you can do this without any help from anybody else.
We will guide you through the alcohol ink painting process, and the required materials. You could already have these materials at home, or they might need to be bought online.
So, once you have laid the ground to begin painting, read the steps given in the tutorial. Or, follow the instructions by placing them somewhere next to you for easy reference. Without much ado, let's learn something about alcohol inks and painting with them.
The DIY Alcohol Ink Art Tutorial
Making beautiful paintings using the alcohol art technique is in vogue, and many creative people paint to express themselves. You, too, can learn how to make remarkable pictures using the technique by going through this detailed and comprehensive tutorial.
Let us read the tutorial and learn the steps involved in bringing the technique to color and life on paper. Then, we will follow with the materials required for painting with the alcohol art technique. We will also look at products designed primarily to enhance the experience of this kind of artwork.
Finally, a look at a few precautions while handling alcohol ink will be revisited so that you always remember to be safe while painting. We will also highlight other materials that can be painted by using this technique.
Alcohol Art Tutorial 1 | Step-by-Step Painting
Step 1
Preparing all the required materials, such as alcohol, alcohol ink, paper, and blending solution. Now the painting and experimenting can begin easily.
Step 2
It is best to make small paintings when you begin with the alcohol art technique. As you get more confident with the work you are producing, you can try different paper sizes for the paintings.
Also, cut A4 sheets into half to make smaller paintings. The back of the sheets can surely be used if you feel like experimenting. Carry on with this only for some time - while learning.
In order to keep saving paper, you may even think about using double-sided paper paintings. Say for instance, maybe to decorate your home!
Step 3
Choose a color that appeals to you and then begin painting using the alcohol art technique. Put a drop of this colored ink on the paper and observe what happens. You will most likely see the drop spread out quickly in the shape of a circle.
Step 4
Now, pick another drop, preferably in some other color and gently drop it into the circle on the paper. Watch as the second color spreads out to displace the first color. It will form a lovely pattern that other colors can enhance.
Another option is to place the second ink drop next to the first one. Then the circles will blend with each other!
Step 5
Next, try a colorless circle with just a drop of blending solution or alcohol. The ink or solution will displace the colored circles as before. Familiarize yourself with this technique used to create contrasts with partial and shiny edges that are dark, almost shadowy in texture.
Step 6
Once you are done with the painting, embellish the effort with cotton wool, brushes, or even wooden sticks dipped in alcohol.
Step 7
There are options galore - just decorate the painting with markers on dried alcohol ink or use ornaments, beads, etc., to complete the painting.
Follow these simple steps to get the alcohol ink painting you have always wanted to make.
Alcohol Art Tutorial 2 | Creating Color Gradients
The Straw Technique
You can create lovely color gradients on the surface of the painting by following a few simple steps. Prepare the surface of the painting by spreading alcohol all across it. Drip paint onto the surface and create color gradients by using a drinking straw. Blow air through the straw onto the painting to get those beautiful gradients you want!
The Hair Dryer Technique
There are a couple of advantages of using the hairdryer technique to create color gradients for alcohol ink art paintings. Firstly, blowing cold air does not affect the paper at all. Since there are no creases or ripples formed, you don't have to press them out once the color gradients are done.
Secondly, the hairdryer has to be held in a certain way. Hold it just right to create the lowest air pressure that treats the painting neatly. It ensures that the colors do not spread by themselves on the surface that might have to be dealt with later.
Also, the alcohol will not get blown off the paper when held this way. It will keep the work area neat and clean. Just move the hairdryer slowly across the paper and keep it around an arm's length from you while enhancing the painting with color gradients.
Other Techniques
Alternatively, one can make waves with the paint and enhance the painting even more with color gradients. If the technique is being used more often, get a borehole blower instead of using straws or any other device.
A borehole blower is like a tube with a pump balloon. It has the advantage of creating color gradients on the surface of the painting without letting moisture affect the artwork. Usually, when straws are used to create individual color gradients, moisture is formed that can damage the paints on the artwork.
Also, using too many drinking straws could lead to wastage, even plastic pollution, when they are finally discarded. It is possible to use other techniques to get the same results. Be watchful while using these techniques, even though they might seem creative and exciting.
Always remember that alcohol is a highly flammable product. For example, when the hairdryer is being used, it is recommended to set it to blast the coldest air possible. It is advisable to take these necessary precautions to avoid any chances of injuries or accidents.
Supplies For Alcohol Ink Art
The materials that are required to paint with the alcohol art technique are few, and also readily available. There is no need to worry about collecting them to start painting. Some of them might be found at home, so you won't need to go out of the way to buy them.
The main supplies include alcohol inks and markers, blending solutions, and paper-suited for alcohol ink art. We will also take you through examples of the best alcohol inks and paper for the alcohol art ink technique.
Also, some additional materials can be used to enhance the painting. They can be used for other purposes as well, such as securing the final artwork. We will list these briefly so that you are well-stocked and completely aware of the options available for you to begin painting.
Alcohol Inks
Different colors in alcohol ink are easily available online. The ink is the primary material that is needed for the alcohol ink art technique. Some of the best colors that are popular and used frequently by hobbyists and art enthusiasts are found in the Tim Holtz Ranger collection.
There are other brands that are great for the alcohol ink art projects you must already be thinking of starting. Let's Resin, and Pinata from Jacquard are two well-known product lines that can give a range of alcohol inks. We are sure you would be delighted to work with them.
Moreover, they are just right for first-timers who want to experiment and play around a bit with the colors to get a feel of the technique. That is because the brands offer ink and marker sets at low prices. The affordability can help start a project without having to worry about wastage and further expenses.
Talking about inexpensive options, refill bottles from Copic Marker are also available on the internet that contain refill ink. This refill ink can be used instead of alcohol ink. Later, when the painting is decorated and embellished, go for Sharpie markers to add some delightful finishing touches to your artwork.
Blending Solutions
Most blending solutions used for the alcohol art technique contain isopropyl alcohol and glycerine. These two ingredients bring out the brightness of the colors. They can also be mixed easily with inks to give the best solution for the alcohol ink you would be using on paper.
Blending solutions can lighten the alcohol ink in use. They also help save a lot of alcohol ink when mixed properly to form a perfect blend with the ink. These solutions, along with the ink, are the basic colors used on the paintings.
Also, note that the quality of the isopropyl alcohol also directly affects the painting. For best results, use isopropyl alcohol that has 90% alcohol content. You can get pure isopropyl alcohol at 99.9% on the internet. They come in 1000 ml bottles at an affordable price.
The chemical isopropyl allows you to work with the alcohol ink, apart from the substrate that forms part of the primary layer used for the painting. Too much water or oil can harm the picture.
Paper
The alcohol ink art technique cannot be used on standard paper. The surface has to hold the ink-shapes clearly. The layers of paper need to soak the alcohol ink just right so that it doesn't get wet.
Standard paper is usually so porous that it draws in the alcohol ink. But that gives you little room to make the painting you wish to bring to life. One of the qualities of the paper that can be used for alcohol ink art is its smoothness. The surface of the substrate has to be as smooth as it is possible to achieve the best alcohol ink art out of all the materials you buy.
With a smooth surface, it is easy to mix and blend the colors in alcohol and apply the ink in various ways to the substrate. You could also try other surfaces such as glass, ceramic, or metal for alcohol ink art.
Moreover, special kinds of paper can be used for the alcohol ink art technique to make paintings. Yupo paper or Stone paper are two such varieties that can be looked up in order to buy for training sessions.
Miscellaneous Supplies
There are some other supplies that can either be gathered from toolboxes at home or bought quickly and easily over the internet. You will most likely need the following:
Varnish
Rubber Gloves
Hairdryer
Drinking straws
To sum up, the varnish can be used at the end to give a secure coating to the painting. It also provides a finishing touch to the painstaking effort put in by you to learn the art form. Rubber gloves keep the Yupo paper safe from the grease that hands collect. They also keep your hands safe from the isopropyl alcohol in the blending solution.
The hair dryer needs to be used to blast cold air onto the surface of the painting during the technique. And straws, as discussed earlier, are used to create individual color gradients on the picture. Just be careful about the waste generated and its recyclability while using drinking straws.
Paper Brands
Yupo paper is a manufactured product that uses polypropylene to produce sheets of paper synthetically. The paper is resistant to tearing easily and is also waterproofed once it is processed completely.
It is recommended that you wear rubber gloves while using the paper, as it repulses oil. Also, Yupo paper is sensitive. It can even catch the grease off your skin if you touch the paper bare-handed. Wearing rubber gloves helps avoid both problems.
As can be seen, the Yupo paper is delicate and not as easy to work with as standard paper. But it is the best option available to begin experimenting with alcohol ink art. Buy Yupo paper from the brands Frisk or Lanavanguard from Hahnemuhle.
Frisk manufactures the paper in the range of 85 grams/ sq.m. or 110 grams/sq.m. Using paper to create paintings when you are a beginner helps to gain a deeper understanding and acquire proper skills to use the alcohol art ink technique.
What Is Alcohol Ink?
Colors based in alcohol are better known as alcohol ink. Alternatively, painting in alcohol ink is a popular fluid-based technique used to make art. Alcohol ink is sought after as a combination of various techniques, a term that is usually used for paint in liquid form.
If you have ever painted before, familiarity with different paints, such as acrylic paint, must already be there. To give you a more concrete sense of alcohol ink, we briefly contrast it with acrylic paints. Hope it makes things clearer for you.
Alcohol ink paintings can be refreshed and revived quite easily. The ink evaporates quickly, and it can be expected that the artwork you have made dries up easily without any hassle. However, it is easier to apply fresh colors onto the surface of the alcohol ink painting and change it as per your wish.
That is not possible to do with acrylic paints, as you must be knowing already. Acrylic paints need to be applied together in one go. Alcohol ink can be used gradually, layer by layer, to make beautiful paintings. Embellishing the artwork in alcohol ink is even easier than adapting the picture!
The trend for painting with alcohol ink started in the United States of America. It is not well-known worldwide, but has gained hype in the United States recently.
Do's And Don'ts For Using Alcohol Ink
Do not keep hands bare while applying alcohol ink to surfaces. Always wear a pair of rubber gloves to handle the materials used in the alcohol art ink technique. As we discussed earlier, blending solutions and Yupo paper need to be tackled carefully. Get a reusable pair, or buy some that can be discarded after first use.
It is advisable to use alcohol ink in a room that is airy and, at the very least, has the possibility of good ventilation. If such a place is unavailable, it is necessary to use a breathing mask, preferably with a filter, while painting.
There are colors in the alcohol ink that evaporate when applied to the surface of a material. The inhalation of these colors is harmful to your body. Not just in this instance, but the breathing mask is also essential while using an atomizer.
Alcohol Ink Art Products: Felt-Stamps
The manufacturer Tim Holtz also produces felt stamps to contribute to the growing trend of alcohol art ink. Felt is put on a surface that can be covered with alcohol ink in various kinds of colors. The felt stamp could also be used with a blending solution while using the alcohol art ink technique.
Later, you can decorate cards and other paper art with the felt stamp. Simply stamp it onto stationery or miscellaneous paper art that you would be using in your daily mail and correspondence .
Alcohol Ink On Other Materials
The alcohol art ink technique can easily be used on other materials, such as porcelain, Zentangle, epoxy resin, fabric, metal, and glass. Let us briefly see how alcohol ink can be used on these materials.
Alcohol Ink On Porcelain
Have you ever glanced at a beautiful ceramic vase or the tiles of the portico floor and wanted to paint them? Well, alcohol ink is perfect for painting the surfaces of objects made of porcelain and ceramic too!
These porcelain objects can be used as gifts for friends and loved ones. The tiles can adorn the floor of the house or be used as an art display. Smaller tiles can even be used as coasters during tea-time, or simply be treasured for life.
Also, cutlery can be painted with the alcohol art technique so that you can have a ball splashing color onto the plates, cups, and other dishes at home! Just be careful about the color dripping while painting.
Almost all of applying alcohol ink on porcelain is similar to painting on Yupo paper, except that it might seem easier to use with paper. That is because the paper has a flat surface and other objects tend to be of different shapes. Round shapes, in particular, are challenging to paint on with alcohol ink. The ink can be runny as it is thin.
Zentangle
The Zentangle technique can give you a beautiful image when combined with the alcohol ink art technique. It is entirely possible to apply the Zentangle technique to an existing alcohol ink artwork.
When this dries up, the Zentangle patterns can be colored further with waterproof markers. Use simple designs or more complex ones; both can look equally good in this combination.
Painting Epoxy Resin
The colors of alcohol ink can further be used to paint epoxy resin. Just make molds of silicon and fill them with resin. Then drip alcohol ink onto the fresh resin directly. This technique results in 'petri dishes,' better known as petrified rainbows.
Go ahead, color resin artworks with these 'petrifying effects'!
Fabric
Cloth is a popular choice amongst artists, hobbyists, and art enthusiasts to express themselves through painting. Be it a novice or an expert, coloring on the fabric would enthuse a person to take a palette and start experimenting away.
A brilliant way of using the alcohol art ink technique is by combining it with tie-and-dye, which is also extremely popular amongst hobbyists. Create beautiful and unique patterns on other kinds of fabric through several cloth-dyeing techniques and using alcohol ink simultaneously.
With more experience, you can dye silk fabric with alcohol ink to make elegant silk scarves. Be innovative; use spray bottles and stencils to fine-tune the alcohol ink art technique on fabric.
Metal
To make metal artwork with alcohol ink, get an aluminum sheet from the market to begin your work. Lots of metal art enthusiasts also use brass, copper, and stainless steel for their artwork.
Then there is crafting, where it is possible to make beautiful jewelry pieces from earrings, bracelets, pendants, etc. The best part is, there are low-cost options in the crafting world, too, if you are just beginning to explore metal artwork in alcohol ink.
Simple metal objects can be converted into fashionable jewelry pieces with alcohol ink. Some other metal objects to consider are containers, tumblers, and kettles to pursue metal artwork projects.
Glass
Getting light and soft colors on glass with the alcohol art ink technique is easy. The ink flows on glass and takes shape quite beautifully on the surface of the object you are painting. Place the finished artwork under light and see the artwork.
It will almost resemble stained glass. Not only that, but the glass will also look as bright and radiant as the paintings on it. Seal the alcohol ink once the painting is done on the surface of the glass.
Conclusion - Final Precautionary Tips To Remember
As you can see, the beautiful alcohol ink artwork that is seen around these days is that easy to master! Just maintain some safety and precaution while handling the alcohol ink. As discussed before, the ink essentially contains highly flammable alcohol.
Also, the colors tend to evaporate quickly and leave a scent. It might be necessary to cover your mouth and nose with a mask if the place of your work is poorly ventilated. We suggest that you begin on paper, and then try other surfaces once the skill has matured to a certain degree.
Remember to seal the artwork once finished, especially for those surfaces that may not be able to soak the ink well enough to keep it in place. Even better, apply a coat of varnish over the painting to seal it and give a sheen to the artwork.
That brings us to the end of this tutorial - all that’s left for you to do is create your first alcohol ink artwork!
Let’s be honest, alcohol ink and epoxy resin have taken the world by storm.
Along with vibrant artwork of alcohol ink, you must have also come across stunning resin masterpieces. Since both the compounds are compatible, those looking to experiment with epoxy resin must try their hands at alcohol inks in resin.
With oodles of bold pigments of alcohol inks in epoxy resin, you can create some breathtaking masterpieces and sell them online for thousands of dollars. That said, alcohol inks in the epoxy resin can be a bit tricky to work with, particularly for beginners. However, learning a few tips and tricks will help you get your grip on it.
Here are a few techniques that you can use to create stunning and eye-catching pieces. So, let’s jump right into the deets!
Alcohol Ink And Epoxy Resin 101
If you’ve been into DIYs for quite some time, we are sure you know what alcohol ink and epoxy resin are. However, if you’re a newbie, let us introduce you to the two art materials before diving into the techniques of combining them. So, let’s take a look.
Introduction To Alcohol Ink
If you already work with acrylic casting, you must be familiar with alcohol inks. With its bold and vibrant hues, alcohol inks add a touch of excitement to your artwork. Plus, it dries pretty fast and is moisture-resistant. Therefore, the creative opportunities are almost limitless.
The alcohol-based inks are highly pigmented and integrate with your artwork seamlessly. Be it textiles, scrapbooks, or stamping- alcohol inks can be used on a variety of surfaces. Additionally, alcohol ink paintings can be revived even after drying. So, you can change the pattern of your painting again and again.
Using alcohol inks to create stunning masterpieces isn’t challenging at all. In fact, alcohol inks are very popular among novices because they are easy to use. Also, it is compatible with non-porous surfaces. Overall, the bright pigments of alcohol inks are perfect to create free-flowing textures.
How To Use Alcohol Ink - A Tutorial
Painting surface, alcohol or blending solution, and ink - if you’ve got it all, then it’s time to let your creative juices flow. Although using alcohol ink isn’t a Herculean task, beginners might find it challenging. But, once you get the hang of it, you can create anything.
Mixing And Blending
You already know that alcohol inks dry pretty fast. That said, you’ll have to be quick while working with it. While using alcohol ink, the first thing to remember is to mix it well. Simply adding water isn’t sufficient to mix it properly. Therefore, we suggest rubbing alcohol.
Also, make sure you choose the correct rubbing alcohol for your alcohol ink projects. That’s because the outcome will depend upon the percentage of alcohol you’ll be using. If you go with less percentage, your project may not turn out to be that great. Therefore, opting for 70% rubbing alcohol is common among DIYers.
Note that the temperature of your surroundings will also affect the evaporation rate of the alcohol. Besides, most manufacturers do not provide rubbing alcohol. Rather, they supply another blending solution identical to Isopropyl Alcohol (ISA) to improve blending.
Alcohol Ink Techniques
With its bright, vivid, and bold hues, alcohol inks offer you endless opportunities to be as creative as possible. From ceramics to metals, you can use it on any surface to create marble-like artistic markings.
However, despite being versatile, Yupo paper is a popular pick when it comes to creating alcohol ink artwork. That’s because it is synthetic, waterproof, and has a buttery smooth, non-porous surface. Additionally, there are various techniques to use alcohol inks. So, let’s move on to learning about each technique...
Dripping And Pouring
Among all the techniques that we tried for using alcohol inks, this is by far our favorite. With its water-like consistency, you can create dripped and poured artwork pretty easily. Simply drop a few drops of alcohol straight from the nozzle of the bottle onto the painting surface. Additionally, remember to keep tilting your painting surface to blend the ink.
Note that you’re working with alcohol inks. Unlike watercolors, it will take slightly longer to dry. Therefore, leave it untouched for at least 24 hours. However, the outer edges tend to dry within minutes. Therefore, wait for a few minutes to drop your next color.
If dropping seems much of a task, then we’ve got another technique for you. All you need to do is take ink in a cup and dilute it with isopropyl alcohol and simply pour it on your painting surface. Leave it to dry. Additionally, you can even create great effects by blowing the poured ink with a straw. Alternatively, you can use paint pipettes too.
Cotton Buds
Those looking for alternatives to dripping and pouring can try their hands on the cotton bud technique. All you need to do is pour your favorite alcoholic ink shade onto a palette, dip a cotton bud into it, and move it across the painting surface. Although this technique is pretty easy, you must do it quickly and ensure even applications.
Additionally, those looking to create a transitional effect can add some blending solution.
Paint Brush
If you haven’t yet tried using a paintbrush with alcohol inks, then now is the time to give it a try. Brushes work pretty well with alcohol inks and so, you can use any brush you want. If you’re looking for the one that blends better, then soft brushes are the best bet. Meanwhile, a coarse one would be perfect for adding texture.
Note that alcohol inks dry pretty fast. Therefore, you’ll have to work very quickly while using the brush, or else you might leave strokes or patches behind. We are pretty sure you wouldn’t want that to happen. Additionally, you mustn’t repaint any area. That said, this technique is best for those who are pro at DIY stuff.
If you’ve been searching for alcohol inks for creating resin Petri dishes, then this is the one for you. With vibrant colors and high-concentration formula, this alcohol ink gets along well with epoxy resin. Moreover, it is highly versatile and can be used for making resin swirls, epoxy resin painting, resin tumbler cups, and much more.
Why Did We Like It?
First things first, we were pretty impressed by the high-pigmented formula of this alcohol ink that makes it perfect for epoxy resin. They don’t spread much, thereby allowing you to control the formula with precision.
Moreover, we love that this high-pigmented formula is compatible with almost everything. From resin Petri dishes to glass painting, this alcohol ink will be your perfect companion in every DIY task.
Also, with so many shades, you can let your creativity flow and create stunning artwork. Be it sapphire blue, purplish-red, coffee, or white, Let’s Resin has got it all. Additionally, you don’t need to use it in large quantities. Simply pour a few drops onto the resin, and you’re good to go.
Moving on, we were pretty pleased by the packaging. Each alcohol ink was individually wrapped and secured tightly to avoid leakage. Plus, it features a push pin for easy piercing. Lastly, the inks stay true to their colors. Overall, Let’s Resin offers excellent value for money.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Considering its functionality and versatility, these alcohol inks are absolutely incredible. However, these inks aren’t UV-resistant. So, it might not be an ideal option for your outdoor creations. Other than that, this product is an excellent option to boost your creations.
This acid-free alcohol ink is an excellent choice for all craft lovers out there. With 24 highly pigmented colors, the creative opportunities are endless. More so, because it is easy to use. Overall, this fast-drying and permanent formula is a go-to option for all your DIY projects. So, grab this alcohol ink set and turn your imaginations into reality!
Why Did We Like It?
When it comes to DIY crafts and projects, letting your creative juices flow is the best thing to do. With its 24 brilliant hues, you are free to create whatever you want. From shallow to deep colors, this alcohol ink kit has it all.
Additionally, it offers versatile applications. Whether you wish to create sinking effects or make resin coasters and Petri dishes, this alcohol ink is versatile enough to do anything. With its high-concentrated formula, this alcohol ink sets better than the rest.
Moving on, beginners will appreciate the fact that these inks are pretty easy to use. Simply shake the bottle well, add a few drops to the resin molds, and you’re done! Plus, it features a quick-drying formula, so rest assured your creations will be ready within a few hours.
Another appealing aspect of this product is that it is 100% acid-free. Thus, you can use it indoors without worrying about the safety of your children and pets.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Although it offers excellent value for money, it emits a pungent odor. That said, we recommend you work outdoors or in a well-ventilated space. Moreover, customers have complained that opening the bottle is a messy task. Other than that, this product is an excellent option for all your epoxy resin projects.
Pros
Highly functional
Quick-drying formula
Acid-free
Easy applications
Beginner-friendly
Cons
Pungent odor
Messy opening process
Introduction To Epoxy Resin
Are you also mesmerized by the stunning waterfall and river tables that you see on YouTube? That’s what you can create using epoxy resin. Basically, epoxy resin is a two-part liquid that is mixed together in separate ratios. Once cured, it forms into a hard object.
Epoxy resin is highly versatile in its liquid form. That means you can pour it on molds of any shape and size and get a rock-solid object after curing. Thus, you can use it for creating waterfall tables, coasters, pieces of jewelry, countertops, and even flooring.
With countless pigments, dyes, and other additives, you can let your creativity flow on the molds or canvases. Plus, it is also helpful in fixing leaks and sealing worktops. All in all, epoxy resin is perfect for all those who love experimenting.
How To Use Epoxy Resin
To begin with, epoxy resins have a working time of about 30 minutes. Therefore, once you’ve mixed them in appropriate ratios, start pouring them on your canvas or surface, or else they’ll harden up. That’s why we recommend you mix epoxy resins in small batches.
Step 1| Mix The Epoxy Resin
First off, you will have to mix resin and hardener together in a cup. To do so, you will have to follow the instructions of the manufacturer. Thus, make sure you go through the user manual properly before you begin working.
After you’ve poured the two liquids in specified amounts, mix them thoroughly. Initially, you’ll notice two different liquids. However, once you’re done, you’ll see nothing but a crystal clear liquid. Also, while mixing, don’t forget to scrape the bottom and the sides of the cup. Most importantly, do not rush; otherwise, you’ll end up with bubbles.
Step 2| Add Resin Dyes, Glitters, Or Mix-Ins
If you are preparing epoxy resin for countertops or coasters, you’ll have to add colors, glitters, and other such materials into it. So, pour a small amount of mixture into another cup and add whatever you want to. Also, don’t forget our pro tip - mix slowly for best results.
Step 3| Pour The Epoxy Resin
Now that you’re done mixing the epoxy resin, it’s time to pour it into the mold or any surface you want to add life to. Simply pour it onto the mold using a stick. Also, make sure you don’t overfill the mold.
Step 4| Let The Epoxy Resin Harden Completely
When mixing and pouring is complete, it’s time to let the epoxy resin dry. Therefore, keep it for 24 hours in a properly ventilated room for your creations to completely harden. Once cured, take it out from the mold.
Preventing Bubbles From Epoxy Resin
Ever happened that you’ve poured epoxy resin into the molds and ended up with bubbles? Fret not! We have some tried and tested tips and tricks for you.
The first and foremost thing that you can do to prevent bubbles from popping on your surface is to warm the resin bottle. But, before you rush to immerse it in a bowl of warm water, keep a few things in mind. Make sure the lid is tightly sealed so that no water gets into the resin. Next, wipe off the water from the bottle to avoid damaging your epoxy resin.
While dealing with epoxy resin for years, we learned to pour the thickest liquid last. Yes, that’s one of the tricks that prevent bubbles from pooping on the surface. So, you can try it too.
Also, make sure you mix the epoxy resin in the figure 8 motion. That’s because bobbing up and down will allow air to enter into the mixture, thereby forming bubbles. While mixing, don’t forget the bottom and the sides.
However, if you notice any bubbles popping up after pouring, a blow torch or a heat gun would be perfect for dealing with it. Simply wait for a few seconds after pouring and let the bubbles rise onto the surface. Once you get the sight of them, use a heat gun or blow torch to tackle them. But, make sure you do this carefully to avoid burning the surface.
Whether you’re a DIYer or a professional, this epoxy resin kit is perfect for all your needs. From Petri resin dishes, coasters to waterfall and river tables, this epoxy resin is versatile enough to let you create anything. Moreover, they are compatible with alcohol inks too. So, grab this epoxy resin kit and make all that you want.
Why Did We Like It?
More than anything, we loved the versatility of this product. Whether you want to revamp your kitchen countertops or make resin coasters, anything is possible with this epoxy resin kit. Although it features a superclear formula, you can add colorants if you want. Thus, creating resin Petri dishes or waterfall tables is easy.
Additionally, it is UV-resistant, so rest assured that your masterpieces won’t turn yellow even after years. Also, you can use this to fill gaps in your wooden furniture. Moreover, its durability is unparalleled, thanks to its heat-resistant properties.
With its virtually bubble-less finish, you can use it for molds as small as 4 ml. Unlike other epoxies, this product is odorless. Thus, you can work for hours without giving yourself a headache.
Lastly, the brand has friendly customer service that will readily assist you in times of need. Simply reach out to them through their contact number and get queries resolved.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Honestly speaking, this is one of the best epoxy resin kits we’ve come across on the market, mainly because of its versatility and functionality. That being said, this epoxy resin kit comes with an expensive price tag. So, if you’re not on a budget, this product is the best bet.
Here’s another premium epoxy resin kit that is a favorite among DIYers, contractors, enthusiasts, homeowners, and even designers. With this 1-gallon epoxy kit, you can transform anything you want. Moreover, it offers a wonderful sheen to your surface. Thus, you can use it on dull, lackluster furniture and transform them into eye-catching pieces.
Why Did We Like It?
To be honest, what caught our attention is that this resin cures crystal clear. Once cured, it adds a subtle gloss and shine to your objects. Therefore, you can use it to make your DIY pieces, old furniture, and other surfaces shine forever.
Although it dries crystal clear, you can tint it with coloring agents. So, feel free to use metallic powders, liquid dyes, glitter powder, and mica powder. Additionally, it is heat resistant up to 470 degrees Fahrenheit, making it a suitable option for kitchen countertops, river tables, and other renovation projects.
Moreover, using this epoxy resin kit is easy-peasy. Simply mix resin and hardener in 1:1 ratios and stir it well for at least 4 minutes. Those looking for proper instructions must check out their step-by-step instructional video on YouTube. Thus, this epoxy resin kit is quite beginner-friendly.
Lastly, this epoxy resin coating is food-safe. That means you can use it safely on surfaces that come in contact with food.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Overall, this epoxy resin kit is a versatile pick, mainly because it is user-friendly and highly durable. However, customers have complained that it produces bubbles on the surface. However, you can tackle this problem by using a heat gun.
Pros
Adds a subtle sheen
Heat and scratch-resistant
Versatile usage
Food-safe
Cons
Produces bubbles
Alcohol Ink Techniques For Working With Resin
Alcohol ink resin projects are all the rage nowadays. And so, when we came across one, our creativity couldn’t resist. So, we took the plunge into the sea of this fun trend. Initially, it might appear overwhelming but, with practice and patience, you’ll soon get the hang of it.
When it comes to alcohol ink resin projects, the creative possibilities are truly endless. Moreover, there isn’t any hard and fast rule that you are bound to follow while working with alcohol ink resin.
So, let’s cut the chit-chat and explore different alcohol ink resin techniques that you can use to create eye-catching masterpieces.
Things Needed To Get Started
Epoxy resin
A few mixing cups
A large measuring cup
Plastic spoons
Toothpicks
Popsicles stick
Freezer paper
A blow torch or a heat gun
Silicone mold
A pair of nitrile gloves
A respirator
Well-fitting safety goggles
Few alcohol inks
Glitters
Prep Epoxy Resin
Before you begin bringing your imaginations to reality, prep the surface properly. For this, we recommend you cover the table or surface using a freezer paper.
With little working time, you already know that epoxy resin is pretty much unforgiving. So, gather all the supplies listed above to avoid darting off to other rooms every now and then. Next, put on the respirator to prevent inhaling the toxic fumes.
Pour hardener and resin in ratios mentioned by the manufacturer and mix them thoroughly, and ta-da! Your mixture is ready. Now that you know the basics, let’s dig into the techniques.
Project 1| Petrified Rainbow Resin Coasters With Alcohol Ink
Petrified coasters are truly stunning pieces of artwork. If you’ve ever come across one, you know what we are talking about. The good news is that you can also create such stunning coasters. By dripping alcohol ink into the resin, the artist in you can trap the rainbow in the petri dish. So, let’s dive into the technique of creating eye-catching petrified rainbow coasters.
Step 1| Prepping The Silicone Mold
After getting all the supplies and taking safety measures, you will have to prep the silicone mold. To do so, you will have to clean the molds properly. So, make sure you remove all the dirt, dust, hair, and other impurities from the mold. If not cleaned properly, the impurities will settle in the resin during casting. Simply wipe the mold with kitchen paper or cloth before you begin with your project.
Next, you’ll have to use 96% isopropyl alcohol or rubbing alcohol. Leave it in a well-ventilated place for dying. Additionally, you will have to wipe the mold with silicone oil to prevent it from sticking.
Step 2| Prepare Other Materials
The next step is to prepare the epoxy resin for pouring. The size of the molds will determine the amount of epoxy resin to be prepared. As a rule of thumb, mix 400 ml of resin for every three Petri dishes of a diameter of 10 cm. Also, we recommend you go for branded resins and not cheap ones.
Step 3| Pour Resin Into The Mold
Before you pour the resin into the mold, level your work table using a spirit level. Now, check the consistency of the prepared resin with the wood stirrer. If it’s still runny, we recommend you wait for a few more minutes.
When the consistency of the resin gets thick, pour it in equal amounts into the silicone mold. However, if you notice air bubbles, use a blow torch or heat gun to eliminate them from your mixture. Note that the instruction of the brand is important. Therefore, before you use a heat torch or a Bunsen burner, go through the instructions properly.
Step 4| Drop Alcohol Inks
We’ve worked with alcohol inks, and that’s why we recommend you go for high-quality inks. To blend alcohol ink with epoxy resin, you will have to pour a small amount of epoxy resin into a disposable cup. To remove air bubbles, use a bunsen burner.
Now, drop a few drops of alcohol ink into the resin and keep stirring slowly to ensure even mixing. Also, make sure no air bubbles are formed while mixing alcohol ink with resin.
However, we’re creating rainbow Petri dishes. Instead of mixing alcohol inks with epoxy resin, we’ve got another way to use alcohol inks. We’ll straightaway drop the inks on the poured resin into the molds. However, make sure you do this immediately after you’ve poured the resin.
Truly speaking, you’ll get beautiful Petri dishes with a resin of thick viscosity. However, if you’re already a pro, you’re free to experiment.
Step 5| Covering The Poured Silicone Molds
Now that you’re done with pouring and dropping, you will have to cover the silicone molds. We cover them using a cardboard box or a plastic box. However, you must make sure that the box is spacious and shouldn’t come in contact with the poured resin and silicone mold. Store it in a safe place for curing.
Although it must dry within 24 hours, we strongly recommend you go through the instructions of the manufacturer. Generally, your petri dish must fully cure within three days.
Step 6| Remove The Petri Dishes From The Molds
We know you’ve worked hard to create this stunning piece and must be curious to see the outcome of your hard work. After leaving it untouched for three days, it’s time you remove your masterpiece from the molds.
Begin by carefully removing your coasters from the sides of the silicone mold. And ta-da! Your little masterpiece is ready. Place them on the coffee table or sell them online and make a few bucks.
Also, we’ve got a pro tip for you - Simply wipe silicone molds with silicone before pouring the resin mixture. This keeps the ink from spreading too much, thereby resulting in decorative color cells. This beautiful veining is known as lacing.
Project 2| Glitter Alcohol Ink
Do you remember the art and craftwork you did as a child in school? This will remind you of the same. Playing with chunky glitters is fun. Moreover, it is super easy to make. Thus, you’ll love this project.
Step 1| Prepare Resin
We’ll be doing this in small molds. So, start slow! Mix a small amount of resin and hardener in a cup. Next, take another cup, add glitter, and a few drops of alcohol ink. For this, we used both fine and chunky glitters. So, mix the two glitters properly with the resin.
Go ahead and pour the glitter resin mixture into the cup. Keep stirring. Make sure no bubbles are formed.
Step 2| Pour It Into The Silicone Molds
Once you’re done mixing the glitter and alcohol ink with resin thoroughly, pour it into the molds. That’s it! Now, all you have to do is look for bubbles. Once you get the sight of them, use a heat gun to pop them from the poured resin.
Step 3| Let It Dry
After you’re done pouring, simply cover the molds in a cardboard box like the previous one. Now keep it aside. Since you’re dealing with small molds, the epoxy will cure fully within 24 hours. However, we strongly recommend you let it fully cure for approximately 48 hours.
Step 4| Unmold The Alcohol Ink Resin Pieces
After you’ve left it untouched for 48 hours, it’s time to unmold it. Simply remove the pieces from the molds, and your alcohol ink resin pieces are ready. They look pretty amazing, right? Also, remember to unmold them gently. Use it as a paperweight, pendant, or simple showpiece.
Project 3| White Alcohol Ink With Resin
Let’s gear up for our next alcohol ink resin project. So, get your supplies ready and jump to the third project.
Step 1| Preparing And Pouring Resin
Similar to the previous project, prepare the epoxy resin mixture by mixing resin and hardener in appropriate ratios. Now go ahead and pour the epoxy resin mixture into the molds. Pop bubbles using a heat gun or a bunsen burner.
Step 2| Keep Alcohol Inks Ready
Once you’ve poured resin into molds, start dripping alcohol inks into the mixture. Drop pink colored ink and top it with a white one. Keep repeating this process to build six layers of both pink and white inks.
White is crucial for it will blend the alcohol ink with resin. Next, drop a different color into the resin molds. Once you’re done dropping your favorite colors, swirl the resin with a toothpick. However, remember you are swirling resin and not a cake batter. Be gentle!
Step 3| Unmold Your Creations
After storing them safely for 24 hours, you must be curious to see the outcome. Gently remove them from the sides and take out your creation from the mold. You’ll be amazed at the stunning piece that you’ve created. Now, feel free to use it as a pendant, earring, keyring, or even hair clips.
Summing It Up
To be honest, alcohol ink and epoxy resin are a winning combination. From creating resin Petri dishes to stunning pendants and keychains, you can experiment all you want. Also, alcohol inks are affordable alternatives to resin pigments. However, make sure you take safety measures while working on alcohol ink resin projects.
That being said, we come to the end of our informative guide. Hopefully, we’ve cleared your doubts and queries regarding alcohol ink and epoxy resin.
However, if you face any troubles while working on alcohol ink resin projects, you can reach out to us in the comments below. We’ll see you next time.
Air plant holders are extraordinary, low on maintenance, exotic, and stylish they can sculpt your space to your advantage, and unlike a regular plant, one could change the plant holder in a matter of seconds thus changing the atmosphere. Air plants can receive absolutely any form or structure as a support as they need no soil thus offering you limitless options, where a sea urchin can support an airy sea-inspired whimsical effect a pyramid geometric structure can complement the plant`s naturalness
A selection of exceptionally beautiful air plant holders follows, meant to emphasize the possibilities brought forward by this piece of organicity.
Diamond structure in gold sustains air plant
Simple elements have been used to sculpt the diamond shape yet the results are extraordinarily rewardful. The shape can be changed and the project can be scaled to your advantage, a sculptural installation can take shape.
A shiver of joy in color can be brought forward with a craft that can take minutes, teach your little one how things can be re-purposed for the better in an attempt to minimize our impact on the environment.
Build on the air plant`s extraordinary ability to live without soil and create a small planter by using a rock and small pieces of wire. The sensible design is nothing short of extraordinary.
Nature`s naturalness nestled in a shape that speaks of its extraordinary power can be a remarkable project. Numerous not so precious stones that look extraordinary can be used in this endeavor, pursue it.
via shopplanetblue.com
Sculpt a piece of art
Air plants can be nestled in any setting and as a result they can embrace the natural and unnatural alike, the sculptural piece gravitates around the air plant beautifully.
An old piece of furniture, an experienced item can now be enhanced by the natural environment, it can be refreshed swiftly.
Small boxes can contain or support your air plant collection; the wooden plank creates contrast with the wall whilst bringing forward great coziness, warmth and richness through texture.
An odd natural element can express solidarity with another. Here naturalness of the past, the dead, invites the naturalness of the future, greenery to take over, building on an already powerful, beautiful element, the spine.
via ranchoreubidoux.com
Flexible height in simple design
A piece of wire can be the natural support of any air plant holder, simply forget it to fit your needs.
The whisk is known to be a beautiful element on its own yet in the color above holding an air plant it transcended into something unique, really beautiful.
via upcycledfashion.com
Air plant holders shaped like pineapples
One could imagine where it all started from consider that the air plants above are a great fit for the pineapples envisioned. Imagine that instead of a pineapple you can create any other fruit, any other shape, limitless options.
Small copper elements are at everyone`s grasp and considering the small shape factor they are quite splendid. Copper can distract one`s attention rapidly the material itself being a a graphic point of interest.
Light wooden structures can build and emphasize the feeling of space in a setting rightfully proportioned. In the example above the balance is right, sturdy yet elegant.
Simple concrete too can nestle a beautiful setting, above the extraordinary volume greatly surprising. Notice how the bubbly texture of the concrete complements the wooden surface on which it resides.
via sunset.com
Sheer copper and concrete
Delicate, different, and remarkable the small piece of wall art above can now receive your design for your air plant.
Anything that can be considered graphic can receive an air plant, above pieces of a white PVC pipe have used string to create a sort of swing that carries greenery. Simple and efficient.
Macramé is the art of knotting rope. This trend originated in the 70’s and has evolved to be used in many different ways. One popular way is to tailor macramé plant hangers! If you are a plant lover and are looking for a way to spice up your home decor, you are going to love the way these hangers put your plants on display both indoors and outdoors.
Making these hangers can seem a bit challenging at first yet to help you learn the basic knots and patterns of macramé, FTD has put together a video tutorial that will go over the process in simple and easy steps. You are going to love the way your macramé plant hanger turns out! You can find the complete step-by-step guide here.
The spectacular balance between an envisioned craft design and the beautiful naturalness of a plant that needs nothing at all to thrive is extraordinary. How do you see the air plant holders above? We would love to hear from you in the comment section above!
The AeroGarden Bounty is among the most popular models from the brand, and why wouldn’t it be?
You’ll be surprised by the features and benefits it has to offer. But is it the right choice for you? Well, we’ve used this device for quite some time now, and there’s no doubt that it’s an upgrade from AeroGarden’s previous models.
It’s visibly larger with a lot more space to grow a variety of herbs, vegetables, and flowers. But besides its pros, there are a few downsides to using this unit for indoor gardening.
Then again, finding a perfect product is easier said than done. So, it’s always better to weigh the pros and cons of the unit before making a purchase. And that’s what we’re here to help you with.
Today, we’ve come forth with an in-depth review of the AeroGarden Bounty. Furthermore, we provide a buyer’s guide to help accelerate your decision-making.
30W LED grow light gives your plants the full spectrum of...
Use this indoor garden to grow up to 9 different herbs,...
Why Buy This Product?
Have you ever heard of hydroponic gardens? Yes, the age-old concept of growing plants without soil. Inspired by this concept, AeroGarden introduces one of its largest units, “Bounty,” allowing you to grow a variety of vegetables, herbs, and flowers indoors, all at once. That’s not all; it offers many more features and benefits, which we’ll now discuss in detail.
Bright & Colored LED Lighting System
The AeroGarden Bounty uses a 45-Watt LED lighting system that’s more energy-efficient than fluorescent lights. It not only saves money but also ensures durability, making it a reliable option for the long-run. Plus, the LEDs are not as hot as other types of lights, so you need not worry about the tips of taller plants getting burnt.
What’s more, the lighting panel uses a combination of red, blue, and white LED lights to promote plant growth in different ways. It stimulates daylight using bright white light, while the blue LEDs help your plants grow bigger.
You also have the option of helping your plants bloom more flowers and fruits using the red LED lights. Rest assured, Bounty’s bright lighting system will promote five times faster growth than a traditional outdoor garden, even if it’s just used to sprout seeds.
Adjustable Arm
Another excellent aspect of the AeroGarden Bounty’s lighting system is that it comes with an arm that’s adjustable up to 24 inches. This gives your plants and herbs plenty of room to shoot straight up in order to mature and grow tall.
Touchscreen Control Panel
What we loved the most about this unit from AeroGarden is its helpful touchscreen control panel. This made it easy for us to set timers to make sure the lights went on and off exactly at the right time.
In addition, we were able to dim the grow lights at the touch of a button and check all our garden’s vitals, including the water level and the number of days till germination. The high-resolution digital display also provides lighted reminders, notifying you when it’s time to add more water or nutrients to the device.
Now, there’s no doubt that AeroGarden does all the work for you. But it also helps you learn about the gardening process by displaying valuable tips on the LCD.
Easy To Fill Water Bowl
Unlike other hydroponic systems, AeroGarden Bounty is a contained unit, so you definitely won’t be seeing the tangled plant roots. Instead, they’re concealed with a plastic bowl to make your space look neat and aesthetically appealing.
The removable bowl is like a reservoir capable of holding gallons of water, which should last for a while. We didn’t have to add more water to the device until after about two weeks of use. However, depending on the climatic conditions where you live, this duration might vary.
Even then, you need not worry since Bounty’s control panel lets you know when it’s time to water your plants. Once you’ve received the reminder, simply pour water into the bowl as required, and you’re good to go.
Vacation Mode
For a gardener, it’s never easy to go out of town without having someone to look after your plants. But with this hydroponic system, you don’t have to think twice. Your plants will continue to grow and thrive, even when you’re away for a few days. Just turn on the vacation mode and leave everything to AeroGarden.
Guaranteed Germination With Bigger and Better Yield
The highlight of the AeroGarden Bounty is that it comes with a gourmet herb seed kit, allowing you to start growing herbs instantly. It comprises nine seed pods, including Curly parsley and Italian parsley, mint, dill, Thai basil, Genovese basil, thyme, and chives. And the best part is that each seed pod is guaranteed to germinate.
If, by any chance, they fail to sprout, reach out to the brand, and get a replacement at no extra cost. Furthermore, AeroGarden offers over 70 varieties of seed pods ranging from lettuce and jalapeno peppers to flowers and vegetables. You can choose a free seed pod kit, depending on what you’d want to grow and harvest.
For those concerned about genetically-modified organisms (GMOs), every seed pod from AeroGarden is made from non-GMO seeds. They’re mostly organic and grow without the help of soil, so there’s no mess to deal with during plantation.
All you have to do is slip one of the spongy seed pods into the plastic holder and pop it into the slot. Each pod comes with little plastic domes that create a humid atmosphere for the seeds to germinate.
Once the seeds sprout and pop up through the hole, remove the plastic topper and paper cover to give them room to grow. That said, it’s obvious you’ll get bigger and better yields of produce from healthier plants.
Plus, the newly-designed grow deck of the AeroGarden Bounty offers ample room to grow up to nine plants. In other words, you get to grow a variety of flowers, herbs, and vegetables in a sleek and modern indoor garden that looks great in any room.
Seed Pods & Slots
The biggest benefit of using the bounty is the number of seed pod slots you get; nine to be precise. This is the most number of slots AeroGarden offers for its models, and each slot is perfectly sized to fit the seed pods. Plus, they’re spaced well for your herbs, veggies, and flowers to grow abundantly.
We were also impressed by AeroGarden’s seed pod kit. This is because it comprises seeds marked with different germinating times based on certain factors, including the seed-type, ambient temperatures, and of course, the light levels, intensity, and duration.
It manages the gardener’s expectation of seed germination so that they know about the optimum temperature requirement and when the plants need to be watered. For example, chives are expected to sprout within 8 to 12 days, while Italian parsley takes 12 to 14 days.
On the contrary, gourmet herbs germinate between 4 to 21 days, with dill taking the longest time. But irrespective of the growth cycle, AeroGarden should be kept away from furnaces, vents, window drafts, and other heat and cold sources.
Smart Gardening
AeroGarden comes forth with different versions of the Bounty model, such as the Bounty Elite Wi-Fi LED. As the name suggests, this unit is Wi-Fi-enabled and equipped with the latest technology that connects with your iPhone and Android device.
It can be controlled and monitored from the AeroGarden app or your Amazon Echo device. So, you get to check your indoor garden’s vitals or even turn its lights on or off from anywhere in the world (provided you have a stable WiFi connection).
One Year Warranty
You can invest in the AeroGarden Bounty without worrying about coming across a faulty device since it’s backed by a one year warranty from the date of original purchase. If, by any chance, you face issues related to the LED grow lights or the device itself, reach out to the company’s customer support team.
The brand promises to provide any replacement parts that you may need for free for the first year. You may also request return authorization if the unit is defective; AeroGarden will pay the return shipping costs.
Helpful Tips & Instructions
We liked the fact that the AeroGarden Bounty provides valuable gardening tips related to planting, germination, lighting, watering, nutrients, pruning, pollinating, and harvesting. Everything is well-illustrated and explained in layman’s terms to help beginners yield maximum produce.
In fact, even the seed pod kit comes with instructions describing proper garden tending. It provides tips on feeding your garden, planting the seed pod kit, and tips for ensuring great growth.
There’s another section on “Restarting Your AeroGarden” that you might find useful. It explains how to sanitize the garden before a crop is planted, reset the nutrient timer, and set the light hood to the lowest position. You’ll also be instructed about the proper planting of your seed pods.
What Could’ve Been Better?
Like any other product or device, the AeroGarden Bounty isn’t perfect. It comes with a few minor downsides, but they aren’t deal-breakers in any way, so you need not worry.
Coming to the device itself, although Bounty is a larger model, offering the highest number of slots compared to the others, there are a few plants you might want to avoid growing. For example, watermelon and zucchini need a lot of room to spread out, so it’s better they’re transplanted after their seeds germinate in the unit.
Furthermore, Aerogarden doesn’t turn back on automatically, so you have to be careful and alert, especially if your area is prone to power cuts. We also came across a faulty alarm, which, at times, failed to notify us when the water level had reached dangerous lows. But luckily, it didn’t end up costing us a plant or two.
AeroGarden should consider including a small window to show the water levels without compromising its sleek and modern design. Nonetheless, Bounty mostly comes with positive reviews from previous and current users. And aside from a few minor defects, annoyances, and general grievances, it’s a lifesaver for plant-lovers who don’t have the time to devote to gardening.
Pros
Easy to use and set up
Bright LED lighting system promotes faster plant growth
Capable of growing a variety of plants
Cordless extendable light arm
Water and plant food reminders
Cons
Not suitable for growing all types of plants
Alarms are at times faulty
Setting Up The Aerogarden Bounty
Now that you’ve weighed the pros and cons of the AeroGarden Bounty, let’s get to know more about its setup.
Well, let’s begin by saying that the unit comes with a well-written and illustrated quick setup guide, so you won’t be having any problem getting started. The guide provides five easy steps to power your AeroGarden and begin gardening.
We didn’t even have to perform all the steps, other than two, because the unit comes fully assembled. You only have to plug the light cord into the light hood and the power cord into the electric outlet.
Now, it’s obvious that plugging in the device will power up a bunch of stuff, but you won’t be able to set it up without touching the “Quick Plant” display button on the LCD control panel. Once you activate the function, the AeroGarden computer will guide you through the necessary steps to get you started.
You may also follow the instructions to program the WiFi system, provided the model is WiFi-enabled. After you’ve gone through every step and done everything that’s required, the only thing left to do is planting the seed pods.
Add water to the plastic bowl as recommended; fill the tube area up to the marked level of about 1.1 gallons. After this, you may insert the seed pods into their respective slots and add the liquid plant food (included with the AeroGarden Bounty seed pod kit) as per the instructions on the bottle.
Benefits Of AeroGarden (Hydroponic Grow Systems) Vs Outdoor Soil Growing
Before we compare the benefits of AeroGarden with those of outdoor soil gardening, let’s take a moment to highlight the notion of hydroponic gardening. Now, it may seem like a futuristic concept, but interestingly, hydroponic gardening has been around since the 17th century. And by the 19th century, crops were regularly grown without soil by German botanists.
Today, AeroGarden has automated indoor gardening taking inspiration from the age-old concept of growing plants without soil. But will it end up replacing outdoor gardening? That’s something that ought to be discussed and analyzed.
Let’s first take a look at the benefits hydroponic plant growing systems like the AeroGarden Bounty has to offer.
First things first, there’s no mess or dirt to deal with.
Plants grow five times faster in the AeroGarden Bounty than in conventional garden soil.
Hydroponic grow systems take up less space and generate a higher yield of different varieties per square foot.
These units utilize fast-acting liquid plant food that goes directly into the soil.
Notifies you when it’s time to add water or nutrients.
Ambient temperature and lighting intensity can be controlled and monitored from anywhere in the world for maximum plant health.
Even though hydroponic systems like AeroGarden have a lot to offer, for ardent gardeners, satisfaction isn’t achieved until they get their hands dirty by digging up soil and dirt. They love the feel of the soil and the fun tools needed to maintain the perfect outdoor garden.
Moreover, large hydroponic farms are quite expensive to buy and maintain. And although they ensure a higher yield per square foot, you won’t be able to grow herbs, vegetables, flowers, and other plants cost-effectively.
So, if you ask us, both hydroponic grow systems, and conventional outdoor gardens have their individual place. But you definitely can’t go wrong with the AeroGarden Bounty when growing fresh herbs and flowers indoors in modest quantities.
Preparing For The Next Plantation Phase
Suppose you’ve planted seed pods in AeroGarden’s 50-hole seed germinating grid. The seedlings have sprouted and are ready to be transplanted in your outdoor garden or fabric pots. And now you’re all set to plant fresh seed pods in your hydroponic system once again.
In that case, you need to prepare the AeroGarden for the new plantation phase. So, make sure you remove all the old seed pods and roots that were grown in the hydroponic water environment before starting the project.
You may try pulling out the used seed pods from the planter holes, but from experience, we can say that this is easier said than done. The roots tend to get intermeshed, making them difficult to extract.
We ended up opening the planter hole cover to find out the cause. The roots were completely matted, taking up the entire area of the water reservoir. That said, if you come across an issue like this, take a pair of bypass pruners and cut away all the roots from the cover.
Once that’s done, follow AeroGarden’s cleaning process to sanitize the water reservoir using a bleach or vinegar solution. After it’s thoroughly cleaned, feel free to plant your favorite herbs, vegetables, or flowers.
AeroGarden Bounty Buyer’s Guide
By now, we’re positive that you’re well versed with all that there’s to know about the AeroGarden Bounty. But is it the right pick? Well, this is a crucial decision that you eventually have to make.
Now, we understand that investing in a hydroponic device like this one requires a bit of thought. It’s not something you can buy overnight, only to regret the decision in the near-future when the seeds fail to germinate or when you realize indoor gardening isn’t your cup of tea.
That’s why we’ve carefully created this brief guide, explaining the factors that should be considered when buying an AeroGarden. Read on to know more…
Space
Remember, larger models like the Bounty can take up a lot of counter space. So, make sure you have ample space for keeping your hydroponic grow system. Also, ensure that you have at least 2 feet of clearance space above the unit as it comes with an adjustable light arm for your plants to grow smoothly.
Size Of Your Family
Most gardeners tend to ignore this factor while gardening or when buying a hydroponic growing unit for indoor use. Now, if you’re growing herbs, vegetables, or any other kind of organic produce just for yourself, the AeroGarden Bounty wouldn’t be a viable option.
This is because the unit is one of the largest models that comes with nine seed pods. As such, it ensures bigger yields of produce more than what’s required by you. You won’t know what to do with the extra and might end up giving them away.
To avoid wastage, it’s better to opt for a model like the AeroGarden Sprout, which is more than enough for a sole user. But then, you won’t get much variety as it’s only suitable for three seed pods.
On the contrary, for those hoping to grow sufficient tomatoes and lettuce almost every night for a family of three to four members, the Bounty is your best bet.
Do You Need Varieties?
Well, there’s no better option than the AeroGarden Bounty if you’re someone who wants to grow a variety of plants. It’s capable of holding up to nine seed pods, aiding the growth of herbs, lettuce, tomatoes, and other vegetables.
However, you can also choose to go for more than one AeroGarden to keep veggies and herbs separate if the price is not a concern.
Should You Opt For The Wi-Fi-Enabled Variant?
As we’ve mentioned earlier, AeroGarden offers different versions of the Bounty, and the Bounty Elite is a Wi-Fi-enabled unit that connects to iPhone and Android devices. Now, we feel that this variant is ideal for those who travel a lot. It helps you monitor and control the device from anywhere in the world using the AeroGarden app.
However, you’ll need to have access to a stable Wi-Fi connection to use the feature. And at times, the smartphone app fails to ensure consistency and reliability. So, you might not get timely notifications to water the plants or add nutrients.
It’s better to rely on the LCD screen; it provides the same alerts and notifications consistently. Furthermore, the AeroGarden Bounty comes with a vacation mode, which allows your plants to grow and thrive, even when you’re not in town.
To sum up, the LCD control panel works well, ensuring timely alerts, but the smartphone app needs work. So, in our opinion, there’s no hard and fast rule that you have to opt for the Wi-Fi-enabled variant. Choose a model as per your preference and requirements.
Customer Support Team
When buying an AeroGarden system, gain all the required information related to the brand’s customer support team, including the contact number and email id. You might have to reach out to them for questions, concerns, or issues related to the device, so keeping the relevant details in hand makes your job easier.
We found AeroGarden’s customer service relatively unresponsive on email. It’s better to opt for a live chat with a representative of the team. They’re prompt and provide replacements at no extra charge, if needed, after asking a few questions related to the issue and purchase time.
LED Grow Lights
The best part of the AeroGarden Bounty is that it comes with an LED lighting system and not fluorescent lights. As such, the lights are not very hot as other units, which often end up burning the tips of growing plants.
But make sure the hydroponic system isn’t too bright for your plants; keeping that in mind, it’s crucial to choose a spot in your home that doesn’t receive a lot of light from the sun. That said, you can always dim the device’s lights up to 30% with the touch of a button when required; another win-win for sure.
AeroGarden Bounty Verdict
Honestly, AeroGarden Bounty is worth the investment, despite having a few flaws. It’s no doubt one of the larger models out there with a few minor drawbacks, but it offers a variety of healthy plants and bigger yields of flavorful produce.
This automated indoor gardening system does all the hard work for you. Plus, it comes with a high-resolution touchscreen control panel, which lets you control and monitor its functions with ease.
So, go ahead and try it out, especially if you don’t have the time for traditional gardening. And let us know all about your experience in the comments section.
Are you looking for a mid-range air purifier that will not be too heavy on your pocket? We have an excellent option for you.
Today pollution is on the rise, and the air is filled with contaminants. Also, if you are a smoker, the house might be filled with fumes and toxins. And you would not want your kids to breathe the same air now, right?
The AeraMax 300 HEPA Air Purifier is a brilliant option for all those who are looking for an air purifier for a big room or a studio apartment. It will protect you and your loved ones from the pollutants and allergens in the air.
In the following section, we have listed all the benefits of using the AeraMax 300 HEPA Air Purifier. The pros and cons have also been clearly mentioned for your benefit.
ULTRA-QUIET AIR PURIFIER FOR MEDIUM SIZED ROOMS: recommended...
ALLERGY PROTECTION WITH TRUE HEPA FILTRATION : Captures up...
Why Buy This Product?
Known for its great performance and hoard of features, this air purifier will work well for any room that you wish to keep it in. Read on to know more.
Fan Speed
There are 4 different fan speeds to choose from, and they range from turbo to low speed. Remember that the turbo mode works best in removing odor and smoke and it is very quick. It will work to get all the impure air out and provide you with a clean and hygienic environment.
You can toggle among the 4 modes to get the exact fan speed that you require. In case you do not want to keep shifting among the different modes, there is an auto mode that will help you out. It will select the best fan speed depending on the air quality inside a house. An integrated sensor is used to determine this, and it will sense if the air is very polluted or dirty.
3-In-1 Functioning
This product comes with a negative ion generator along with 2 main filters. The 2 filters are the most important part of the unit, and they include VOC and HEPA filters, which prevent allergens from affecting humans. They will help keep pollen and mold at bay.
An activated charcoal filter is also included, which takes care of the pollutants in the air. It can capture and get rid of household odors and large floating particles. This would include cigarette smoke, cooking odor, fumes, as well as pet odor.
Now, if you are wondering what a HEPA filter does; it is known for its antimicrobial properties, which prevent the growth of odor-causing bacteria and mold. These keep growing on the filter otherwise, thereby contaminating the air. Thanks to this filter, your room will keep smelling fresh at all times.
So, the presence of this filter type is very important. It is known to trap almost all small particles, including those measuring 0.3 microns. This will take care of dust mites, viruses, allergens, germs, pet dander, mold spores, and ragweed, to name a few.
Plus, the negative ion generator helps in cleaning the air and keeping it free from pollutants. Now, in case you do not like this feature, especially because of its ozone-producing nature, the ionizer can be turned off. But you should know that it has certificates from both the Asthma and Allergy Foundation of America and the California Air Resources Board regarding its compliance with ozone emission.
Air Quality
This model has a very useful air quality indicator that will tell you about the quality of air. The sensors are very receptive, while the LED light acts as the indicator. If the light is blue, then you are safe as the air in that room is absolutely clean.
But if it is amber, then the quality is average, and you can turn up the fan speed. On the contrary, in case the light is red, the surrounding air is deemed to be very polluted. This is when you should turn the fan speed to its maximum level.
This also provides ease of access, and you can choose to switch on the auto mode so that you need not change the settings manually. The fan speed will be regulated on the basis of air quality.
Space
The AeraMax 300 works for both large and medium-sized rooms and will easily purify an area of 600 square feet. You can place it in your living room or dining space. In case you live in a small flat or a studio apartment, and it will work well for the entire space.
What’s more, the ACH of this product is 3X-5X, and it can clean a room of 300 square feet, 5 times, within an hour. This ensures that the air is exchanged every 12 minutes completely. Also, the CADR rating has improved a lot, but you will have to switch it on for longer to ensure better performance.
Reducing Allergies
Life gets difficult during the allergy season, and many fall sick because of it. The brand has taken this into account and has added a special mode to the device.
Now, you can turn on the Aera+ mode, which sucks in pollen and other allergens from the air and makes it clean. This mode increases the performance of the purifier while keeping your near and dear ones safe.
Moreover, it actually comes with a certification from the Asthma and Allergy Foundation of America for being allergy and asthma-friendly. This will provide you with the required peace of mind so that you may safely use it in the kids’ rooms in case they are prone to allergies.
Power Consumption
You would not want to buy a new air purifier every year; hence, the power consumption is very important. It is essential that it consumes less amount of power in the long run to be a sustainable option.
Now the brand has thought it through; we were happy to find out that it consumes only 6 watts when you keep it at its lowest setting. This is very impressive, and you can easily run it without worrying about rising electricity bills.
However, when you run it at its highest speed, it can consume up to 86 watts, and that is on the higher end. But if you keep the smart sensor on, then less amount of electricity gets consumed.
It will mostly keep the fan speed at a lower setting unless a lot of toxins are detected in the air. This helps in reducing the overall power consumed and will help you save money while keeping your house protected.
Furthermore, it has been given an energy star rating because of its energy-efficient nature.
Customer Service
The brand provides excellent customer service and will be reachable over the phone or by email from Monday to Friday. You can also live chat with them on their FAQ page if needed. Now, if you are expecting free shipping, the company does not really provide that.
However, the cost of this product is very reasonable, and the additional cost will not add too much to its overall price. Also, it gets shipped within 1-2 business days, so you can expect it to reach you very soon.
Plus, when it comes to returning the product, you can do so easily within 14 days of receiving it. You might be charged a restocking fee of 20% of the product and the shipping and handling costs.
Moving on, in case you notice an issue with the product when it arrives, contact them within 48 hours. The brand will then check with the freight company and investigate your claim immediately. If you have a genuine problem, rest assured that it will be solved.
Next, we will move on to the warranty period. This one is backed by a 3-year warranty which will cover most defects. You can place your trust in AeraMax for sure.
What Could've Been Better?
One issue with this product is that it makes a lot of noise, especially when you switch on the turbo mode. Now, this is not really a drawback, and the functioning is not affected. But remember that the sound can even be heard from the next room.
This is not like white noise, which can be ignored. Rather it is more of a whiny sound that grows louder as you increase the speed. Reducing the speed of this fan will reduce the sound level to an extent. But we will recommend not switching it on in turbo mode at odd hours of the day.
Another concern that we had was with the light. While it works well when you need the light, there is no way to turn it off. You will have to switch off the entire device in order to do that. This becomes problematic, and some consumers have admitted to placing a cloth over the light at night.
Other than these 2 issues, there is nothing much to complain about. It does its job well, and you will be getting a clean and healthy environment.
Pros
Known for its great performance
Comes with smart sensors
4 fan speeds to toggle among
Suitable for large rooms
Low power-consumption
Cons
Makes a lot of noise
No way to dim lights
AeraMax 300 Buyer’s Guide
A good air purifier should leave you completely satisfied at the end of the day. Now before you purchase an air purifier, there are some factors that need to be kept in mind. These are important as they will help you understand the product and your needs better.
Fan Speed
The fan speed is an essential consideration to keep in mind. While most products would offer you a minimum of 2-3 fan speeds, it is always better to have more options. This will help you get rid of toxins without consuming too much electricity.
If an option offers more than 3 fan speeds along with an auto mode, then you can ensure that the power consumption reduces to a great extent. You do not have to use the highest fan speed other than special cases when the air is very dirty or polluted.
Moreover, the presence of an auto mode is crucial as you might not have the time to shift among modes manually. This mode will detect the air quality and will ensure that it stays clean at all times while using the right fan mode for it.
Indicator Light
Next up is the LED indicator light, which an air purifier must have. This light will help you in understanding the air quality, and you can change the fan speed or switch off depending on it. Now there should be separate colors for dirty or polluted air, clean air, and average air quality. Once you know the colors, it will be easy to figure out the quality from a distance.
But one factor that companies need to remember is to provide an option to switch off the light. The light might not be needed at night when you are trying to sleep in a dark room. It can be disturbing and can cause disruption in sleep. So, it is best if you can switch it off without having to turn off the entire machine.
Air Filters
The air filter plays a major role in pulling out all kinds of toxins from the air. Now a good air purifier will always come with all the needed filters. You would require an activated carbon and a HEPA filter, to begin with.
This activated carbon is usually a pre-filter that captures the bigger elements in the air. This will catch larger dust particles and works particularly well with odor. If you are a pet lover or a smoker, this will take out all the smoke and pet odors from the house. This should even work brilliantly well with cooking odor and should keep your house clean and free from smells.
Next is the HEPA filter, which takes care of airborne contaminants. This is also present in most air purifiers and will prevent bacteria, fungi, and mildew from growing. We will recommend that you first check the kind of pollutants that your house has.
If there is a garden nearby, you might have issues with pollen and mold spores. While if your house is very near a busy traffic area, then you might have issues with dust and dust mites. All of these are trapped by the HEPA filter, making it extremely important for the purifier.
Coverage
How much area do you want to cover with the air purifier? This is a question that you should ask yourself before moving on to purchase. There are different options for different areas, and buying a large one for a small space will only lead to wastage of money.
If you want to cover a large room or a small flat with one machine, choose accordingly. There are options available for small rooms too which are more suited for personal use.
Allergens
Do you have a weak immunity system, or are you prone to allergies? Then the option you choose should be able to get rid of allergens from the air. This is crucial, especially in specific seasons when allergies keep spreading a lot. It can provide protection by sucking the pollen and other forms of allergens from the air, making it safe to breathe.
Power
Power consumption is something that you will have to take note of in the long run. If a machine consumes too much power, the electricity bills will keep rising a lot. That could become too heavy on your pockets, and hence has to be prevented.
Now you can expect that an air purifier will consume a certain amount of power. But check if the amount differs with the different fan speeds that you are using. Some gadgets will consume less power when using a low-speed mode while it will consume more power on high speed.
As you increase the speed, the fan takes care of a larger amount of air, and its purification rate also increases. The room becomes free from dirt, pollen, smoke, or contaminants faster, and that does add to the costs.
But you will not need to use this mode at all times. This is because the air wouldn't be so dirty most of the time and hence you should keep shifting fan speeds.
You can also use the auto mode, which will detect by itself and will help in saving electricity too.
Versatility
A good air purifier should be versatile enough to capture all kinds of air contaminants. The major types include mold spores, cigarette smoke, germs, ragweed, dust mites, pollens, and other forms of viruses and allergens.
Not only this, but it should also suck in odor and provide a clean environment with no smell. Odor-causing bacteria and fungi are equally important and can contaminate large spaces. We recommend that you check the description carefully to verify that the device can take care of all air contaminants.
AeraMax 300 FAQ
Can This Purifier Take Care Of All Germs?
The AeraMax 300 is known to be very versatile and is equipped with Aerasafe antimicrobial treatment. This uses 2 kinds of filters at the same time so that germs, as well as odor, are prevented. Both of these are sucked in at the same time as the air passes through these filters, leaving you with a hygienic clean smelling room.
How Long Does A Purifier Last?
This will generally depend on your use and how you maintain the device. If you keep it well and clean it often, then you can expect it to last for years. It should cross 5 years easily in such cases. However, this will vary with the maintenance and air quality of the place.
Will The AeraMax 300 Take Care Of Small Spaces Too?
While the air purifier is made for spaces ranging from 300 to 500 square feet, you can use it for smaller spaces. However, remember that it would not be cost-efficient, and you can easily get a smaller device at a lesser price range.
So, while you will not face any issues with performance, we would recommend purchasing a smaller option.
How Long Does It Take To Remove Odor?
This depends on the amount of odor in the room. If the smell is not much, then it will be gone within a few minutes. However, if there is a lot of smoke either from the kitchen or from cigarettes, then you might have to wait for 10-15 minutes for it to disappear completely.
What Is The Warranty Period For This Product?
The warranty period mentioned by the company is 3 years. However, if you see any issues with the device when it arrives, contact the company immediately. They will look into the issue and may ask you to ship it back. The customer service is excellent, and will be attending to your needs.
AeraMax 300 Verdict
The biggest plus point of AeraMax 300 is its fan power which is way better when compared to its predecessors. It may not rank high when it comes to design but will function better than most.
The high-quality air filtration system that it features is highly appreciated by consumers, and the antimicrobial coating stands out too. You will not see a great increase in your bills after installing this air purifier at home, keeping it on for approximately 8 hours every day.
With this, we have come to the end of the guide, and we’re sure that you now have enough information to make a wise decision. Let us know if you have any further queries in the comment section below.
Classical, modern, contemporary, rustic, vintage,retro, bohemian, interior design can adopt a multitude of styles according to its inhabitant and personal taste. It is said that a house becomes a home the moment you decide to invest time to express your personality through it and distance yourself from the current trends that may or may not appeal to you. Creating an expressive composition is a difficult task that will require dedication and inspiration from your part. Some of us choose to adorn our homes with simple classical interior decors that can be used as a blank canvas for our future interventions while others manage to create unconventional designs that express their taste and personality in an instant.Today's chosen topic is dedicated to the latter, depicting a style that has been used for a while now, one that can be found odd and peculiar but has many followers: the unconventional steampunk decor.
The late 1980 are responsible for the appearance of the word "steampunk" in a letter to Locus Magazine from science fiction author K. W. Jeter. Jeter who has trying to find a definitory therm for his work. Later on writers William Gibson and Bruce Sterling introduced the terminology and genre with their The difference Engine work in 1992. Their inspiration lied in the 1885's Industrial revolution and depicted the struggle and constant battle between the acceptance of "modern" technology and the constant irrational fear of it and of its implications. This starting point has generated a trend that has evolved in time into more than a sub-genre of science fiction and fantasy, defining today a lifestyle for some.The Victorian British Empire is being used as the primary backdrop for steampunk projects who thrive in reviving what others might consider junk, assessing unconventional compositions that exude a raw yet somehow weirdly elegant theme.
"Steampunk is a sub-genre of science fiction or science fantasy that incorporates technology and aesthetic designs inspired by 19th-century industrial steam-powered machinery.[1][2] Although its literary origins are sometimes associated with the cyberpunk genre steampunk works are often set in an alternative history of the 19th century's British Victorian era or American "Wild West", in a post-apocalyptic future during which steam power has maintained mainstream usage, or in a fantasy world that similarly employs steam power. Steampunk may, therefore, be described as neo-Victorian. Steampunk perhaps most recognizably features anachronistic technologies or retro-futuristic inventions as people in the 19th century might have envisioned them, and is likewise rooted in the era's perspective on fashion, culture, architectural style, and art.Such technology may include fictional machines like those found in the works of H. G. Wells and Jules Verne, or the modern authors Philip Pullman, Scott Westerfeld, Stephen Hunt and China Miéville. Other examples of steampunk contain alternative history-style presentations of such technology as lighter-than-air airships, analogue computers, or such digital mechanical computers as Charles Babbage's Analytical Engine."
So how could one adopt such a strange style that roots its origins in the Industrial revolution nowadays? Well, will try to offer you a few tips and tricks that can guide you step by step in the process of adopting a steampunk decor into your own home.
WHAT MATERIALS SHOULD YOU USE IN A STEAMPUNK DECOR
A blank canvas your home should be seen as in the beginning of the design process. The chosen materials will create the background for your future creation, modeling light, atmosphere, sensations in subtle manners you might not foresee at a first glance. Each interior decor style has its own color pallet and material range that defines the specific style and molds its form: steel, marble,glass define a modern style, wood, burlap, copper, natural fabrics will create the rustic decor whilst recycled items, washed out materials will create the unusual shabby chic style. So what materials are specific to the steampunk decor?
COPPER
The steampunk style originates as we have seen from the industrial revolution so it is only natural that copper should be the primary material dominating the scene.Rust tones merged with turquoise insertions will recreate a rich vibrant atmosphere that can be considered the ground stone for your design.
Using actual vintage copper in your decor might be considered quite expensive yet there are affordable solutions out there of obtaining aged copper finishes that will offer that special note you are looking for.
You must find the balance between the right amount of coppery insertions and overdoing it and creating an overwhelming atmosphere. Opt for small delicate insertions that will complete the larger picture.
Shiny copper might be an option of you are intending to mix up styles and give a fresh approach to the steampunk decor. Remember, we are talking about an unconventional style and you should dare to make it as you feel fit.
The second most frequently used material in this unusual design is the exposed brick wall. Used in Scandinavian decors as well, exposed bricks add a raw texture to the scheme and serve as perfect neuter backgrounds for the future furniture arrangements.
A natural choice is an option with the amendment that you will contrast the various rich red tones of the bricks with the bold dark hues of metallic insertions.
Leather is another essential material in steampunk decorations. The Chesterfield leather sofa below is a classical element present in most inspiring steampunk interiors.
The steampunk style originates in the industrial revolution which automatically implies the presence of exposed copper pipes, transformed into decorative pieces. In most cases, the pipes are being used in creating lighting fixtures with impressive aesthetics effects.
Lighting fixtures can become focal points of your interior decor if adorn din the proper place. Light plays a vital role in our daily life and the artificial one changes the entire way of perceiving an interior decor.
Another creative option of using exposed pipes is in furniture creation, as a base for wooden shelving. The red painted pipes below form an industrial looking bookcase boldly inserted into a dark decor.
Here is where most people back away from the steampunk decor: the tones used. Such a style usually requires bark, bold hues that create an intense, powerful background for all sorts of gears and pipes and other industrial looking gadgets and decor pieces.
Copper tones are so delicate and beautiful in essence that they have earned a proper place in the steampunk decor scene. It is usually mixed with turquoise hues for bold contrasts.
Metal, copper, bronze, gold each of these tones should be inserted in a manner or other in the desired decor. Careful though not to overdue it and overwhelm your home. Small insertions will add a delicacy that can balance such a powerful decor choice.
Let's talk about the furniture pieces you could insert into such a decor. Variations are available, but all incorporate a rather raw, rough edge specific to the industrial style, with lots of metallic insertions, strange unconventional shapes and up cycling projects, converting old missiles, gears,belts. Old chests are also an important aspect of the steampunk decor, transformed into beautiful coffee tables, side tables or simple storage ideas.
We have talked about hues usually used in this decor but we must admit that using rust red or black in excess can be overwhelming and much to bold for a living room. Here wallpaper come sin to tone down the effects and what better design to use than an old map? The vintage feel of such a design will increase the elegance of a room and add complexity to your entire scene.
Metal, gears, pipes, all define the style so it should come to no surprise that gears can be used to create numerous projects that will fit perfectly into your desired and aspired decor.
An old clock with exposed gears reflects the honesty of the design and can represent a focal point on a blank wall.
Or you can simply expose beautiful old gears with complex shapes as an unique and extravagant piece of decor next to an old mirror and an industrial looking lamp.
You could opt to decorate an entire wall with a gear creation and let it be the single focal point of the entire room, preserving a rather airy light decor for the rest of the space.
Source unknown
Below we can see a creative method of using rather large gears as mirror frames that compose a pattern in the hallway.
adding old trunks and vintage suitcases
Trunk, suitcases carry within memory and sentiment, reason for which their vintage appeal is usually infused into steampunk decors.
Last but not least is the chapter regarding light. A rust red room with dark leather furniture and tons of old tomes cannot truly be appreciated in the absence of light. we are talking here about the artificial kind as natural light is a must element in our homes. Warm light transforms a space like nothing else, molds surfaces, softens edges, adds powerful contrasts and delicate shadows and overall makes a room feel more welcome and approachable. Steampunk design tend to drift away into a rough area but artificial light comes to save the scenery.
Below, an old fan has been converted into an interesting looking lamp whilst maintaining its industrial original appeal.
Now after we have gathered all the required bits and pieces that compose a steampunk decor, we invite you to get inspired from the selection of steampunk interior featured below. They range from powerful, over the top creation to some more modest, more subtle and probably more appropriate for a home.
In the end we invite you to state your opinion on the steampunk decor topic in the comment section below.
If you often find yourself binge-watching oddly satisfying videos of acrylic pouring, we’re on the same page!
One of the latest trends in art forms, the technique of pouring paints is known to have started in the 1930s by David Alfaro Siqueiros. Nowadays, many budding artists are jumping onto the bandwagon, considering how fun it is to mess around with colors but always end up with an incredible art piece!
Even when it comes to the amount of time and materials needed, acrylic pouring is a convenient art form to pick. So, if you’re someone who is always on their toes with limited art supplies, this method can be a therapeutic hobby for you.
And what better time to develop a new hobby than during a pandemic, when all of us are confined to our homes? Thus, we have curated this extensive guide that goes into all the details you need to know about acrylic pouring mediums.
Acrylic Pouring Mediums 101
What Is A Pouring Medium?
Since acrylic paints are known to dry fast, a pouring medium is required for free flow and a smooth texture. It does the job of a binder and a diluting agent, thus allowing easy mixing of colors. Additionally, a medium prevents cracking and fading once the paint dries up completely.
In short, it is what makes the thick and dry consistency of acrylic paints more suitable for pouring art techniques.
Properties Of A Pouring Medium
Slows The Drying Process
When the drying process slows down, you get more time to work with the paints, thereby allowing more abstract and fun designs! Also, a slower drying time means no cracking and chipping of paints.
Adds Fluidity
Acrylic paints are relatively thicker than drier forms of paint. Thus, by adding a medium, your paints will become smoother and easier to pour.
Retains Vibrancy
Even though you are “diluting” the paints by adding a medium, the pigmentation and saturation of your paints will never be sacrificed. After all, the main attraction of an acrylic pouring artwork is its multiple layers of vivid colors!
Can Water Be A Good Pouring Medium?
Yes and no!
Yes, water is a cheaper alternative to a pouring medium as it makes acrylic paints more fluid. So, beginners on a modest budget can start with water and slowly transition to an actual medium.
However, you get what you pay for. Using water will reduce the vibrancy of your paints and may result in a dry, chapped texture. Since water dilutes the color pigments and binding agents, different colors will not stick on most types of canvases and solid surfaces. Consequently, the layers will not stick together for a long time.
Moreover, as you may have guessed by now, your painting will not be durable on certain objects, especially when placed in an exposed environment. Hence, when you opt for water as the pouring medium, you will be compromising on the vibrancy, quality, and durability of the artwork.
On the other hand, a high-quality pouring medium will offer the fluidity of water while maintaining the true pigmentation of your acrylic colors.
Different Types Of Pouring Mediums
You can find various types of pouring mediums to add to your acrylic paints. Although all of them serve the primary purpose of adding fluidity, their varying properties serve different secondary purposes.
For instance, a glossy medium, as the name suggests, adds a shiny coating to your painting. There is no doubt that the painting will look brilliant, and you will save the extra time and effort of adding a varnish in the end.
However, most pouring mediums are “all-purpose,” which implies that they enhance the flow, vibrancy, and binding properties of the paint.
Professional Pouring Medium vs. Alternative Pouring Medium
Professional Pouring Medium
Products like Liquitex, PEBEO, and Decoart fall under this category. These products are specifically designed to enhance the flow technique of acrylic paints. Besides the properties of a good-quality pouring medium mentioned above, this variant ensures long-lasting pigmentation and prevents any acidic reaction in the paints.
Pros
Durable and long-lasting vibrancy
Prevents cracking and chipping of dried paint
Better flow dynamics
Does not dilute and desaturate colors
Cons
Expensive
Alternative Pouring Medium
Using an alternative pouring medium is a more budget-friendly option for beginners. Flood Floetrol is a popular option in this category. Its properties are similar to that of a professional pouring medium, but the durability of the artwork is not guaranteed. This is because alternative products usually contain acid, which can cause the painting to fade.
Moreover, factors like UV production and viscosity may differ, due to which experienced artists prefer using a professional pouring medium.
Pros
Budget-friendly
Larger packaging
Mimics the favorable properties of professional pouring medium
Cons
Uncertain durability
Achieving The Perfect Ratio
We’ll be honest- finding a ratio that works for you requires practice. Depending on the consistency you prefer, we cannot fix the perfect ratio of paint to pouring medium. However, if you’re a beginner and do not wish to waste your paints to poor mixing, start with a 1:1 ratio. Mix the paint and medium for 30 seconds and observe the consistency.
If it resembles liquid honey, you’re good to go. Otherwise, you can add more medium or water. But remember that the amount of water should not exceed 30% of the total volume of the mixture. This is to avoid the negative effects of too much water in an acrylic painting.
Along with practice, patience is key. Instead of adding a lot of medium at once, add small amounts so you can control the consistency. Once you’ve struck the perfect balance between acrylic paint and pouring medium, it will be easier to recreate it in the future for more artworks.
For your convenience, here are some popular pouring mediums accompanied by their foolproof mixing ratios.
Pouring Medium
Acrylic Pour Recipe
Vinyl Glue
1 part acrylic paint
1 part water
1.5 parts vinyl glue
Floetrol
1 part acrylic paint
0.5 part water
1.5 parts Floetrol
Liquitex Pouring Medium
1 part acrylic paint
0.5 part water
1.5 parts Liquitex Pouring Medium
Should You Stick To One Medium?
If you’re a budding painter or artist, we recommend experimenting as much as possible. Since perfecting the acrylic pour recipe is a journey in itself, you might as well try out different types of mediums. Usually, expert painters have their favorites, so they prefer using them repeatedly to achieve desirable results.
If you just want to test the waters, we recommend choosing a medium within your budget. Even if you don’t get the best results, you will get an idea of the mixing and pouring process. If you don’t want to use water, try vinyl glue, and slowly progress to professional options.
Do not go overboard with pouring mediums and additives. Note that the mixture should not contain more than two ingredients other than the paint itself. So, one all-purpose pouring medium coupled with an additive for gloss or cell formation should suffice.
What Is The Best Pouring Medium?
While the answer to this is a subjective one, there are some common favorites in the market. Take a look-
Liquitex Pouring Medium
This product is undoubtedly a favorite among artists. It owes its reputation to its uniform consistency and high quality. In fact, in recent times, the brand struggles to meet the demand, with so many people wanting to try the acrylic pouring technique. Unfortunately, this has resulted in a price hike.
Since Liquitex is a brand dedicated to art products, the base price itself is higher when compared to other pouring mediums. Thus, if you’re tight on budget, you might want to consider the next option.
Floetrol
An affordable pouring medium, Floetrol is a hardware product designed for house painting. For this reason, it offers excellent durability and pigmentation. Additionally, it elongates the curing time and allows easy spraying of paint.
Another interesting factor is its ability to form cells. So, you don’t need to add any type of oil when using this medium. You can add Floetrol to a mixture of paint and Liquitex for beautiful cell formation on your artwork.
GAC800
Similar to Liquitex, this pouring medium also prevents cracking even after adding thick layers of paint. However, one significant difference would be the amount you will need to add to the paint for a smooth texture. Believe it or not- the ratio of GAC800 to acrylic paint is 10:1. Isn’t that extreme?
While it may sound strange to beginners, you can give this product a shot while practicing. Additionally, the brand has its unique “GAC800 + paint + alcohol” formula to get the perfect painting results.
Glue
Elmer’s Glue, Book Binders Glue, or any other craft glue also acts as an effective and inexpensive pouring medium. Although some artists may not agree to it, desperate times call for desperate measures! If you strain and mix the glue and the paint properly, you will get a vibrant and high-binding formula.
Since water does not offer many desirable properties of an actual medium, craft glue is a cheap alternative that actually works! However, keep in mind that glue is relatively acidic, which may affect the longevity of your artwork.
Things To Consider Before Choosing A Pouring Medium
Surface Hardness
The surface hardness of the pouring medium determines the look of the artwork once it dries up. Some pouring mediums become soft and sticky while others become hard and sturdy. Depending on your preference and requirements, choose a medium that will not tamper with the quality of your paints.
Color Protection
Albeit not a necessity, some projects may require a medium that provides UV protection. For instance, if you’re painting objects or decor items that will be exposed to the sun, a protective medium will prevent potential fading and damage.
Gloss Level
Some pouring mediums contain special additives for adding gloss to your paintings. The amount of sheen remains constant throughout. Consequently, your artworks will not require an additional coat of varnish.
Flow Behavior
Mediums with high flowability are preferred for even distribution of paints while pouring. If a medium does not allow much flow, both mixing and pouring become difficult. While paints with lesser flow behavior may be suitable for some projects, acrylic pouring artwork usually requires a very fluid consistency.
Drying Time
Different pouring mediums require different amounts of time to dry. Some mediums may dry within a few hours, others dry overnight, and a few require a week. Depending on the urgency of your project, you can choose a medium accordingly.
Consistency
The consistency of a pouring medium should be inversely proportional to that of your paints. For instance, if you’re using dense and thick inks, you’d want a pouring medium with a thinner consistency. Contrarily, thinner paints require a thick pouring medium for the best results.
DIY Pouring Medium
While working on the right ratio of paint and medium, you might feel like a single medium does not suffice. In this case, you can mix two mediums that will guarantee the best results. For instance, a combination of Floetrol and vinyl glue is an effective homemade medium you can store for a week. Here’s what you need to do to make this DIY pouring medium-
Step 1
Pour out Floetrol and all-purpose glue in separate containers. Keep in mind that the ratio of glue to Floetrol should be 1:4, so pour accordingly.
Step 2
Strain both the products to avoid lumps and uneven texture. Sometimes the medium and glue can form chunks when stored for a long time. However, it does not always mean that it is “spoiled” or outdated.
Step 3
Finally, mix both the products and stir them together until they are well combined. This step is crucial to prevent any separation of the mediums in the later stages.
How To Make An Acrylic Pour Painting
Step 1| Prepare The Workplace
Acrylic pouring is a fun but messy technique. If you’re working inside the house, you would want to protect the floor and other objects around the work area. Use a plastic sheet or some newspaper to prevent stains nearby. Once dried, these stains and splashes can be hard to remove, so it is best to avoid them in the first place.
Step 2| Bring Your Tools And Equipment
This technique does not require much tools and equipment, so you might as well keep them nearby. Once you start pouring, you will not be in a position to halt the project every now and then to search for required materials. Additionally, as mentioned before, the process is messy, so we recommend wearing gloves and an old t-shirt/ smock/ apron.
Step 3| Check The Level Of Your Surface
A spirit level will be helpful in this step as the surface must be completely flat to avoid unwanted spills. Even the slightest amount of tilt can cause the poured paint to run across the canvas and ruin your artwork.
Step 4| Time To Mix
Grab a cup or any suitable container and fill it with acrylic paint and pouring medium. Check the instructions of the medium for the correct ratio. Repeat this step for every color you wish to incorporate in your artwork.
Ensure that the mixture has a honey-like consistency for the best results. Also, you can add a few drops of silicone oil for cell formation in your painting.
Step 5| Let The Bubbles Rise
Once the mixture is complete, leave it aside, so the bubbles appear on the surface. This waiting time prevents the formation of pockmarks while painting. You can even prepare your mixture a day before making the artwork.
Step 6| Mix The Colors
Now, take a large container or cup and pour the prepared mixtures into it. Take your time carefully pouring each color in such a way that it forms layers of multiple colors.
Step 7| Flip The Cup
Now is the fun part! After pouring all the colors into the big cup, flip it at the center of the canvas. Try not to spill any paint in this step. After a few seconds, lift the cup slowly and ensure all the paint drains out. You can move the cup in small circles until it is empty.
Step 8| Spread The Paint
Tilt the canvas in various directions until the paint has coated the surface evenly. Don’t forget to cover the sides of the canvas as well.
Step 9| Heat And Blow The Painting
The final step is to blow the paint with a heat gun or a hairdryer. This will help form more interesting patterns and encourage cell formation. Once you’re satisfied with the result, let the painting dry for a few hours or days, depending on the type of paints you use. Try not to store it in a very hot room to prevent cracking.
And that’s how you make an acrylic pour painting!
Basic Acrylic Pouring Methods
Both beginners and experts can enjoy basic techniques in this genre of art. The amount of expertise and preparation for such techniques or minimum, and the materials required are probably lying around your house already. Here are some quick and easy acrylic pouring methods you can try out-
Flip Cup Technique
The steps to this pouring technique have been discussed above. However, there are several ways to tackle the cup to achieve different results. Take a look-
The Quick Flip
This is the most exciting idea out of the lot, making it comparatively messier. But that’s the fun part! Just flip the cup as fast as you can, so the paint is not just poured but also splattered around the canvas.
Slow And Steady
If you’re working with a large canvas, this method is for you. Place a thin piece of plastic or cardboard over the cup and flip it. Try not to spill any paint at this point. Now, place the plastic/ cardboard on the pouring surface and carefully slide it off so that the cup is in direct contact with the surface.
Simple Flip
Alternatively, if your surface is small enough to be manipulated, simply place it upside down on top of the cup. Flip both the cup and the small canvas at the same time.
Poke It!
After using any of the methods mentioned above, instead of removing the cup, try poking holes on the sides. This will make the paint flow out and create attractive designs on the canvas.
Basic or “Clean” Pour
Hands down, the easiest pouring art technique is the basic “clean” pour. For this, all you have to do is pour paint directly on the surface. You can either finish your painting after pouring the colors or use any pointed tool to make swirls and patterns while the colors are still wet. Either way, you will end up with a stunning abstract art piece.
A pro tip is to tilt the surface in the preferred direction to cause more flow and movement in the paint. This will blur the stark lines between different colors, creating a smooth effect.
Although this method is easy enough for beginners, some artists may mess up the paint consistency. So, remember to balance between desirable thickness and fluidity when performing a “clean” pour.
Puddle Pour Technique
As the name suggests, this method requires you to pour paint directly onto the canvas and form “puddles” all over it. You can start with one color and top it off with suitable colors. Since this technique results in a more blended look, you should be well-versed with the color wheel to avoid “muddy” patches. For starters, we’d suggest staying away from black.
Dirty Pour Technique
This technique is a great way to utilize leftover paints from other projects and achieve a faux marble effect. In this method, instead of pouring the colors separately, you mix all the colors in one container and drain them altogether. Sounds exciting? Read the steps below to find out how to ace this style of pouring!
Step 1
Mix the paint and medium for every color separately. When working on a fresh piece, you can choose your favorite colors. However, even if you’re using leftover paint, the result is sure to exceed your expectations!
Step 2
Now, take a cup and pour all the colors in. You don’t have to worry about forming separate layers of paints. You can make thin lines or simply “plop” the various colors on top of one another.
Step 3
Pour the contents on the surface. You can move the cup in any direction to create more designs. And as always, tilt the canvas too. Ensure you don’t leave a very thick layer on any part of the canvas.
Step 4
Use a heat gun or a hairdryer to finish it off. You can even coat it with a layer of varnish or add some dry glitter beforehand for that extra sparkle!
Intermediate Acrylic Pouring Methods
If you feel like you’ve got enough practice with the previous techniques, try the next step to level up! The methods mentioned below will require a bit more effort, but the results will make it all worth it. Let’s dive right in-
Tree Ring Pouring Technique
This is similar to the dirty pour technique, except that your pouring movement needs to be more controlled this time. Although you can use contrasting colors, we recommend using different shades of the same color for a more natural, subtle look. Here’s a step-by-step tutorial of the tree ring technique-
Step 1
Mix the colors in a container, preferably with a pointy end for a more controlled flow. Try to form separate layers of colors.
Step 2
Now, pour the mixture at the center of the surface. We recommend using a circular surface since the paint lines are going to be circular. You can start with pouring straight and then make small and controlled swirls.
Step 3
Tilt the canvas to stretch the paint as much as possible till the entire surface is covered. For this technique, most artists avoid using any additives for cell formation. Since this method aims to mimic the look of tree rings, we believe the painting looks best without any cells.
In the case of a long, rectangular canvas, you can try the traveling tree ring effect. Follow the same steps but move your hand in different directions while making swirls.
Controlled Marble Pour Technique
Now, here’s a technique for achieving the perfect marble effect with a little bit of planning and manipulation. We recommend using just three colors of the same family. You can even add one metallic shade. Follow the steps below to mimic the gorgeous gradients of real marble-
Step 1
This method is at the intermediate level because the artist must be well-versed with color theory. Looking at pictures of marble will give you an idea of the kind of colors and effects you should aim for. Accordingly, choose the colors you want to blend and the color that will make the dark marble line.
Step 2
Carefully mix two shades in a cup, ensuring that they form different layers. Do not mix the third color at this point.
Step 3
Pour the contents of the cup onto the surface. Tilt the canvas to blend and merge the colors.
Step 4
Now, squeeze the cup or use one with a spout to pour the third color. While pouring, lift your hand higher to form a thin line and drizzle the paint across the canvas. Try to create intersecting lines for a natural marble effect.
Step 5
Tilt the canvas for the last time to manipulate the poured paint.
Swipe Acrylic Pouring Technique
For this method, you can mix different colors separately or combine them for a dirty pour. In fact, you can use any of the basic pouring techniques to start a swipe painting. Then you can use a flat tool like a spatula, popsicle stick, or a piece of cardboard to swipe the paints across the canvas.
Remember to be gentle since you don’t want to scrape off the paint or merge the colors too much. Additionally, we highly recommend using a heat gun to enhance cell formation. Once you’ve got enough practice, try mixing neon colors with black for some vibrant and stunning results.
Ballon Smash Technique
This technique is like reverse paintball! But we guarantee the fun quotient is no less. Along with the art tools required for acrylic pouring, you must have a balloon or any inflated spherical object. Read on to know how to ace this exciting technique-
Step 1
You can start with a clean pour, dirty pour, or both- that’s up to you. Pour the paint all over the canvas and manipulate it to cover the entire area. You can even use the swipe technique to do so.
Step 2
Pour a contrasting color in such a way that it forms a small puddle. The number of puddles depends on your preference. However, we recommend trying it out with just one or two to understand how this method works.
Step 3
Now, take a balloon and place it on each puddle. Different amounts of pressure will result in different designs, so experiment as much as you can. This technique is perfect for recreating marine life or outer space in an abstract form.
Advanced Acrylic Pouring Methods
Once you are confident with the basics, it’s time to challenge yourself with these advanced techniques. These methods will require more precision and patience, so buckle up!
Resin Pouring Technique
Resin is a transparent substance of high viscosity used in acrylic pouring artworks to create depth. If you want to create an abstract representation of ocean waves, this style is the one for you.
Step 1
Read the instructions of the resin product before starting. Most of them produce harmful fumes, so we recommend wearing safety glasses and gloves when working with resin.
Step 2
Add your paint to the resin and not the resin to your paint. This blunder can ruin the consistency, so be careful in this step. Also, make sure you know the working time of the resin and mix the paint within that time frame.
Step 3
Pour the paint and resin mixture on the canvas. Use your hands to blend the colors wherever needed.
Step 4
Use a heat gun or any pointed tool to get rid of the bubbles on the surface. However, do not overheat the painting, or else the resin may burn. After 24 hours, your wonderful piece of art is ready for display.
String Pull Pouring Technique
This technique creates whimsical abstract designs which resemble feathers, flowers, and more. Besides sturdy canvases, we think this technique will make beautiful greeting cards for your loved ones.
Step 1
Start by mixing your colors with the desired medium. Remember to dilute the “background” color more than the rest so that it is thinner and allows the string paint to retain on the surface. Cover the canvas with the background color.
Step 2
When it comes to painting the string, you’ve got two options. One, you can use the dirty cup method to pour a little bit of paint mixture on a flat surface and cover the string with it. Two, you can form a color pattern on a flat surface.
For instance, pour a line of pink, follow it up with purple, and then white. Repeat till the line of paint is long enough to saturate the string.
Step 3
In this step, you can choose whether you want to perform a flower pull or a feather pull. For a flower pull, place the string in a curved zig-zag design with the end pointing at you. Then, pull the string towards you in a smooth motion.
The feather effect is relatively easier to perform. Place your string straight across the canvas and pull the top part towards you. Be gentle and allow the string to drag across the surface. Repeat on the other side to form a full feather.
Remember that this technique is quite difficult to master, so don’t get disheartened in the first few tries. With regular practice, you will gain better control over your hand movements and form suitable paint consistency.
Dutch Pouring Technique
This is something most of us have tried during the art class in school. Also known as blow pour, this acrylic pouring style involves “blowing” the paint to form interesting shapes and designs. Perfect for producing abstract varieties of flowers, stars, and snowflakes, here’s how you can create a Dutch Pour painting-
Step 1
Combine your background color with the desired medium and pour it on the canvas. Ensure that no blank spaces are left.
Step 2
Mix the rest of your colors with the medium in separate containers, preferably with a pointed opening. Then, pour the colors on the canvas one by one. You can use the dirty pour method to layer the colors or simply form puddles all over.
Step 3
Grab a straw and blow the paint to connect the puddles. You can even use a blowdryer on a low setting.
Cell Formation In Acrylic Pour Paintings
As mentioned before, adding silicone oil to your mixture will result in cell formation, further enhancing the beautiful patterns in the painting. However, the type of oil can determine whether your artwork will be adorned with large cells or multiple, smaller ones. Keep in mind that you must add the oil to the mixture before pouring it on the canvas. Doing it afterward will not form any cells.
Silicone Oil vs. Hair Oil
When looking for an additive, you can find two types of silicone oil on the market. One has a low viscosity that adds more flow to the paint and forms large cells with relatively more saturated color gradients.
On the other hand, silicone oil with high viscosity slows the flow behavior of the paint and forms small cells. Moreover, the color gradient is not as sharp with this type of oil.
Hair oil is another additive that is easily available and can help you achieve stunning results on your painting. Adding hair oil allows the paint to form large cells with multiple smaller ones inside. But before purchasing a hair oil for this purpose, check the ingredients and ensure that it contains “Dimethicone.”
Acrylic Pouring Kit
If you want to kick-start a new hobby or profession in acrylic painting without making blunders, we suggest opting for a pouring kit. Such a set contains two types of pouring mediums, silicone pouring oil, mixing cups and supplies, mini canvases, and more. With some acrylic paints and this kit, you can have fun with colors right away!
Painting Ground For Acrylic Pouring
While you can try acrylic pouring on any surface, starting with a flat canvas is your best bet. This will help you practice with different patterns and gain expertise in the field.
Canvas
A typical canvas consists of a thin board with a cotton cloth tightly covering it. Most canvases are acid-free, meaning your painting will not distort and degrade due to any chemical reaction. Thanks to its solid base, you will get enough stability while pouring acrylic paints.
Gessobord
This painting ground is a hardboard coated with acrylic gesso. Other than acrylic paints, this pre-primed painting ground is suitable for oil paints or a mixture of both.
Wooden Board
You can use plywoods of different shapes and sizes to form decor pieces with acrylic pouring techniques. These boards are sanded smooth to provide an easy surface to work with. Suitable for professionals and beginners alike, you can never go wrong with a wooden board.
Preparing The Painting Ground
If you are using a gessobord, you may not require any priming for the painting ground. In other cases, you can use a Gesso to facilitate better adherence and low penetration of the colors. Besides checking that the canvas is leveled equally, don’t forget to keep it at a raised position to allow the poured paint to fall naturally.
You can use thumbtacks, glasses, or cups to ensure a raised and balanced position of the painting ground.
Conclusion
Albeit a bit tricky to decipher, abstract art forms are a lot of fun to create. The result can either look like an avant-garde artwork or a messy kindergartener’s first drawing! There’s no in-between.
Regardless, acrylic pouring has a huge fan base, and hopefully, after reading this guide, you can understand why. With so many different techniques, you can try your hands (preferably gloved) on all of them and even encourage other family members to join in. What’s better than spending some quality time together and ending up with unique paintings?
With that, we’ll be signing off now. Happy painting!
When it comes to painting, many people have the notion that only born artists can create fantastic artwork. However, it isn't that tough at all!
And to support this fact, there can be no better example than acrylic pour painting as it can be created by anyone and everyone. All you need to have is a love for experimenting with colors and some idea about the different aspects of this artwork.
Plus, you don’t need to invest a lot of time in creating these paintings. So, let go of all hesitations about whether this will be the ideal artwork to engage in. To help you do that, we have curated this guide to put forward all the essential facets of acrylic pour painting. That way, things will seem much simpler to you.
With all said and done, let’s get going!
What Is Acrylic Pour Painting?
An acrylic pour painting is very different from most other types of artwork, and to master it, you need to learn about acrylic pouring first.
Acrylic pouring involves making acrylic paint pourable using a medium and then applying it on a surface to create abstract art. Usually, acrylic colors are made to flow into each other to give rise to the unique color effects and patterns that you will find in most such paintings.
That’s why it’s used to paint backdrops for dreamscape sceneries. Not only that, but it can also be applied for painting home decor such as coasters and countertops made of faux marble.
Now, there are several techniques for creating acrylic pour paintings and several important aspects to learn about before you take on your first painting project. In the subsequent sections, we will discuss all these techniques and aspects in detail, so let’s move on.
What Do You Need for Acrylic Pour Painting?
First and foremost, you need to have all the essentials ready for use before starting any artwork. In the case of acrylic pour painting, the primary materials required are acrylic paint, a pouring medium, and a suitable surface.
These requirements remain the same for almost all the pour painting techniques that will be dealt with later on in the article A few additional ingredients are needed for some of them, which will be discussed as and when we talk about the particular technique.
However, assuming that no other ingredients are mentioned for a technique, it will only require using a pouring medium and paint.
Using the Right Pouring Medium Is Important
The pouring medium plays a key role in creating an acrylic pour painting since it is mixed with the paint to create the required flow and ensure proper mixing of colors. You may have to keep some colors separate for a particular painting, which can be effectively achieved with the help of a suitable pouring medium.
This way, you can make sure that the colors never combine into a slushy mix. Moreover, the colors remain bright and beautiful despite being diluted. And its benefits don't end here.
Using a good pouring medium also ensures that the paint mixture doesn’t dry quickly. This, in turn, eliminates the possibility of cracks developing in the painting. Besides, using the right medium helps maintain the adhesion on the surface.
Notably, different brands and types of mediums are available in the market. Each of them has a different visual influence on your pour art and also possesses different characteristics. So, make sure to choose one according to your requirements.
Suitable Canvases for Acrylic Pour Paintings
Canvas Boards
A canvas board is typically a cardboard or MDF board covered by canvas material but they don’t perform the same way.
Generally, the former is considered less suitable for acrylic pour paintings as the moisture trapped between the cardboard and the canvas may cause it to loosen as the moisture makes it more prone to warp and ripple after the paint dries. In comparison, an MDF board can be a quicker and more efficient surface to paint on.
While using a canvas board for your pour paintings, keep in mind that it has the canvas glued back and front. It’s the back that you must handle carefully as staining that part with paint might cause the glue to become ineffective.
Stretched Canvas
Stretched canvas is a favorite among most acrylic artists as it helps them create a 3D look when the sides of the canvas are covered in paint.
Although there aren’t a lot of precautions to take care of, you should ensure wiping it clean before use and that its center is tight. One way to ascertain this is by tapping the center to see if it gives a thumping sound or has a sag in the middle. If you’re faced with the latter, the paint may take longer to dry.
To deal with this, all you have to do is spray the underside of the canvas with water and then dry it using a blow dryer. Rest assured that the middle portion of the canvas will tighten up in a short while.
Different Acrylic Pour Painting Techniques
Acrylic pour painting becomes all the more diverse and interesting for DIY-lovers due to the availability of a number of different techniques. As a result, you can produce different effects and patterns on the canvas, which make the paintings more attractive and intriguing.
In the following sections, we briefly discuss the most significant techniques. So, let’s get going!
Basic Techniques
Firstly, let us look at the techniques which are fit for beginners and pros alike. You can attempt these techniques using standard preparation and by utilizing simple tools available in most households.
The Simple Pour
We begin with the easiest of them all, the clean or simple pour. As the name suggests, it involves pouring the paints next to one another on a surface and keeping them separate. Following this, you can swirl the color in as many places as you like with the help of a sharp object, such as a toothpick.
For creating a simple pour, you need to follow a few straightforward steps. Start by mixing each of the colors with the medium of your choice to create a consistency like that of warm and runny honey. You should ensure that the flow is smooth yet not too drippy or too thick.
After you are done with the mixing, take the colors one at a time and pour them on the surface. Finally, you can manipulate the surface so that the colors move around and their edges blend seamlessly or use a tool as described above. Alternatively, you may leave the paint intact to keep the colors clearly distinct.
Flip Cup Pour
For this technique, place a cup full of the paint upside down on a surface, and then take it off to let it flow out. An alternative to the latter part of the technique is to poke holes on the top to relieve the pressure so that the paint comes out from under the cup.
An advantage of using this technique is that you can create ethereal blends and dynamic patterns and can even add cells, which we will talk about later in our guide.
For making an acrylic painting through this technique, start by mixing the paints with the medium in individual containers. At this point, you can also add dimethicone or silicone if you like.
Next, layer the paint in a glass or cup by plopping all the colors together in it or pouring them down its sides. However, the cup must be flipped in the right way to prevent the appearance of improper pouring. In case the cup is smaller, the best way would be to flip the surface over and place it over the cup first, and then grasp the cup and the surface simultaneously to flip them over again.
Similarly, with larger cups, you may use a piece of cardboard or plastic first and then manipulate it and place its edge on the desired part of your surface. Finally, slide the cup off onto the surface to create the flip cup pour painting.
Dirty Pour
This technique is popularly used in finishes on faux marble, and can help produce absolutely amazing designs and patterns. Like the previous technique, this one also requires layering individual colors in a cup, followed by pouring them on the surface at once.
Once done, manipulate the surface to achieve the style and pattern that you desire, as with the simple pour technique. On a side note, you should avoid creating a very thick paint layer to prevent the painting from cracking.
Puddle Pour Technique
Another relatively simpler technique that you can try is the puddle pour. In this case, you’ll have to pour the colors one after another on a base color, and then move the canvas or use air to spread them all over it so that the color puddles are connected.
Since it creates a natural blend of all the colors, this technique is ideal for creating rainbow pours using three of the primary colors such as yellow, cyan, and magenta. In this regard, being familiarized with the color wheel will help you prevent the formation of muddy colors.
Intermediate Techniques
When you become accustomed to the basics of pouring and mixing paints, you can try out the next level of acrylic pouring techniques. Some of these may be slightly more lengthy than the ones discussed above, but they can yield quite amazing designs and patterns.
Controlled Marble Pour Technique
Applied for faux marble finishes, this technique is achieved using a carefully planned pour. Although a controlled marble pour painting can be created with the help of the flip cup pour technique, you may also do it by adopting a more intricate method, which is described below.
Right from choosing the colors to applying the finishing touches, this technique requires you to proceed wisely. To start with, we’d suggest choosing three different shades of one color, for instance, dark gray, white, and black. This will make sure that all the colors coat the different gradients of the marble surface with finesse.
Next, choose a suitable marble line color for making up the dark or light lines spread all around the marble and keep it aside. After this, combine each of your desired colors with the pouring medium and then layer the two main colors very carefully in a cup, while keeping the third line color separate.
Now, pour these layered colors on the surface and manipulate it gently so that they blend along the edges. Follow it up by creating a pour spout with the cup used for layering, then taking the marble line color and drizzling it in lines across the surface. On that note, making these lines run off the side of the painting would render a distinct 3D look to your creation, so give that a try!
Finally, manipulate the surface one last time to make the lines flow with the marbled background. Allow it to dry thoroughly.
Swipe Acrylic Pouring
A swipe pour painting can be achieved by pouring different colors and swiping the paint using a tool such as a slightly damp paper towel or a flat frosting spatula. You should ensure that the mixture of the paint and medium has the right consistency to create the desired look. The colors can either be kept separate or mixed together as per your preferences.
Be careful to swipe the canvas from one end to another and follow the same pattern throughout. At the same time, don’t apply too much pressure on the surface as that may cause the paint to be scraped off or the colors to be mixed more thoroughly than desired, resulting in a muddy look.
Balloon Smash Pouring Technique
This name sounds fun, doesn’t it? Well, every bit of it is fun-filled indeed! The technique involves using a bouncy and inflated surface like a balloon to paint different shapes in several small puddle pours. Moreover, you can combine a balloon smash pour with a dirty or clean pour to create flower-like designs.
For putting it on a canvas, start by mixing a base color as per your choice with the medium. Then pour it in a thin layer over the surface and spread it to the four corners or edges of the surface frame. Now, pour the other colors or the contents of the dirty pour cup to make small puddles on the canvas.
Initially, you should create only one or two puddles to see how the blend of colors works and then create the others. Next, grab a beach ball or a balloon with a rounded side and smack the middle portion of each puddle either by applying force or gentle pressure. You can easily create captivating marine imagery or lovely abstract flowers using this method.
Tree Ring Pour
Though this technique utilizes dirty pours, the method of pouring the paint on the surface is different, which results in the creation of mesmerizing designs.
To create a tree ring pour, layer and mix your colors in a cup just as in the dirty pour technique. Then squeeze the pour cup to create a pour spout that is pointed and start pouring the paint circularly till all of it has been poured. Lastly, manipulate the canvas in a circular motion to make the pour look like a tree ring.
Tree ring pour is known to create immense depth in the paintings, but you should be very careful about choosing the colors and combining them. A good way would be to play with dark and light colors layered one on another to create eye-catching lines and blends.
Advanced Techniques
You can explore some high-level acrylic pouring techniques after having mastered the beginner and intermediate techniques. As such, we’ve selected four such popularly practiced techniques in this section, for which you might need a few more tools or materials.
Resin Pouring
In the resin pouring technique, the acrylic colors are mixed with a two-part resin to create layers and depth in the painting. Remember that you should always add the paint to the resin and not the resin to the paint. Besides, you can tint the resin by adding a touch of acrylic to it, adding more resin is required if you need the final look to be opaque.
We love how this technique can be used to create stunning ocean pour paintings ideal for interior decoration.
While making the mix of resin and acrylic paint, you should ensure that both the components are incorporated properly. It is also essential to keep an eye on the working time of the resin to work faster but without compromising on the mixing time.
After the resin is mixed with the paint, pour it on the surface and then blend the colors with hands (while wearing gloves). Be cautious not to create a mix, otherwise the painting may turn muddy. Now, complete the process by popping the surface bubbles using a torch held a few inches away from the surface.
Wait for about a day (if not more) for the resin to dry up, and you will have a truly stunning painting! Don’t forget to keep your hands and eyes protected while working with resin as it is hard to remove from the skin and can be painful if it gets into your eyes.
String Pull Pours
As is evident from the name, this technique essentially utilizes a chain or a string to achieve the final look. Simply put, it lets you create wisps similar to feathers on an acrylic-poured background. The “airy” and “light” designs thus created can be outlined to draw striking feathers or may even be left as-it-as to make the painting look more natural.
Furthermore, you can even create striking flowers through this technique. We would now explain how all this is done, but remember that the basic steps will be the same for both types of paintings.
First things first, the mixture of the background color with the medium should be slightly thinner so that it doesn’t swallow up the strokes made with the string. After you have mixed all the individual colors with the medium, pour the background color on the canvas and spread it evenly.
Now, the string should be loaded with a color as per your color placement needs. For instance, if you want the colors to be placed randomly on the canvas, creating a dirty pour and saturating the string with that mix will be the best way to go about it.
But in case you want specific placement of the colors on the canvas, you should create lines with alternate colors on a flat surface. As a result, the different segments of the line will be colored differently. After this, you’ll have to stretch the string and lay it on the line of paint to coat it evenly.
The next few steps will vary based on the painting that you would want to create.
Feather-Like Design
For achieving this design, you should first take the string and lay it on the canvas vertically. Then the top of the string should be dragged towards the lower portion to create one side of the feather. Similarly, repeat the same process by pulling the string in the opposite direction to complete the feather.
Flower-Like Design
To achieve this design, lay the coiled string on the canvas with its other end pointing towards you. Then pull the chain or string towards you while still laying it flat on the canvas, allowing it to uncoil gradually as you pull. While creating any of these designs, you should be cautious not to over-manipulate them.
Dutch Pour Technique
Also referred to as the “blow pour,” this technique requires you to pour paint on a canvas and manipulate it using a blow dryer or another tool to evenly spread the color. If you want to create unique and interesting shapes or abstract flowers, this is a great technique to try out.
The first step of this technique is the same as in the case of the string pull pour, where you need to pour a background color on the canvas. After this, layer the remaining colors in a dirty-cup style and then pour a number of puddles on the canvas. It’s then that you have to use a blowdryer to blow the paint so that the puddles are connected.
As an additional step, you may drizzle any metallic color such as gold on the surface to add that extra bling to the painting. Lastly, manipulate the surface using a straw or manually blend the drizzles to provide a natural look.
Dip Pouring
Interestingly, dip pour paintings have to be created using two canvases, viz., pouring paint on one surface or canvas and pressing another one against it. It’s a bit tricky as there’s a risk of the painting becoming muddy, especially if the artist isn’t well-versed with the color theory.
To achieve a dip pour painting, use a dirty pour or clean pour on one surface. Once you’re done with the pouring, press the other surface firmly against it and slowly pull them apart. After this, you may manipulate the surfaces if you wish or leave them intact if the paint applied isn’t too thick. This process can give rise to amazing waves, feathers and even ripple-like patterns.
How to Get Cells in Your Paintings?
Cell-like patterns are formed mainly when the density of the different acrylic paints being used is different. There are lots of tricks to facilitate the formation of cells in pour paintings. However, the number and size of the cells primarily depends upon the density difference between the pigments in the colors.
Generally, artists use three techniques to achieve cells in their acrylic pour paintings, which differ according to the materials used. We describe each of these techniques briefly as follows:
Cell Formation Using Silicone
Silicone oil helps in strengthening cell formation in pour paintings since silicone or oil doesn’t blend properly with water. As a result, pouring mediums or acrylic paints that are water-based separate them from silicone oil when mixed. Ultimately, there is a chemical reaction that leads to more cells building up in your pour painting.
At the same time, you should be careful not to use any random silicone oil since different oils and sprays have different properties and compositions, which may not work equally well. And the final look created by using the oils will also differ. For instance, some may produce smaller washed-out cells while others might give rise to larger and more clearly defined structures.
Most artists engaged in acrylic pour paintings aim to create as many clearly differentiated and contrasting cell patterns as possible. However, it requires using silicone oil with low viscosity since that can create stronger color gradients and make the colors flow faster.
However, a high-viscosity silicone oil is ideal if you prefer creating more smaller-sized cells throughout. By using such an oil, the colors will flow at a relatively slower pace, and the cells will be clearly delineated.
As for the amount of oil to be used, we’d advise adding 2 or 3 drops to all colors apart from white and the pouring medium itself. At this point, you should be careful not to mix the silicone too vigorously or for too long, otherwise you are less likely to achieve a successful cell effect.
Utilizing the Difference in Density of Color Pigments
Cells are formed in pour painting on the basis of the difference in density of the color tones used. Hence, you should select colors of varying densities to create cells in the paintings.
The process involves layering the surface with a denser color (such as white) and using a less dense color (such as red) for the base. This results in the denser color pushing down and the color with lower density rising towards the top in the form of cells. As a result, the denser color forms the outline or the net structure.
So, if you take the red and white combination cited above, you would get a painting with red cells adorned with a white border. Such paintings are commonly referred to as “broken net” structures or layers.
Generating Cells Using Heat
The third and final technique is the most advanced and can yield larger or more controlled cells. We’d strongly recommend using a butane torch or heat gun for this technique as the heat emanating from these devices helps in making the cells more prominent on the surface of the paint layer and also considerably enlarged.
You can get the best-looking cells by moving a torch over a flip-cup pour painting. Apart from that, torching it again for a short duration will lead to the creation of additional small cells that can provide the final touch to your paintings. However, you shouldn’t use the torch for too long or hold it too close to the same spot as that might create dents and clumps on that particular spot.
Tips for Creating a Good Acrylic Pour Painting
You will always want to create the best-looking pour paintings to adorn your interiors. But to achieve that, all the steps involved should be followed accurately. So, keeping in mind a few key factors common for all techniques is essential as it will help you complete the process without any major hiccups. And in the following sections, we describe each of these factors briefly.
Maintaining Color Consistency
Irrespective of the technique you adopt, each color-medium mixture that you’re using must have optimum consistency. Hence, you should always use high-quality color additives and acrylic paints, which will ultimately help you produce perfect pour paintings.
In hindsight, you’ll be able to bring the ideal consistency in the colors as your experience in this painting style increases. For beginners, however, a syrup or honey-like consistency will be great as it can create a thin color stream. Here, we should also mention that you should be careful to see that it doesn’t become too watery.
Protective Measures
Acrylic paint can be difficult to remove from most surfaces, so you should be extra cautious in ensuring that the work surface or other adjoining areas don’t get stained. Likewise, the color mixture might run into a spot that you don’t wish to paint, so that should also be taken care of.
That’s why it is essential to protect the said spots with a cardboard or plastic sheet and the floor (or the particular work surface) must be adequately protected. Aside from this, your hands must be protected sufficiently, so remember to wear gloves before you start painting. We recommend using rubber gloves for this purpose.
Avoid Air Bubbles
Air bubbles are a major hindrance when it comes to creating acrylic pour paintings. But that can be dealt with in the right way using a few techniques. Firstly, you can quickly run a torch over the painting, which will cause the bubbles to pop up. Other than that, you can avoid air bubbles altogether if you make the mixture one day before creating the painting.
Use the Right Amount of Pouring Medium
The ideal quantity of pouring medium to be used will, of course, vary with the technique adopted, the paint used, and the final painting you wish to create. If a thicker paint is being used, it is best to apply more medium than usual as that will help in achieving a good consistency. In such cases, the typical paint-to-medium ratio used by painters is 1:3.
Preparing the Surface
The painting surface must be prepared properly for creating the piece. Firstly, you must pre-treat it using Gesso to facilitate better adhesion of the paint to the surface and to prevent it from penetrating the substrate. Moreover, the painting ground should be level and balanced to avoid unwanted manipulation.
Also, after the painting is complete, you should rest the canvas in a raised position to ensure that the flowing paint doesn’t stick to its underside. You can use anything like drinking glasses, pinboard pins, or cups can be used to hold it in position.
Using the Pour Cup of the Right Size
This might seem nominal at first, but using a cup of the right size is important to ensure the proper mixing of colors. For example, if you layer 2 oz. of red, white, and green paint in an 8 oz. cup, the green and red paints will start mixing.
This mixture will also roll down the sides of the cup and continue mixing on the canvas. Ultimately, it will lead to the formation of a brown (red and green color combined) color that might not be required for the painting at all.
Long story short, using a cup that is too large may make the painting too muddy. So, if 2 oz of paint has to be used, a cup of 3 oz would work well for creating the artwork.
Mistakes Commonly Made in Paint Pouring
Since there’s a lot of mixing and pouring involved in the process, it’s natural to falter in some places. Here are certain common mistakes that should be avoided while creating acrylic pour paintings:
Combining the Colors Wildly
You should never pour and mix colors vigorously without any prior knowledge of the color theory, which may lead to the formation of muddy spots in the painting. So, researching a bit about the basic color theory is important before you proceed to make an acrylic pour painting.
After this, you need to consider three to four colors that will go well if used together. Starting with primary colors, i.e., blue, yellow, and red will be a good decision. Additionally, white can be included between the layers, so that the edges of each color are sharper and cleaner.
Incorrect Consistency
Most beginners tend to make their first color mixtures either too viscous or too fluid. This leads to the formation of broken cells, which lose their shape upon drying, and a lot of paint also runs off the canvas. So, to make the perfect mixture, amateur artists may have to carry out much trial and error.
Being Impatient
You can’t expect the first few paintings to be extraordinary masterpieces, so give it some time and continue to experiment with different techniques. Use small canvases initially as it shall help you learn from mistakes and will also save material.
How to Prevent Cracks in the Paintings While Drying
Preventing cracks in your pour paintings is an important part and hence must not be taken lightly. After all, your painting would get the perfect look only if the paint dries up without developing any cracks.
Usually, this issue occurs when the topmost layer of the painting dries up much quicker than the underlying layers. As a result, the topmost layer turns skin-like and hardens quickly while the lower layer is still wet, causing the top to break and cracks to appear. To avoid this possibility, here are some precautions that you must take:
Maintaining the Right Room Condition
Fluctuations in room temperature and humidity levels may increase the chances of cracks developing in your pour painting. In short, the painting shouldn't be exposed to excess moisture or dry conditions while drying as that may have a negative effect on the process.
Avoid Making Too Many Paint Layers
If you aren’t satisfied with a particular pour painting, you may consider repainting it. And although this process may even be repeated several times, it might lead to cracks in the painting. So, you must avoid adding multiple paint layers on the canvas. While using two layers of paint is tolerable, using a canvas more than two times may not be the right thing to do.
A great alternative to avoid the possibility of cracks would be to wipe the liquid paint off the canvas immediately after you notice that the pouring is not proper.
Do Not Use Water
Adding too much water will make the binding agent in the paints and medium weaker, resulting in loss of its adhesive properties as this will increase the probability of cracks developing in your painting. So, we’d suggest not to use more than 50% water in each mixture.
Don’t Varnish the Painting Early
You should add the finishing touch only after the painting is totally dry. Hence, it is best to wait for at least 2 weeks before adding varnish to complete the look.
Final Words
Engaging in a new kind of artwork is like starting a new and beautiful journey as it offers a multitude of aspects to explore. And of course, nothing can match the joy of creating a beautiful painting all by yourself!
We hope you’ve enjoyed our sneak peek into the world of acrylic pour paintings. So, what are you waiting for? Get some acrylic colors and try your hand at a pour painting! We can say for sure that the hands-on experience will be even more enjoyable.
Keep painting, keep learning, and keep improving. Till next time, take care!
Even the best painters need inspiration from time to time. If you need acrylic painting ideas, look no further.
For some, inspiration can strike at any time. For others, a little prodding is required. Whether you're new to the world of acrylics or you're simply looking for new ideas, don't worry. In this guide, you will find 103 acrylic painting ideas to get inspired.
Acrylics are often a painter's favorite medium. It’s easy to use, dries quickly, and can be manipulated easily with water. Moreover, acrylics on canvas tend to look vivid and, honestly, quite stunning.
So if you're ready with your paints and brushes, let us take you through this list of 103 acrylic painting ideas.
Let's begin, shall we?
103 Acrylic Painting Ideas
Rainy Day
A simple yet meaningful acrylic painting featuring an upturned umbrella in the rain. This painting is excellent for beginners to practice. Draw the umbrella and then start filling in the background with blue and white. Then, color the umbrella in your favorite bright shade.
Forest
This simple forest can be painted using finger painting techniques. Pick a few shades of green for the trees and dip your fingers in the paint to create the texture of the leaves. Use your brush to create the road, and voila!
Country Roads
Create a road with greenery and bright orange and yellow trees in the background for this acrylic painting idea. Add some dark-colored mountains at the back, and don't forget a simple blue sky.
Picasso Inspired Girl
How about painting a Picasso-inspired girl in this painting idea? Use bright, block colors and outline with black for a bold look. Add a vivid red color for the hair and pale blue eyes as a contrast.
Rusty Rose
An interesting concept of a brownish beige rose, with an abstract background. Experimenting with this acrylic painting idea can lead to you creating a mini-masterpiece of your own!
Gold Sailboat
Experiment with using a palette knife and a variety of bright acrylics for the Gold Sailboat painting. The use of different colors blended in so artistically makes this painting stand out amongst the rest.
Wise Owl
This owl painting has been made using minimalistic tones of blue. A few warm tones have been added to make the details pop. Try painting this yourself using a thin line brush.
Lavenders
A striking acrylic painting of a bunch of lavender flowers in a glass jar. Make the lavenders pop out by adding lighter shades of purple and strategically placing white paint where the light falls.
Wolf Howling
This is a unique concept featuring the silhouette of a wolf howling and the beautiful scenery of the night sky. Use a reference image to create the wolf, and add shades of blue and green to make the night sky. Don't forget to add the moon.
Firefly Mason Jar
Practice painting spots of light with this Firefly Mason Jar acrylic painting concept. Tune in to your inner Van Gogh to create the night sky and glowing fireflies. Add white spots in the middle to make it look luminescent.
Impasto Flowers
Master the Impasto technique of acrylic painting with this simple flower painting idea. Use thick coats of acrylic paint, don’t be afraid of wasting it. The end result is a 3D painting which is breathtaking.
Sunset Trees
Paint the sky in blue as you normally would. When you reach the bottom, add angry shades of red and orange to represent the sunset. Once it’s dry, add the silhouette of a tree to finish this painting.
Woman In Red
Perfect the art of painting a woman with this inspiration. Her glamorously red ballroom gown is easy to paint, while the blue abstract background adds depth to the painting. Remember to add shades of white in areas where the light falls.
Angry Birds
Remember the classic game ‘Angry Birds’? Create this Angry Birds inspired painting by dipping into your acrylic color palette and going wild. Add a little white on the beaks for effect.
Lovers In The Rain
Try your hand at this incredibly romantic concept by painting two lovers under an umbrella in the rainy streets. Create a misty effect by using a shading technique and showing reflections on the road.
Night Sky
Painting the night sky can be challenging yet fun for any artist. Attempt this version of the night sky by using purples and blues in a wavy pattern. Do the same for the ground, and finally add the trees.
Abstract Nude
This abstract nude woman has been painted in earthy tones, giving the painting a vintage appeal. Keep the background in a grey monotone to draw more attention to the woman in the frame.
Cute Owl
Ditch the Wise Owl and go for a cuter version with this acrylic painting inspiration. Add big, googly eyes to enhance the effect of ‘Cute Owl’. You can use either wet-on-dry or dry-on-dry techniques for this one.
Mystical Tulips
Tulips are fun to paint. Attempt the ‘Mystical Tulip’ painting using bright purple acrylics and the same shades for the background. Keep the painting slightly abstract without much detailing work.
Rainy Day In Hong Kong
Once you’re more comfortable with acrylics, try painting this ‘Rainy Day in Hong Kong’. The best part about this painting is the blurred effect created solely with a dry brush technique and acrylic paints.
White Blooms
Create this painting using the ‘stippling’ technique. Dip a paint brush or any object with a small, rounded tip into white paint. Dot the paint on your canvas to create the stippled effect and a mesmerizing end result.
Cityscape
Use a cityscape inspiration to create a contemporary painting for this next idea. Using impressionist techniques, try matching the rainy foreground in this cityscape composition.
Horse Love
If you know a horse lover, paint them this beautiful masterpiece of a lone horse. Create the background first using gradient colors, and once dry, paint the silhouette of the horse to complete it.
Textured Trees
Next up, try your hand at texture painting techniques using your yellow acrylics and some tools. You can use a palette knife for this one, or any other tool you want to experiment with. Create rounded textures for the trees and keep a simple background.
Love Birds
Although it seems like the love birds are the main part of this painting, it's actually the background too. Using a dry on dry painting technique. Paint with rounded strokes for the sky, and finally, the love birds in the middle.
Waterfall
Waterfalls are inherently mesmerizing. Paint one using the right shades of black, white, gray and blue for the water. Add some green in the background to create the completed image.
Lonely Walk
Featuring a girl walking under an umbrella alone - this acrylic painting is thought-provoking. Use the reference image for inspiration to create this one, using different painting techniques.
Water Ripples
Water ripples can be hard to recreate on a canvas. Practice making ripples with acrylic paint using this image for inspiration for your next masterpiece. Add an aesthetic background for special effects.
Underwater
This underwater acrylic painting features flora and fauna found deep down in the sea. Play with various shades of blue and black for this one. Add a swimmer at the top for a more realistic effect.
Geometrics
A simple, repetitive geometric pattern can look absolutely stunning against a plain background. Create this using a simple diamond pattern and shades of blue and white. Don’t overthink this one.
Abstract Ripples
Experiment with the abstract style of painting using water ripples as an inspiration. Create rocks and water, using lighter shades of acrylic paint to create the water ripples as naturally as possible.
Roses
Try a different take on the traditional rose painting with this acrylic painting idea. Paint the pink roses facing you and add an interesting background using a mixture of the same shades.
Bee and Flowers
A beautiful painting of a bee taking nectar from flowers - the very essence of life. This painting is bright and colorful, so recreate it using different shades from your acrylic paint palette.
Florals
Florals are always fun to paint and give you immense room for creativity. Paint a vase of lavender and white flowers using your acrylic paints and a mix of techniques like dry on dry and wet on dry.
Colored Patterns
An interesting concept where you can use tape to seal off certain portions from your canvas. Stick the tape in geometric designs and paint the leftover canvas area with various shades from your palette to create this one.
Fresh Trees
A pretty landscape of bright yellow and green trees, with leaves scattered on the floor. Create this acrylic painting using a palette knife and paint brush. Experiment with Impasto for different effects.
Wishful Dandelion
This is a simple acrylic painting you can recreate at home using your palette. Paint a simple blue background, add the black stem of the dandelion, and once dry, start adding the white. The end effect is outstanding.
Gradient Triangles
Try creating gradient triangles using the same taping off method as we mentioned earlier. This time instead of choosing block colors, create a gradient effect by using a combination of acrylics.
Still Life Flowers
Painting still life can be a wonderful way to practice your acrylic painting techniques. Opt for a simple pot with flowers against a soft background, and paint it taking all the time you need. The end result can be captivating.
Tree Painting
Honestly, you can never paint enough trees, in our opinion. Here is yet another rendition of a tree painted against a bright yellow and blue background. The painting style is a classic Van Gogh.
Easy Beach
Painting a beach scenery isn’t easy - but this easy beach painting is perfect for beginners. Using simple brush techniques, paint this beach and sky scenery. Add some palm trees to make it a perfect scene.
Sunset Skies
This acrylic painting featuring sunset skies is not only aesthetically pleasing, but also fun to recreate. Using various warm and cool shades from your palette to create the vivid evening sky for this acrylic painting idea.
Subtle Sparkle
Although this geometric pattern uses subtle shades of beige, gray and black, it has a little sparkle. This is the eye-catching part about this painting. Make it yourself by using golden sparkles for filling some of the geometric shapes.
Horizon
Paint a bright horizon using impressionist techniques for this painting. Add a little boat in the right center of the canvas to create a more realistic effect of the sunset horizon. Add a few other boats nearer to the horizon on a smaller scale.
Sunrise Swing
A simple acrylic painting idea which you can easily recreate on your own. Make the beautiful bright skies using the gradient technique first. Once dry, add the silhouette of the swing, and finally, some flowers.
Lantern Blossom
This creative painting features a cherry blossom tree, famous in Japan, and a lantern hanging from its branches. Try painting the dark background first, then moving your way into the middle of the painting and finally making the cherry blossoms in white.
Happy Cat
Paint this whimsical, happy cat with a big smile on its face. The red background enhances the look of the happy cat. Don’t forget to draw a long, curved tail to add to its whimsical nature.
Guitar & Wine
Another example of a still life painting - attempt an acrylic painting idea to remind yourself of good music and good wine. If you don’t have either item at your disposal, then simply use this reference image to paint your own rendition.
Waves Crashing
Recreating this acrylic painting might take a bit of skill, but it is fun to attempt nonetheless. This beautiful painting of waves crashing on rocks looks almost realistic. You can paint it by using lots of white paint for the foamy waves.
Trippy Flowers
When we think of ‘trippy flowers’ we immediately envision psychedelic colors and floral designs. Attempt your own version of this painting by using bright colors for the background. Finish up with a marker or black paint for the floral designs.
Sunset On Water
As you can see, sunsets are a pretty popular inspiration for most painters. Try this ‘Sunset on Water’ acrylic painting idea by using bright colors for the background, and black to create the silhouette of the boat.
Fireworks
This painting is easy to recreate - use a dark shade for the background and bright acrylic paints for the fireworks. Make the reflection of the lights on the water in a softer version of the same shades.
Blue Nature
Although this painting is relatively simple and fun to recreate, the end result is riveting. Create a gray background and make dandelions and butterflies using dark shades of blue and black.
Whale Family
Whales are large, majestic mammals and are exciting to paint. For this acrylic painting idea, create a starry effect underwater and add bubbles using white, dry paint. This works best using a dry on dry technique.
Girl Swinging
The monotone of this painting is broken by adding the beautiful blue waters underneath. Paint the swinging girl under the tree and a bench at the corner. Don’t forget to paint the girl's reflection in the water to complete it.
Dancing Girl
The beauty of this acrylic painting lies in the girl’s skirt. Create a gradient background to begin with, and add the dancing girl silhouette in white. Using a toothpick, place little dots of color to make the girls skirt in an easy but stunning technique.
Dot Mandala
Mandala paintings have become increasingly popular recently. Try out your own version of a Hamsa, the palm-shaped amulet complete with mandala dot work using acrylic paints. Experiment with different colors and sizes of dots using various tools to create it.
Lighted Bridge
Try a perspective painting with this Lighted Bridge inspired artwork. Keep the shapes as loose and blurred as possible to create an effect of motion. Use bright colors for the foreground and keep a darker shade at the back.
Seaside Inspired
Here is a seaside inspired painting with bold shades of blue and pretty pink and red flowers to add a contrast. Paint the seaside in the background to complete the effect of this painting.
Musical Dotwork
For the musically inspired artist, this music note painting idea is a great option. Opt for a black canvas for this one, and create a white and gray dotwork for the background. Keep the musical note plain and black for a bolder effect.
Burst Of Sun
Everything about this painting is so bright and colorful, that it gives you an excellent opportunity to experiment with the colors on your palette. Don’t be shy with the greens and pinks to add grass, flowers and water to your painting.
Elephant Trunk
Another elephant inspired acrylic painting coming your way! This one is a fun and interesting take on the traditional elephant painting. Pick your favorite shade and go wild, creating a masterpiece of your own.
Girl With Cats
This acrylic painting idea merges the night sky painting with the girl on swings. Add two cats sitting beside the girl to create a beautiful, artistic concept painting. Using white paint, add stars and a bright moon. Lastly, add the tree trunk and grass blades.
Leaf Dot Painting
Yet another dot painting idea to perfect your technique - a leaf dot design. Begin by making a leaf outline, and start slowly filling it using the dot work technique. Don’t stick to just green. Experiment with other colors too for this painting technique.
The Dancer
This dancer girl painting is similar to the previous one on our list. However, this one uses a different shade of colors and a drip effect for the dancer’s skirt. Add wild, curly hair in black for a better effect.
Waiting Boat
Although this acrylic painting looks challenging to recreate, it’s actually fun. Take help of the reference image and just have fun while painting this one. Add a mixture of colors to make the scene pop and look vibrant.
Sun And Moon
A favorite concept among painters is the sun and moon inspiration. For this painting, try creating loose curls for the sun’s rays, and adding a face on both the sun and moon. Place some bright, white stars in the background for a finishing touch.
Peacock Feather
Inherently beautiful and artistic, a peacock feather can be a fun project to paint. It helps to take help from a reference photo for this one. Stick to cool shades, adding just one or two warm tones in this.
Dancing Girls
This painting of two dancing girls gives a rustic, Spanish charm due to the use of sunset tones and a salsa costume. The girls’ are made with minimalistic features so that the eye falls on the background and the skirts.
Lone Cat
Using a similar concept of the night sky and moon, create the background in dark shades, keeping the moon very bright. When it's dry, add the tree and a lone cat on its branches.
Fall Tree
Orange and red fall trees look beautiful and are fun to paint. Opt for warm tones for this painting, using cool tones for the background for a contrasting effect.
Octopus Concept
A unique take on the traditional octopus paintings - this one is a creative concept which represents the top of the octopus’s head as a structure. A lighthouse emerges from this structure, making the piece open to interpretation.
Textured Landscape
Using a dabbing technique, paint this textured landscape with a paper towel or sponge as a tool. This method creates beautiful textures which are difficult to recreate using a paint brush. Use bright yellow and white shades to make the sun.
Ladybug On Flower
Who doesn’t love ladybugs? Create a beautiful half flower in a bright, blue and purple shade for this painting. Add a tiny ladybug on one of its petals to finish it. Remember to keep the background in a bright, contrasting shade.
Happy Cactus
Over a dusty pink background, paint a large cactus plant. Add its white spines, and to finish off, a beautiful, bright flower on its crown.
Eiffel Towel
Painting the Eiffel Tower can be a dreamy inspiration for many artists. You can always experiment with your own rendition of it. In this painting, create a Van Gogh inspired night sky and the bright, lighted Eiffel Tower in the center.
Majestic Mountains
If you’re suddenly craving the mountains, how about painting this instead? Create a warm, sunset sky and paint the grand mountains right at the center of your canvas. Use lots of shading techniques for this one.
Bright Jellyfish
Painting these bright, colorful jellyfish can be great fun. Start by painting the water in the back. Use dollops of bright colors for the jellyfish. Take a thin paint brush and create wavy texture for the tentacles of the jellyfish.
Cats In Love
These two happy cats look deep in love in this acrylic painting idea. Use a yellow ochre background and a shade of sap green and bottle green for the two cats. Paint two big smiles on their faces to represent their state of love!
Morticia Addams
Inspired by The Addams Family, this painting of a woman from the back closely resembles Morticia Addams. The red background, pale white skin and black, plunging dress add to the appeal of the character.
Cherry Blossoms
The green hues used for the night sky in this painting are striking, especially against the brightly colored Cherry Blossoms. Paint a large, white moon at the centre and merge black, green, and yellow colors to create a mystical sky. Add the Cherry Blossoms at the end.
Window & Flowers
Paint a clean, white window adorned with colorful flowers for this painting idea. Add a little butterfly on one of the flowers for a special effect. Keep the background wall as simple as possible, attracting attention to the flowers.
Umbrella Flowers
With loose brush strokes and and a heavy use of acrylic paint, these Umbrella Flowers create a stunning effect on any canvas. Don’t be afraid of picking up excess paint on your brush for this one.
Romantic Window With Flowers
Similar to a previous painting on our list, this one uses shades of brown and rust to create a brick wall. Add beautiful, pink flowers for a romantic effect.
Soft Florals
Practice your floral painting technique with this soft floral design. Add smaller, dark flowers at both sides of the painting and a white center to create depth.
Portrait Of A Girl
Portraits can be difficult to paint. However, in this rendition, feel free to use your creativity as you add a variety of colors to the girl’s face. From orange shading to blue hair, this portrait is a fun practice with paints.
Still Life Structure
Don’t limit yourself to practicing still life at home. Use this acrylic painting idea to paint still life minarets, buildings, or other structures round on the streets.
Village Houses
An abstract concept of village houses can be painted using darker tones of your acrylic palette. Don’t worry about perfectionism with this one - simply draw the structures of the houses and start painting.
Bird Of Paradise
Have fun painting this lovely parrot sitting near the seaside. Experiment with different techniques of painting for this one. Don’t forget to paint the palm trees!
Ganesha
In this acrylic painting idea, paint the Hindu God Ganesha using a variety of colors. Blue, green and orange have been used as the primary shades for this creative artwork.
Waltz
Using a palette knife and bright, beautiful colors, these Waltz dancers have been painted with tremendous artistic care. Let your creative juices flow with this painting idea.
Ballet
Now that you’ve painted Salsa and Waltz dancers, how about moving on to Ballet? Keep the colors simple with this painting idea. Opt for blues, grays and blacks, but make the Ballet shoes a shiny gold for added effect.
Lovers Meet
Lovers meet in the middle of a bridge in this beautiful painting idea. Add a blue water and impressionist style brush strokes for a complete look.
Shooting Stars
This mesmerizing, colorful sky painting is exciting to create with a variety of colors. Add white, snowy mountains and finally the dark pine trees.
Birds
Painted against a subtle, gold sky, this row of birds is perched on a branch. This painting idea is easy to recreate and can be made effortlessly.
Free Girl
This painting inspiration gives you another chance at painting figures and portraits. The soft, whtie dress of this girl adds to the innocence of this painting.
Secluded
Use a combination of warm and cool tones to create the sky for this painting. Add water and the reflection of the setting sun. Finally, add the dark silhouette of trees.
Elk & Mountains
Another unique concept painting for you to try out. Keep a bold, black background and trace the portrait of an elk. Inside it, paint a beautiful mountain scenery.
Tree Silhouette
Start by painting a gradient sky, and let it dry completely. Paint the tree silhouette with multiple branches using a thin brush and black paint.
Purple Serenity
A magnificent purple beachside painting, complete with palm trees swaying in the breeze. Add a yellow setting sun and some yellow clouds for a better effect.
Night Woods
Experiment with your night sky painting skills with this acrylic painting idea. Add the white moon and some trees, with white shading representing the moonlight.
Starry Dreamcatcher
Begin by painting a traditional starry night sky. Once dry, add the dreamcatcher using just white paint - creating a striking effect.
Northern Lights
Using bright colors against the dark sky, paint the Northern Lights in this painting inspiration. Use the dry-on-dry technique to get the right effect.
Final Words
With that, we’ve finally come to the end of our extensive guide.
When it comes to art, you shouldn’t worry too much about perfection. Pick up your brush, paints, and canvas, and start creating. Don’t wait around for inspiration to strike. If you’re looking for ideas, then this comprehensive list must’ve provided you with several.
Acrylic paints are a great medium to experiment with. The variety of colors you can find is exciting, and you can always mix a few colors to create a completely new one. You won’t know till you try, so go ahead. And do feel free to share our acrylic painting ideas with your friends and fellow painters.
I love to change things up from time to time, including my phone case. But always buying a new one seems like a waste of money so why not decorate the case yourself according to your taste and desire? The gallery below features 25 DIY Phone Cases which are quite specific to iPhones but the process can be applied to any phone and case. Just be inventive and the result might surprise you!
1. Navy Anchor Case: If you are in love with all things navy, this is the perfect choice for you. Learn how to use a Silhouette die-cuttingSilhouette die-cutting printer to create an anchor, or try using an xacto knife or look for vinyl decals to achieve a similar look, the best heat transfer vinyls that we currently use with the Cameo are right here. (via 36th Avenue)
2. The Stud Case: If you are into rock, try this tutorial which uses sheets of studs rather than traditional ones, easier to glue. (via I Spy DIY)
3. Photo Collage: Take a blank iPhone case, add some Mod Podge and some magazine cuts and invite summer in earlier.. (via Calypso Letters)
4. Geometric Leather Case: If you are rather organized, you will prefer something a little more geometric. Try this leather case with a touch of geometry. (via A Beautiful Mess)
5. Repurposed Glitz Cases: Mod Podge and your phone, with a touch of sparkle. (via Design Sponge)
6. Map Cases: We love these map cases! Cut a map to size and place it under a transparent case. (via Maps Blog)
19. Impressionist Case: Water coloring is so romantic and beautiful! Find some prints you love in this technique and add them to your clear case. (via B Soup)
22. Spray Paint Lace Case: Using lace as a stencil is so easy and fun you will love it instantly. *Update: Melissa’s blog is no longer live, but you can see the steps for creating this case on The Huffington Post. (via Look What Melissa Made)
23. Wool Felt Sleeve: Make cozy wool sleeves for winter and add colorful details to brighten them up. (via Poppytalk)
25. Cross Stitch Case: The last project is a kit that helps you create these wonderful traditional stitch cases. (via Amazon)
So, what do you think? Would you give DIY Phone Cases Projects a go? We would love to see your projects and opinions in the comment section below.
The inhabitant spends a good amount of time in search of incredible furniture, extraordinary colors, and entire palettes are envisioned throughout the home yet an often overlooked and highly underrated aspect is the lighting.
Lighting can make or break a decor with ease and it goes without saying that the decorative component alone cannot be considered without the functional, practical role as lighting can ruin more than one`s decor, it can greatly affect the inhabitant`s health and state of mind. Brilliant chandeliers ought to be considered, they can easily grant focal points in one`s space yet in less high-profile spaces and areas in which one needs direct light track lighting come into play.
The modern home is well accustomed to tracking lighting as it is often used as a support light in various installations, art displays, or simply as an accent light on details that we love, the contemporary element has been widely used in numerous interior design styles and the following track lighting ideas below are here to showcase the immense possibilities.
Track lighting has the ability to control the atmosphere, the lights can be controlled remotely through numerous means to meet the inhabitants' needs, and the bohemian relaxing corner above is animated by low-intensity warm yellow light.
A living space can enjoy track lighting that ought to summon the stars into the setting, small bulbs on a large surface in big numbers can create a really spectacular atmosphere.
Source Unknown
Kitchen track lighting is often used under the suspended kitchen cabinets to animate the counter-top. The indirect light serves its purpose well without creating discomfort and without ruining the atmosphere.
In spaces with a low ceiling height discrete track lights can be nestled to emphasize the setting with small factor lighting fixtures that can be easily controlled whilst providing sufficient light .
via Smith & Vansant Architects PC
A wooden pergola can be greatly highlighted in the evening through track lights placed directly on the beams downwards or on the side to indirectly illuminate the structure itself,the rhythm created and the cozy atmosphere shaped to greatly complement festive entertaining.
Source Unknown
In galleries all around the world track lighting systems are used to set the right light where needed.
Sculptural lighting systems can also become pieces that can complement your decor, here nestled between white beams and wooden ceilings parts sinuous metal lines present light.
via MGSarchitecture
The lighting system can be practical, simple and subdued to the overall theme. This ought to be used in the setting in which the lighting fixtures themselves are not playing a decorative part per say but a purely practical one.
In attic spaces track lights can function on both axes, here they offer a depth of field through light over a two-story living room with a circulation path over it.
via Sandvold Blanda Architecture + Interiors
In a dressing room perimeter lighting fixtures can illuminate the cabinets, and mirrors, accentuating one`s collections and providing the right control light needed in the decision-making process.
A common position taken by these lighting fixtures is high above the sink in the bathroom, emphasizing the feeling of space throughout as light uses the mirror to fill the entire room.
via decorandyouhr.com
Track light systems can be sculpted to fit the layout of your space.
via Coupard Architects and Builders
Here the L-shaped space resulted in the kitchen around the isle is illuminated through two kitchen track lights subdued to the overall theme.
via plantation building corp
The stove may be the focal point of a kitchen, use light to keep things in visual control.
Warm light can create a comforting mood that soothes the nerves and calms the individual.
via homedepot.com
Elegantly shaped lighting fixture anchored on an impressive geometric wood ceiling. Notice the perspective created by the wooden surfaces on floor and ceiling.
via Giulietti Schouten Architects
An up-cycled heavy-duty wooden beam can become a decorative element to hold your track lights, a craft to be used to one`s advantage.
Linear lighting fixtures are known to be used in art showcases and displays, in collection and galleries. The impressive collection above makes no exception. Notice the bright spots of lights on Ferrari`s hood in the second plane.
via Custer Design Group
Here black has been used to elegantly create contrast with white furnishing and an airy atmosphere, the desk`s structure and the light system above create a beautiful composition well enhanced by the wall art behind and sculptural wall-anchored lamps.
Wooden beams are clear and unobstructed from certain perspective points yet they emphasize the generous kitchen with plenty of light serving a very practical role.
Source Unknown
A basement space can receive the track lights with ease to the inhabitant`s advantage taking little head room for an immense amount of light.
via Studio Santalla
Here the attic light illuminate the top half being situated on the beam, nestled in white, not damaging the airy ambiance.
The highly practical allure of track lights can be put to good use in the laundry room.
via favething.com
Emphasize your art display with the right lighting system.
via Jenny Carter
Focal points can be realized with linear lighting fixtures too, simply choose the right one.
via lampsplus.com
via Tobin + Parnes Design Enterprises
Your hallway can easily be lit with track lights. Punctual wall art pieces can be enhanced by one light in the group.
via qualityremodelingspecialists.com
Light near the window would have reflected back in the setting above thus distorting the expansive views, dim track lights can be controlled to minimize this effect.
Sculpt something that changes the interior space, here geometric lines are rapidly subdued to the naturalness of the curved lighting fixtures.
via Alan Design Studio
via centophobe.com
Interior subdued to red, home to numerous patterns and textiles, all brought forward through perimeter lighting.
Source Unknown
The system above is extraordinarily graphic yet transparent despite its black wiring. Each lighting bulb carries immense responsibility, make sure you choose the right one for your setting.
Corridors are often spaces that receive track lighting systems as their long and thin profile require linear lighting that here and there need focus points for wall art. The uniform level of lighting required throughout a corridor and the accent light points alike can be distributed to this adaptable light source. Track lights can be angled to meet the criteria of any art or collection display in your home.
Light bulbs on an airy thread of string creates great balance.
via jim-lawrence.co.uk
via Dan Forer
via Ian Moore Architects
In stark white a black incision that at demand brings in extraordinary light can become a great focal point.
via yeshuaapparel.com
A gallery display ought to receive the light it deserves.
via knowles ps
Wooden logs accommodate track lights that indirectly bring light in the entire living room while highlighting the log beams, greatly emphasizing the rustic ambiance.
via myipamm.net
A simple line can sculpt something unique.
Source Unknown
via wearefound.com
via smarthomesng.com
Elegant contrasts become focal elements where a track lights bounces light throughout the kitchen from white surface to white surface.
via decorfacil.com
Black lines create contrast in airy ambiance defined by white.
via katrinaleechambers.com
Creating contrast with a piece of colorful wallpaper in the vertical plane and the right pattern on the floor can greatly distract focus; here the seamless track lights under the kitchen cabinets cannot be perceived, hidden from sight it simply does the deed.
Simple sculptural iconic lights can contribute to a glamorous setting.
via mixandchic.com
A sinuous line of track lines can bring naturalness into a rigid, geometric environment.
via bhg.com
Elegant brushed aluminium emphasizes discreetly an airy ambiance that uses blue accents to create great contrast.
via blog.qualitybath.com
A closed circuit track light system above the kitchen isle can beautifully integrate form with function.
via societyletters.com
Small designs too can receive track lights yet the elements themselves need to be more than a simple socket; notice how the tiny sculptural above contribute to the overall scheme.
via apartmenttherapy.com
In dense textures and powerful, bold interior designs light can bring equilibrium, bringing forward focal points, and elements of interest.
via blog.pegasuslighting.com
What do you think about track lighting and the track lighting ideas presented above? We would love to hear from you in the comment section below!
Are you tired of excess moisture in your house? If so, we have got the perfect solution for you.
Although it is critical to maintaining optimum humidity indoors, it can cause a variety of problems if not regulated. Not only can excess humidity blacken walls, and destroy windows and door panes but it can also lead to pest plague, water stagnation, and other issues.
Fortunately, you can get rid of excess humidity from large indoor spaces with a 70-pint dehumidifier, which has been named after its moisture-removing capacity.
Since the market is filled with hundreds of options, selecting the best one can be a challenging task. So, we have come up with reviews of the 9 best 70-pint dehumidifiers for simplifying your purchasing decision.
Built exclusively for the basement and extra-large rooms, the HME020031N dehumidifier by hOmeLabs is one of the best options available on the market. It is perfect for rooms with an area of up to 4,500 square ft. Also, its sleek, clean looks and planned out innovative features are designed to suit modern homes.
4,500 sq ft Large Dehumidifier: Our 15.4 x 11 x 24.3 inches...
Designed For Modern Home: That most dehumidifiers are clunky...
Why Did We Like It?
This 50-pint dehumidifier (70-pint by the 2012 DOE Standard) brings comfort just when you need it most. It has been proven to keep allergies at bay for extra-large basements and rooms up to 4,500 square feet in size. Apart from that, it helps cool down your home.
It is designed to read and control humidity or moisture levels seamlessly. Plus, it includes features like auto defrost, auto shutoff, and auto-restart function, which promotes convenience.
Speaking of design, its sleek and elegant build effortlessly suits most modern home interiors. Its built-in wheels and handles offer ease of movement. Other than that, the fan also works quietly.
The 1.6-gallon water tank capacity allows it to remove 70 pints regularly based on moisture condition, temperature and the room size. Until the tank gets filled, it runs 24-hours a day and automatically shuts off once the ideal moisture level is attained.
The drainage system is attached to it so that you can drain the water continuously. Hence, you can keep your home fresh and odor-free all the time using this dehumidifier.
What Could've Been Better?
There aren’t a lot of disadvantages of this product which bothered us. However, the plastic base attached to the hose cannot be replaced once damaged. You might need not worry much about it as the machine will continue to work smoothly, even if it breaks off.
Dehumidifiers by Waykar remove excess water from the environment and prevent mildew, mold growth, and other issues that may endanger your health. Similarly, this Waykar dehumidifier enables you to set the desired humidity level through its intelligent touch controls. Hence, you can maintain an appropriate humidity level in your house and protect clothes, furniture, and other objects from excess moisture.
DEHUMIDIFIER FOR SPACES UP TO 5000 SQ FT- Our dehumidifier...
UNIQUE DESIGN FOR MODERN HOMES - The Waykar dehumidifier is...
Why Did We Like It?
You can easily set the desired humidity level through an intelligent touch control panel on 70-pint Waykar PD253B to quickly control it at an appropriate setting. Having an ideal humidity level can ensure better health for your family and protect objects like furniture and clothes from high humidity levels.
Talking about its functionality, it has four air outlets on four sides. This design allows it to eliminate extra humidity faster and makes the entire operation quiet. Other than that, a 6.56 feet long drain hose is included, which can be attached for continuous draining.
Interestingly, it presents child-lock settings and sleep mode function safety features. Pressing a “Lock” button for two seconds locks the dehumidifier and makes it inaccessible for children.
What Could've Been Better?
This isn’t a negative aspect but initially, you might find some of its features difficult to understand. However, the company does provide a detailed instructions manual which you can read through to get accustomed to the controls and establish an ideal moisture setting.
Start your journey of healthy dehumidification through this 70-pint dehumidifier by Kesnos. The PD253D model has been designed primarily for extra-large rooms and basements. Other than that, you can set it up in kitchens, bathrooms, laundry rooms, kitchens, and crawlspaces to remove extra moisture. So, let’s dig into the specialty of this product.
【Intelligent Touch Control】 This basement dehumidifier...
Why Did We Like It?
Controlling humidity has become much simpler with the Kesnos PD253D dehumidifier. It comes with an intelligent touch control located on the digital display that offers precise readings of humidity levels. A 24-hour timer lets you set the time to turn the unit on or off as required.
This dehumidifier is ideal for basements but can also be set up in other rooms of the house. It can remove 70 pints of moisture every day in an area measuring up to 4,500 sq and maintains a 90% relative humidity level.
Apart from effective dehumidification, portability is another of its standout features. Its 360-degree smooth-rolling hidden wheels and ergonomically designed handles offer smooth and effortless movement. Furthermore, it operates quietly, which means you won’t be disturbed while sleeping or working.
What’s more, its humidity auto control feature, which allows you to determine the ideal moisture setting according to your needs. Just set up your desired humidity level and it will automatically detect humidity and make the changes accordingly.
What Could've Been Better?
One of the trickier things with this dehumidifier is to set it up. You might need to call upon experts or company service agents to set it up for you, which can take time and cost additional money. Along with that, you might find it difficult to pour the water into a smaller container.
Pros
Efficient and quick humidity control
Energy-efficient
Fits in tight spaces
Large capacity water tank
Auto controls humidity levels
Cons
Bit difficult to set up
Difficulty in pouring water into a smaller container
Next on our list is AIRPLUS 70-pint Dehumidifier, which has an elegant appearance, is quiet, and has intelligent operation modes. Suitable for any classy and modern home decor, its compact and portable body allows it to be stored anywhere in your house. Let's take a closer look at its features.
A compact and sleek device that fits anywhere irrespective of its sizable 70-pint moisture removal capacity is the feature we most liked about this dehumidifier. It only weighs 31.2 pounds and has 360-degree universal wheels and a handle, making it easy to carry around.
Irrespective of space and area, it can remove moisture from anywhere due to its powerful motor. Also, you can empty the water tank manually several times each day or connect the included drain pipe for automatic cleaning.
We found its multifunctional modes like raining, standard, sleep, and drying pretty interesting. It can seamlessly adjust its humidity level to an ideal setting according to its environment. Besides, it has additional features like auto-defrost, auto-shutoff, and 2 adjustable fan speeds.
That’s not all; with a noise level of 45dB, it is one of the quietest units you will find on the market.
What Could've Been Better?
It is worth mentioning that it is one of the best 70-pint dehumidifiers we have tried out. However, through its reviews, we find that its drain hose is a bit on the thicker side, making it prone to blockages. But manual cleaning is also an option with this, so we don’t think it is much of an issue.
Almost halfway through the list, we bring to you another 70-pint dehumidifier by Colzer. The company has been dedicated to providing ETL-listed and high-quality air purifiers, dehumidifiers, portable air conditioner, and other appliances suitable for home and commercial use. If you want to fit a large capacity humidifier in a small area, this might be the one for you.
💧「70 Pints Dehumidifier」Removing up to 70 pints...
💧「Unique Laundry-Dry Mode」Besides the conventional...
Why Did We Like It?
In terms of design and construction, this Colzer dehumidifier features a sleek and modern vertical design finished with white and black colors, making it suitable for different home decors. The condensate tank is located on its rear, thereby providing a smooth appearance to the front. Along with that, it is backed by a 24-month warranty and boasts a durable body made of plastic.
What’s more, it comes with roller wheels that allow the user to carry the dehumidifier from one place to another easily.
Coming to the dehumidification capacity, it uses two fans and a powerful motor to suck 70-pint humidity every day. You can easily control the unit with its smart control, auto-defrost and auto-shutoff features. The control panel displays existing relative humidity levels and allows you to control the fan speed.
What Could've Been Better?
We have found the drain hose and condensate reservoirtoo small for such a large unit. You will need to manually eliminate the water deposited in the reservoir from time to time to avoid overload. Also, you might need to purchase a separate condensate drain pump from the market.
Since 2016, Honeywell has been manufacturing and distributing top-rated and certified dehumidifiers, which are backed by an exceptional warranty. Their 70-pint dehumidifier is no less and is perfect for basements and extra-large rooms with an area of up to 4,000 square feet. By removing 70-pint humidity regularly, the air is kept free from excess moisture and remains fresh for a longer period of time.
No products found.
Why Did We Like It?
There are a lot of things to like about this dehumidifier. Notably, its powerful and efficient air filters remove 70-pint of moisture and protect curtains, walls, furniture, and other household objects from excess moisture. The digital humidistat controls humidity levels automatically once you set it to an appropriate limit.
Moreover, its washable filter removes odor, and a Clean Filter Alert informs you when to clean the filter to maintain its effective operation.
It also has various integrated options like a sleep mode, auto-defrost, humidity sensor and auto-restart function, which means you can use the unit according to your needs. Other than that, its included drain hose works continuously for hours even without monitoring.
In terms of design, its hidden wheels make it easier to carry from one area to another. Also, its water tank prevents unnecessary spills and drains out the water through automatic drainage.
Last but not least, being Energy Star Certified makes it energy-efficient and consumes less power compared to traditional dehumidifiers.
What Could've Been Better?
For one, you might find the product less durable compared to some of the other options that we have suggested. This might be due to its plastic-made body. Also, you will need to clean the reservoir on a regular basis, which can be an arduous task.
The Hisense group excels in manufacturing and distributing electronic goods to its consumers. The Hisense DH-7019K1G, which is Energy Star certified, can remove moisture from areas up to 1000 square feet. Besides, a low sound output ensures you are working in peace.
Low noise airflow system to ensure quiet operation,...
Slide-out bucket to empty collected water, Operates at...
Why Did We Like It?
If you are looking for a reliable and eco-friendly dehumidifier with a range of operating modes, the Hisense DH-7019K1G will be a perfect and versatile choice. Its operating modes include manual set, auto, and continuous dry. Features like adjustable humidistat, 24-hour on/off timer, and full tank alert are added to it, making the dehumidification process easy.
Other than that, its bucket full indicator avoids potential water flow and alerts you to empty the bucket at the right time. And you do not have to worry about the frequent water removal, as it can hold quite a few gallons of water.
Moreover, its Energy star certification ensures less energy consumption and saves on your power bills. Its small size also ensures greater portability and an ideal moisture content in your room.
What Could've Been Better?
Although an efficient dehumidification device, it can clean up to 1,000 square feet of home space, which is smaller than other dehumidifiers in the market. This makes it a less suitable choice. Along with that, the compressor produces some kind of sound, opposite to what has been claimed by the company.
Shinco has 20 years of experience in designing, manufacturing, and distributing dehumidifiers and air conditioners. Applying their expertise, Shinco has developed a user-friendly, well-designed, and high-quality SDZ1-70P/P dehumidifier for its customers. Apart from an effective dehumidification process, it delivers a sleek and straight look that perfectly fits modern decors.
【7,000 Sq.Ft DEHUMIDIFIER】The Shinco Dehumidifier is a...
【QUIET AND ENERGY-SAVING】As an Energy Star certified...
Why Did We Like It?
Are you looking for a 70-pint dehumidifier with a built-in pump for large humid areas in your home? Then the Shinco SDZ1-70P/P is the perfect choice for you.
It has made it in our list of best options available in the current market due to its range of features and functionalities. Apart from removing 70 pints of moisture every day, it can eliminate mildew and mold from up to 5000 sq. ft area, anywhere in your home. This dehumidifier can be used in a bathroom, bedroom, stockroom, kitchen, basement, laundry room, or any other.
Its smart digital controls make the dehumidification process simple. You can set target humidity levels, 24-hour timer, and control fan speed. The auto-defrost mode allows it to operate efficiently at lower temperatures. Notably, it will also notify you of the right time to change the air filter and when the water bucket fills up.
Furthermore, its Energy star certification makes it energy efficient. Lastly, its handles and rotary wheels make it easier to move around and also produce minimal sound.
What Could've Been Better?
Most customers who used the product for months have complained about sound issues. It is not as quiet as claimed by the company. Besides, it might be a little overpriced for some users, but once you invest in it, you can ensure a moisture-free home and avoid the proliferation of mold and mildew.
Look no further if you are searching for an efficient and trustworthy dehumidifier for crawl spaces and the basement. Santa Fe 70-pint compact dehumidifier will be the most suitable choice for you. It is one of the most powerful dehumidifiers available on the market as of today. Let's not waste time and understand its features in detail.
Small footprint (12" x 12" x 21") fits low crawl spaces,...
Auto restart allows the dehumidifier to automatically...
Why Did We Like It?
Next in our list of best 70-pint dehumidifiers is Santa Fe 4033600. It is very popular among the dehumidifiers available on market and has the capability to eliminate excess humidity from up to 2200 square feet of your living space. Other than that, its Energy Star Certification allows you to save money on your electricity bills.
A range of customizable options are available with this unit which allows you to preset target humidity levels, ducting options, humidistat, and more. It also provides an assurance of power dehumidification and keeps the RH levels from 20% to 80%. What’s more, the foam pre-filter and MERV 13 filter ensure effective dehumidification and removals of air microbes.
In terms of design, its sleek body makes it a smart choice for very damp rooms. You can fit it in any constrained or restricted areas and ensure a safe and clear home.
As far as its draining options, the Condensate Pump method is available as an alternative to a traditional drainage system. So overall, you can have a compact and sleek dehumidifier that saves crawl spaces and basements from excess moisture and allergen growth.
What Could've Been Better?
Despite being a small and powerful dehumidifier, it might not be able to deliver standard performance in adverse weather conditions. Also, if you are looking to cover a large room, this one might not be suitable for you.
Pros
MERV filtration
Energy saving
Easy and efficient filtration
Effortless movement
Condensate pump method for alternative drainage system
Cons
Dip in performance in adverse weather conditions
70 Pint Dehumidifier Buying Guide
Now that we have provided a list of the 9 best 70-pint humidifiers available in the market, you might have developed a brief idea about it. However, it might get confusing to select from the extensive list provided.
Before purchasing a dehumidifier, you should consider a variety of factors such as the amount of space available, reservoir capacity, portability, ease of use, and so on. Don’t worry- we have developed a comprehensive guide that will help you choose the perfect product for your home.
1. Area of Indoor Space
One of the most important factors to consider is how many square feet your room or the space is, where the dehumidifier will be kept. Dehumidifiers are available in a variety of sizes ranging from 500 to 5000 square feet. The indoor space available will determine your choice of a dehumidifier. You must calculate the RH level as well as the size of the room that needs to be dehumidified.
If moisture content in a room is very high, a 70-pint dehumidifier can dehumidify up to 500 to 800 square feet up to a relative humidity level of 80 to 100%. Other than that, a 4000 square feet moderately damp indoor space can be dehumidified up to 50-60% RH level.
2. Reservoir Capacity
Moisture from the surrounding environment is collected as water vapor in the reservoir of a 70-pint dehumidifier. It will therefore be crucial for you to know the capacity before purchasing.
A unit with a small reservoir necessitates frequent emptying. On the other hand, dehumidifiers with larger tanks need less frequent emptying. So, if you are busy and cannot afford cleaning frequently, go for the bigger one.
An average reservoir generally holds up to 1.5 gallons of water at a time and the maximum capacity of any reservoir in the market is up to 2.5 gallons. Also, the choice of a reservoir will depend on your indoor room size because the larger the room, the more water will be collected in it.
3. Portability
A user must ensure that all rooms have an ideal RH level and that the dehumidifier is moved from one room to another on a regular basis. However, the large size, greater capacity, and non-compact design of a 70-pint dehumidifier can be challenging to carry around. So, you must always look for the portability of a unit before purchasing.
Some models available on the market come with hidden wheels and rugged handles, which simplify movement. You can opt for these in case you need a portable one.
4. Simplicity of Use
Functionalities are the most important aspects to be considered before purchasing a dehumidifier. Certain functionalities can make your operations and usage much simpler. You will find a wide range of innovative and exclusive options that boast several features and modes.
A dehumidifier equipped with some marked buttons on a vibrant LED display can suit a user. This kind of display enables you to understand the kind of controls that can be set. Some of the functionalities include auto-defrost, auto-shutoff, or auto humidistat. Many dehumidifiers also have child safety features that allows parents to lock controls.
Another feature to be considered is the simplicity of removing a reservoir or bucket. In some units, this component can be tricky to remove and substitute. So, always check if its reservoir is easily removable or not.
Furthermore, a dehumidifier that comes with a water level indicator or water level alert can greatly simplify your hassles. It will alert you when it is full, and you can make decisions accordingly.
5. Noise Levels
Dehumidifiers, especially the 70-pint ones, produce more noise. However, noise levels vary from one model to another, irrespective of their capacity. Hence, it is crucial for a buyer to look for listed noise levels for each fan and can run at their highest speed when required.
6. Power Efficiency
The primary benefit of a 70-pint dehumidifier is the amount of energy it saves compared to ones with smaller capacities. However, all large units do not consume or save a similar amount of energy. Therefore, it becomes essential to look for Energy Star certificationin a device. A dehumidifier with such a certificate consumes less energy and saves massively on electric bills.
7. Extra Features
For operating a 70-pint dehumidifier effectively, you can consider having some additional features. These might include a built-in pump, direct drain, temperature settings, and more. Your dehumidification process will be much simpler with these functionalities. Also, you will be able to operate the unit in a much more effective and convenient manner.
The functioning of an auto-humidistat is similar to a thermostat, where the latter controls temperature while the former controls humidity. It detects the humidity levels and conditions in an area and automatically works on setting up an ideal level.
Furthermore, if a user resides in a low-temperature environment, they need to look for a unit with an auto-defrost function and a frost sensor. Not all devices can perform effectively in cold weather.
Verdict
So, that’s our comprehensive list of the 9 best 70-pint dehumidifiers available on the market. We hope it will help in make the right decision when you next purchase a unit that will keep your home moisture-free and healthy.
That being said, the AIRPLUS 70-pint dehumidifier is a perfect choice for your home. Besides efficient dehumidification, its sleek and elegant looks suit any home décor well, and weighs only 31 pounds. You can move it easily from one place to another using the wheels and handles.
On the other hand, the Shinco can also be a suitable choice for those looking to dehumidify a large indoor space with easy portability and elegant looks.
Having said that, make sure to go through our comprehensive buying guide before purchasing one for your home. And don’t forget to tell us which one you liked the most.
In most countries, pinecones are extremely easy to obtain, in most cases being of course, free. Pinecones are extremely special and highly used in DIY Christmas projects mainly because they can be adapted to any shape in a group. The pinecone is associated with snow being the product of the Christmas tree itself therefore becoming the perfect Christmas ornament; you can paint it the color that will dominate the design line, scent it with cinnamon, paint it with artificial snow, or just add a bow and hang it in the tree. DIY Pinecones Crafts are endless, magical, and extremely easy to realize while drinking a hot cup of wine with cinnamon.
In most cases, the DIY Pinecones Projects require a simple glue gun that you can purchase in any hardware store, glitter, paint, patience, and dedication are also recommended. Below no less than 65 pictures have been showcased to inspire you in your crafts and feed your imagination. From pinecone wreaths, pinecone Christmas trees, votive candles wrapped in pinecones, pinecone centerpieces, or simply door pinecone decorations, all are simply magical, filled with joy and happiness.
Superb DIY Pinecone Centerpiece
Green Painted Pinecone Trees in a Pot
Extraordinary Pinecone Tree Built With Ease
Simple Pinecone Door Ornament Welcoming Guests
Pinecone Garland Enhancing a Spectacular Fireplace
Creative Craft For Children
Superb Ombre Pinecones Wearing Magical Colors
Simply Perfect Pinecone Tree Ornament
Creative Pinecone Turkey For Kids
Superb Pinecone Wearing Teal Beautifully
Reindeer Pinecone Craft
Colorful, Simple and Unique Pinecone DIY Project
Pinecone Votives
Extraordinary Simple and Easy to Realize Pinecone Wreath
If you have never delved into the world of paracord before, then you will be completely dumbfounded by its versatility. In a way, paracords are like LEGO blocks. You can construct almost anything out of it. In fact, paracord ideas will be as limitless as your creativity.
In this article, we have prepared 63 incredibly creative ideas for you to work on. So without further ado, let us begin with our first section, dedicated to pet lovers.
Paracord Ideas for Your Pets
Be it pet collars, harnesses, bridles, or halters; all these items can be easily made with the help of paracords. Not only are they more functional than their traditional counterparts, but they can also be aesthetically appealing. Here are some excellent paracord ideas for your pets.
1. An Elegant Yet Durable Paracord Pet Harness
Why purchase a pet harness when you can easily construct one out of paracord, especially if you have extra paracord lying around? Not only will it be inexpensive but also be incredibly durable. Moreover, a standard pet harness will wear over time and become unusable in a few years time, while the paracord pet harness will easily outlast your lifetime.
If you are interested in learning about the procedure for creating this pet harness, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
P.S. The illustration below is just meant to show you what it looks like. We would advise you not to use it on your cat; you might end up with an unrecognizable face adorned by claw marks. After all, not all cats will be as well-behaved as the one in this image.
By Instructables
2. Give Your Dog What It Deserves - A Paracord Leash
Just take a look at this beautiful dog leash made out of paracord. Not only is it aesthetically superior to a traditional dog leash, but it is also durable enough to keep an English Mastiff or a Saint Bernard in check. This particular leash was made by Instagram user essexman_paracord. If you are interested in learning more about this leash and some of his other projects as well, we suggest you give his page a follow.
Although paracord horse reins are not as popular as ones made out of leather, that does not mean that they are inferior by any means. In fact, paracord horse reins are not only more durable than a standard leather bridle, but they are also significantly cheaper.
We understand that leather adds a touch of elegance that cannot be matched by a paracord, but if you can look past that, then paracord reins will make much more sense. Moreover, unlike leather, paracord is completely weatherproof. Hence, it will also stand the grueling test of time. If you are interested in creating your very own paracord reins for your horse, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
4. Make a Paracord Collar and Leash Combo for Your Dog
Take a look at this cool paracord collar and leash combo. We bet your dog would love it! In case the stealth look is not up your alley, you can always switch it up by using a cheerful two-tone color scheme.
If you take a closer look at the illustration, you will notice two high-quality karabiners. We suggest you go the same route, as a flimsy karabiner will easily be the weakest point of the paracord collar and leash combo. If you are interested in crafting this for your dog, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
5. Beautiful Two-Tone Paracord Pet Collar
If the last item on our list was too barebones for your liking, then this just might be the pet collar for you. The contrast between orange and black makes this pet collar stand out from the mundane crowd, wouldn't you agree? If this color combination is not your thing, then you can always switch it up with your favorite colors.
The instructions for making this collar are incredibly simple, and we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration to learn how to do so.
Now that you have learned how to make paracord reins for your horse, why stop there? You can make a noseband out of paracord as well. In fact, you can construct the entire bridle out of paracord.
While it may not be as luxurious as a leather bridle, it is far more practical than one. In fact, paracord bridles are gradually increasing in popularity due to their durability and weatherproof traits. Don't believe us? Well, you can follow this link to check out some cool and quirky bridles made out of paracord.
If you are all about the DIY life and want to make one yourself, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration to get the step-by-step details of the entire process.
At DailyEquine
7. A Slightly Different Take on the Paracord Dog Collar
No, this is not just a different color combination of the paracord pet collar featured earlier on our list. In fact, it is an entirely different knotting process and one which requires a bit more work. While it may be a more time-consuming process, we believe that it is well worth it. If you are interested in learning more about this dog collar, then click on the link mentioned below the image.
Although the halter may look almost identical to a bridle, they are indeed very different things. In fact, they are used for entirely different purposes. While the bridle is used by a horse rider, the halter, on the other hand, is used by a handler to lead or tie up the horse.
The benefits of making a halter out of paracord are similar to that of a bridle, and so we will not bore you with the unnecessary details. If you want to create a horse halter out of paracord, we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
This section is solely dedicated to the brave and the adventurous. Whether you just love camping or preparing for a zombie apocalypse, we believe that we have something for everyone. So without further ado, let us begin with the incredibly unique bullet paracord bracelet.
9. The Highly Versatile Bullet Paracord Bracelet
While it may not have the capacity of a full-size bandolier, this bullet paracord bracelet can be incredibly useful in multiple survival scenarios. Whether you are preparing for a full-scale zombie apocalypse or going out on a camping/hunting trip, this unique bracelet can be the difference between life and death. Yes, we understand zombies are not real, but everything is possible in this crazy world.
If you want to learn more about this bullet paracord bracelet and other similar ideas, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
While the previous projects on our list required a moderate level of persistence to execute, the paracord belt is a different story altogether. In fact, you will require an almost Zen-like state of mind to execute this to perfection. If you feel that you are up for the challenge, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration to create this incredible paracord belt.
Now, hold on a minute! That looks nothing like a paracord fishing net, does it? But, indeed it is. How, you ask? Well, it is made from the inner strands of a paracord. In fact, by only using a 6 to 8 feet long paracord you can make a large enough fishing net that can prove extremely useful in tough survival situations. If you are interested in learning more about this paracord fishing net, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
Feast your eyes upon this mind-blowing, no pun intended, M-550 Pro Survival Grenade from Surf City Paracord. This product not only looks cool but it is also extremely nifty. It features over 50 feet of paracord along with many other survival goodies like a tiny compass, a mini folding pocket knife, a fire starting rod with the striker, and a dog tag signal mirror, among other things.
If you are interested in learning more about this product's cool tricks, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration. You can also purchase this product straight from Surf City Paracord's website.
13. The Medic Paracord Survival Bracelet for First Aid
First Aid kits are extremely important in survival situations, but that is just stating the obvious. What is less obvious is how you pack your first aid kit. Usually, you would think of storing it away in your backpack. However, in a life-and-death situation, you might not have the time to search for your First Aid kit. That is why making a Medic paracord survival bracelet like the one you see in the illustration below, can prove to be extremely nifty if such situations ever arise.
If you want to learn how to create your very own paracord survival First Aid kit, then click on the link mentioned below the image.
If you do not like the design of survival kits as they are too utilitarian, then you can always spice things up by designing unique survival gear like the one you see in the illustration below. This baseball stitch-inspired paracord bracelet not only looks cool, but it is functional as well. Moreover, you can easily create it using just a red and a white paracord. If you are interested in learning more about this product, then click on the link mentioned below the image.
If your knife or mini ax does not feature a comfortable handle, then you can always enhance it using a paracord, as you see in the illustration below. Not only will it improve your grip, but you can also use the paracord in various survival instances. Moreover, it is extremely simple to create, and you can make one within a few minutes. In case you want to learn how to make your own paracord knife grip, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the image will.
Get a better handle on your knife using paracord to secure the grip.
If you thought that the paracord belt was a tough project, then this is on a whole new level. You need to have the persistence of a Zen master to execute this idea to perfection. However, if you manage to do so, then you will truly experience a state of nirvana.
This incredible paracord Hammock is not only meant to be comfortable on your outdoor adventures, but it can also be deconstructed, in case you need to make smaller nifty items out of this. For example, by using only 8 to 10 feet of paracord from this hammock, you can construct a fishing net when required. You can use it to construct traps as well. If you want to take on this monumental challenge, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
Let us now take a step back from the utilitarian aspect of paracords, into something entirely aesthetical. Here are a few amazing ideas that show the jolly and cheerful side of paracords.
17. Incredibly Cute Christmas Tree Decor
Why use traditional Christmas Tree decor when you can easily make incredibly cute items such as the tiny Christmas Tree featured in the illustration below. Using just two colors of paracord along with a few colorful beads, you can make this unique Christmas Tree decor. If you can execute this idea properly, then it will definitely be the star of the show, wouldn't you agree?
This is yet another Christmas Tree decor that will go nicely with your mini paracord Christmas Tree. Just like the mini Christmas Tree, you will require paracords of two colors, namely, green and red to execute this idea.
Although we are not aware of the exact step-by-step tutorial for making this incredibly cute paracord Christmas Wreath, we can tell you that it is similar to creating a bracelet. Hence, we suggest you take a look at one of the bracelet ideas we featured earlier on this list.
via picmia.com
19. Craft Easy and Fun Paracord Snakes
Want to impress your kid with these simple yet fun paracord snakes? We bet you do! However, we must warn you that these jolly paracord snakes will not play nice with your feline friend. In case, you do have a cat; then we suggest you skip over to the other ideas on our list. If you want to learn how to construct these paracord snakes, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
You have already learned how to make cute little Christmas trees out of paracord as well as Christmas wreath decorations. Now it is time to complete your Christmas tree decor with these cute little Candy Cane Christmas ornaments. If you want to learn how to make these merry ornaments out of paracord, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the image.
We told you, didn't we, paracords have incredible versatility. Take a look at this impressive paracord minion project. Not only will it be a lot of fun for your kids, but you can also double the fun by working with them on this project. After all, why should you have all the enjoyment of working on paracord projects? If you want to learn how to make your favorite animated characters out of paracord, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
Why make coasters out of paracord, you ask? Well, why not! Just take a look at the illustration below. Gorgeous, aren't they? Moreover, they are not only easily washable but will stand the test of time as well. If you are interested in creating these highly impressive coasters for yourself, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
If you love hitting the gym or going for a swim regularly, then this project might pique your interest. This paracord drawstring bag is not only large enough to carry all your swimming equipment, but it is also maintenance-free. Moreover, it is extremely durable and can easily stand the test of time. In case you want to create a paracord drawstring bag just like this one, we suggest you follow the link mentioned below.
Feast your eyes upon this beauty! Even the mere sight of it induces a state of calm, wouldn't you agree? Now, you might be thinking that creating this Crocheted Hammock is yet another gargantuan task. And, we must admit that it will be quite a hassle to build this from scratch, but on the bright side, it is nowhere near as complex as the paracord hammock we featured earlier.
If you are on the fence regarding working on this project, we suggest you give it a try. After all, what's the worst that could happen? In case you have made up your mind about building this Crocheted Hammock, then follow the link mentioned below the image.
Take a look at this incredibly nifty bottle holder. Not only does it instantly increase the cool factor of your bottle, but you can also use it as a weapon if needed. Needless to say, the latter is not advisable. If you want to make a bottle holder just like this one, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
26. DIY Paracord Belt Hanger for Your Swiss Army Knife
Swiss Army Knives are incredibly nifty tools and almost as versatile as paracords. However, carrying it in your pocket can not only eat up your pocket space but might also end up scratching your smartphone. That is why you should create a nifty paracord belt hanger such as the one featured in the illustration. If you want detailed step-by-step instructions for creating this simple yet useful belt hanger, then follow the link mentioned below the image.
This is a brilliant paracord project to work on, especially if you are an ardent follower of Christ. Not only does it look incredibly cool as a standalone prop, but you can also use it as a keychain. Moreover, you can take it a step further by transforming it into a necklace. Wouldn't that be cool? If you are interested in making a paracord cross for yourself, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
Why wrap a Mason jar with paracord? Well, for starters it not only cranks up the cool knob all the way up to 11, but it also makes it easier to grip the mason jar. You can use paracords of different colors to make it look even cooler. If you are interested in learning more about this project, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the image.
Want to give your shabby old stool an overhaul? Well, check out this impressive paracord woven stool. The colorful paracord really makes it look contemporary, wouldn't you agree? Moreover, it is not as complex as it looks and we believe you can execute it within a few hours. If you are interested in working on this project, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the image.
You have seen paracord projects for your pets. You have seen survival projects, and you have also seen cheerful paracord ideas for your home. But, does the novelty of paracord ideas end there? Absolutely not! Here are some epic paracord ideas for your tools and gear!
30. Glowing Paracord Bracelet
Take a look at this stunning glowing paracord bracelet. Impressive, isn't it? It is not only meant to look cool, but it offers great functionality as well. Moreover, this is an incredibly simple project to execute, and you can easily do it within a matter of minutes. If you are interested in creating this cool paracord bracelet for yourself, then follow the link mentioned below the image.
We all know that Swiss Army knives are amazing. However, over time your shiny new Swiss Army knife can get marred with scratches. Therefore, if you are always careful about handling your gadgets, then you should definitely consider creating a paracord pouch for it. It is an extremely simple project, and we believe you should follow the link mentioned below the illustration to learn the step-by-step procedure for creating this pouch. You can also follow the same procedure for creating a pouch for your vehicle's key fob.
Check out this amazing paracord laptop harness! Not only is it practical but it is also a cool fashion statement. Although this laptop harness is constructed using a single color, we believe you can make it quite the head-turner by mixing paracords of your favorite colors. If you are interested in making this laptop harness, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the image.
Although a pen holder is a simple everyday object, there is nothing simple about this incredibly crafty paracord pen holder. In fact, you will require an extraordinary level of patience to construct this penholder. But if you think you are up for the challenge, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
Have an old pair of flip-flops that you are looking to dispose of? Why not give it a fresh breath of life with paracord instead? Although the illustration below does not look quite as appealing, we believe that by using the right color of paracord you can easily give your old flip-flops an amazing upgrade.
Moreover, unlike your flip-flop's flimsy rubber straps, these paracord straps will fare much better against the test of time. If you are interested in giving your old flip-flops a new look, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration. You can also choose to swap the straps of your new flip-flops with the sturdy paracord straps.
While some electronic gadgets can age gracefully, time is never kind to charging cables. In fact, you might end up using multiple cables during the lifetime of a single smartphone. Although you can splurge some extra cash on some high-tech ballistic nylon cable, there is a much simpler and cheaper solution already available.
You can easily reinforce your existing plastic cables by wrapping the weak endpoints with paracord. Moreover, they look pretty cool, don't they? If you are interested in learning how you can reinforce your charging cables with paracord, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
Lost your guitar pick? Well, there is no need to worry. Nor, there is any need to buy a new one. In fact, you can easily construct a cool new guitar pick with just a paperclip and a short strand of paracord. The paracord guitar pick not only looks cool but it is also much more comfortable to hold. If you are interested in creating one for yourself, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
Check out this incredibly cool lighter pouch. Amazing, isn't it? If you are looking to create one for yourself, then we must warn you against wrapping it up till the head of the lighter, as it might catch fire while you are operating it.
via Pinterest
38. Awesome DNA Strand Paracord Keychain
Take a look at this simple yet elegant DNA strand paracord keychain. We bet you are itching to learn how to create this for yourself, right? However, we do not have the step-by-step written instructions for this project. Now, now, there is no need to feel disappointed. We have something better instead. You can check out the full video tutorial for this project by clicking on this link. You should also give this channel a follow as they have many other incredible paracord projects.
Now that you know how to make a DNA strand paracord keychain, why not try and diversify your keychain collection with an epic monkey fist paracord keychain? According to joann.com, you can make these incredibly cute key chains in less than an hour. So what are you waiting for? Get started on this project right away by clicking the link mentioned below the illustration.
Leather-wrapped steering wheel? Nah, that is too mainstream. While the paracord-wrapped steering wheel may not be as classy as a leather-wrapped steering wheel, it definitely looks unique. Moreover, it is extremely durable and will easily fare better against the test of time compared to its leather counterpart. If you are interested in wrapping your vehicle steering wheel with paracord, then follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
Take a look at this incredibly cool paracord lanyard. Not only is it far more durable than a standard flimsy lanyard, but it can easily become a conversation starter among your colleagues as well. We love the combination of colors used here. It really makes this lanyard stand apart from the mundane crowd, wouldn't you agree?
via Pinterest
42. Woven Paracord Can Koozie
Take a look at this incredibly cool can koozie. This particular project was made by Flickr user Stormdrane. He has been kind enough to share the detailed step-by-step instructions for this project so that you can also create one for yourself. We suggest you give his page a follow. It will be well worth your time.
If the last lanyard featured on our list was too garish for your liking, then this one might be more suited to your tastes. Moreover, it is a lot simpler to create compared to the former, and you can complete this project within a matter of minutes. You can follow the link mentioned below the illustration if you want to create this paracord lanyard for yourself.
Has your camera strap seen better days? If so, then there is no need to purchase an expensive camera strap. Instead, you can make one for yourself out of paracord. Not only will it be much more durable than a run-of-the-mill camera strap, but it will also be fashionable. Although, we must admit that this is not an easy project to execute. However, there is good news if you want to purchase it. It is currently for sale on etsy.com, so we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration before the stocks run out.
We all know that paracord projects can be great for survival but are they any good when it comes to defending yourself? Indeed they are! Before we proceed further, let us remind you only to use these objects for defense. Do not try and harm others just for your entertainment. Now, that we have got that out of the way, let us begin with our list of Paracord Weapon Ideas.
45. Barebones Paracord Sling
Paracords are extremely effective in survival situations, and while this barebones paracord sling might not look appealing, it can be the difference between life and death. If you are stuck in the wild, craving for food, then you can create this utilitarian sling to hunt small animals. But remember, we do not encourage harming living beings just for the sake of entertainment. Only do so, if there is no other way around it.
The link to the instructions for building this paracord sling is mentioned below the illustration, and we suggest you click on it if you are an avid adventurer.
Although it looks pretty harmless, this unassuming keychain can inflict quite a lot of damage if required. However, don't go swinging it around on random strangers. Use it only if you are provoked. This paracord self-defense keychain is available for purchase online, so we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration if you are interested in it.
Although this is not exactly a weapon, you can think of it as a weapon enhancer, and that is a good enough reason for us to feature it in the Paracord Weapon Projects section. One of the best parts about this project is how simple it is. Moreover, it not only makes your knife look cooler, but it gives you a superior grip as well.
If you are interested in learning how to wrap your knife with paracord, then follow the link mentioned the illustration below. We promise it is well worth the upgrade!
It is a thing of beauty, isn't it? No, we are not talking about the gun. We are referring to the Boa paracord gun sling. This is yet another weapon enhancement that not only makes it more practical but fashionable as well. For this project, you will require a couple of 50-foot-long paracords. You can also use a single 100-foot-long camo color paracord for this project.
If you are interested in creating this boa paracord gun sling for your gun, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration for the detailed step-by-step instructions.
If the last paracord rock sling featured on our list was too barebones for your tastes, then this more aesthetically pleasing take on it will surely appeal to you. Unlike the last paracord rock sling, this one is entirely made out of paracord. Needless to say, this is a more complex project and probably not as well suited to survival situations as the former. However, it is only complex compared to the last paracord rock string, and it should not take you more than 20 minutes to complete.
If you are interested in learning how to construct this paracord rock sling, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the illustration.
Take a look at this amazing bullwhip made entirely out of paracord. Impressive, isn't it? We bet you are shivering just at the thought of the carnage this weapon can unleash. So are we. Brrrrr!
Needless to say, this is not an easy project by any means, and you should only attempt it if you have prior experience with building objects out of paracord. If you are willing to take on this challenge, then click on the link mentioned below the illustration for the detailed instructions.
Although most objects made out of paracord are utilitarian, you can also make beautiful clothing and fashion accessories out of it. Here are some of the finest examples of fashion accessories made out of paracord.
51. His and Her Paracord Bracelet Set
While the previous bracelets featured on our list were entirely utilitarian, these make quite the fashion statement, wouldn't you agree? For this project, you will need paracords of multiple colors and a few old metallic buttons. If you are interested in learning more about this project, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration. There are many more excellent DIY projects, and we believe it will be well worth your time.
via truebluemeandyou.tumblr.com
52. Make a Macrame Necklace Out of Paracord
A necklace made out of paracord? Well, if it looks like the one featured below in the illustration, then sign us up right away! For this project, you will need a few paracords of different colors, a clipboard, scissors, and jump rings, among other things. If you are looking to start working on this project right away, then we strongly suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration. You will find a detailed list of materials along with a video tutorial on the web page to help you get started with this project.
Why use a Paracord wallet? Well for starters, it is an inexpensive project which you can make within a few hours at most. Moreover, it is incredibly durable and will fare much better against the unforgiving test of time compared to a standard leather wallet. Finally, it looks much cooler, wouldn't you agree? If you are interested in making your very own checkered paracord wallet, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the image. Although, we must admit that you will be sacrificing some functionality for the cool factor.
Take a look at this simple yet fashionable paracord ring. Looks cool, doesn't it? Moreover, it is an extremely simple project, and you can make one within a matter of minutes. But why should you learn how to make a paracord ring?
Imagine this circumstance - you meet the love of your life while you are out adventuring in the wild. What would you do if you had to propose on the spot? Well, the paracord ring is your best bet, isn't it? We are confident that you will steal your lover's heart instantly when you present her with the ring.
Now all you need to do is click on the link mentioned below the illustration to learn how to make a paracord ring. Just keep a few colors of paracord around with you in case such an opportunity ever arises.
"I mean, really, how often do you look at a man’s shoes?" - This was a famous quote from the timeless Shawshank Redemption movie. But, we bet everyone will be staring at these epic paracord bush sandals, wouldn't you agree? The best thing about this paracord idea is that it not only makes quite the fashion statement, but it is also extremely useful in survival situations, especially if you have lost your footwear.
Before we move on to the next item on our list, let us give you a word of advice. We suggest you tone down the colors in case you want a more understated look.
While the previous paracord belt featured on our list was geared towards utility, this one is more of a fashion statement. And, in our opinion, this looks much better than any run-of-the-mill leather belt we have come across. However, making this belt is no easy feat, and you need a lot of time and patience to execute this to perfection. If you are interested in learning how to make this incredible double Cobra stitch paracord bed, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
Check out this simple yet elegant fishtail paracord bracelet. While it may not make much of a fashion statement, it is a great idea for Friendship Day bands, wouldn't you agree? Moreover, it is incredibly simple to create, and you can get started right away by clicking on the link mentioned below the illustration.
58. Replace Your Worn Out Leather Watch Band With This Stylish And Durable Paracord Strap
Is your old watch gathering dust because it looks too shabby? Well, you can easily give it an overhaul with a new paracord strap. If you are already familiar with making paracord bracelets, then this project will be a piece of cake for you. On the flip side, if you are not, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
What are you waiting for? Go ahead and give your watch a timeless (no pun intended) upgrade.
Although this bracelet looks quite fashionable around the glass, we believe that it will look even better on your wrist. Moreover, it is quite a simple project to execute, and you should be done within a matter of minutes. If you are interested in learning how to make this elegant DIY Nautical Turk's Head Bracelet, then we suggest you click on the link mentioned below the image for the full step-by-step tutorial.
60. Beachwear Necklace and Earrings Made Using Paracord
Take a look at this stunning set of necklace and earrings. Impressive, isn't it? This is surely paracord creativity at its finest. Although this project looks quite sophisticated, we believe you can execute it to perfection, albeit with a little time and effort. If you are interested in learning more about this incredible set of paracord necklace and earrings, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration. This project will be well worth your time.
If you thought that the last project was a little too complicated for your liking, then this might be something more up your alley. To get started on this project, you will require a medium strand of paracord along with a shiny marble ball. This project is pretty straightforward, and we believe you can complete it within an hour.
via Pinterest
62. DIY Rope Tassel Necklace
Check out this simple yet elegant rope tassel necklace. Although it is made using a rope, we believe you can do the same with a paracord. Moreover, using a paracord will make your necklace much more durable compared to a rope necklace. If you are interested in learning more about this project, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration.
By now, you must be familiar with the monkey's fist knotting technique. If so, you can easily create a necklace using it. Although this will not be much of a fashion statement, you can definitely use it in a survival situation. However, we suggest you make the monkey's fist larger for it to be of any use in a survival instance. In case you are not familiar with the monkey's fist, then we suggest you follow the link mentioned below the illustration to get the detailed step-by-step instructions for this project.
Before we bid adieu, let us end on a word of advice. The world of paracord is limitless, and instead of just recreating these ideas, you should add your own unique touches to make it even more special.
There are some incredible YouTube channels that are solely dedicated to paracord projects, and we suggest you give them a follow. Once you master a few basic knots, you will be completely addicted to paracord projects. And do not forget to share your ideas with us. We would love to hear from you.
Taking care of a pet is definitely not easy yet always rewardful. We are responsible for absolutely anything that happens to them and while on food your veterinary will make sure that you purchase the best possible food, on home protection and safety it`s all up to you. With this thought in mind, we are going to present to you further on a couple of houseplants safe for cats and dogs meant to thrive in your interior design. This safety measure is sadly often overlooked, the reason for which we highly encourage you to pass this article to any cat and/or dog owner you know. All the plants showcased below are safe for both cats and dogs yet even certain non-toxic plants may have side effects if ingested. For breed detailed information we suggest you consult your local nursery or vet and take a look at this ASPCA website, it might be incredibly helpful.
Beautiful Houseplants Safe for Cats and Dogs
#1 The Spider Plant
This plant simply can`t pass unnoticed, it demands attention and it`s already present in many contemporary homes. The Spider Plant is characterized by long, spiky leaves with a dramatic effect that doesn't overwhelm the entire room. [from Inscribd]
Long Stripped Spider Plant Leaves
Showcased bellow the plant is elegantly placed on the fireplace. The spider plant is magnificent because it creates a volume through the cascades generated by the leaves, therefore being a great plant for hanging baskets. [photo by Holly Marder via Houzz]
Contemporary Interior Design with a Fireplace Nestling a Spider Plant
Spider plants thrive when placed next to a natural light source. Take note that this plant should dry out between waterings, which gives you a time advantage in maintenance, you have more time to remember to hydrate it! [from A Beautiful Mess]
Beautiful Swan Planter Holding a Spider Plant
#2 The Lemon Button Fern
Extraordinary thanks to small arching stems and button-like foliage, this piece of greenery works as the perfect accent piece for a shelf or tabletop. Another advantage is that it often levels out at a height of about one foot tall so you can easily predict the end result of your design. [from Exotic Angel Plants]
Potted Lemon Button Fern
Decor With Houseplants
With a curved and delicate form, the button fern becomes ideal for hanging baskets and terrace pots cascading over the rail. For a timeless design consider terracotta pots to complement this green dainty eye-catching plant. [fromBlue Pumilio]
Lemon Button Fern in a Pot
For the Lemon Button Fern a combination of low to medium light is ideal, regarding watering, you should consider keeping the soil moist without over-saturating the plant. [fromBianchi-Davis Greenhouses]
Terracotta Pot Containing a Lemon Button Fern
#3 The Areca Palm
With an image that recalls the tropical greenery the areca palm is one of the most graphic plants safe for cats and dogs. It`s simply beautiful and it can give any space that holiday vibe. [image from Fox Hill Nursery]
Potter Areca Palm Plants
Happily, this is a plant that can be showcased in a beautiful pride big pot. This big pot along with the Areca Plant can actually become a solid design object in your interior; consider using metallic chromed planters or retro colorful ones. You can ensure an instant focal point to the room in this manner. Greenery focal point, what can be better? [from Feels Like Home 2 Me]
Areca Palm in a Modern Living Room Decor
World-renowned for its air-purifying effects, the areca palm is fairly easy to care for as well. It important is not to over-water the plant, but you can hydrate it when the soil below the surface begins to feel dry, you will gain sometime during watering. In terms of lighting, a very comprehensive and helpful SFGate article had a suggestion of allowing your areca palm to gradually accommodate indoor lighting by first placing it outside in a part-shaded area. After a certain time, relocate it inside to its permanently bright location! [from Nimicoco]
Areca Plam Plant
#4 The Baby Rubber Plant
A plant that looks extraordinary in containers and glistens with style: the baby rubber plant is delicate, shiny, and bright, yet low-maintenance. The Baby Rubber Plant has waxy round leaves that provide that special sheen on a shape ideal for pretty much any pot. The photo presented below has appeared in A Beautiful Mess, which showcased a very useful collection of unique non-toxic houseplants. [from A Beautiful Mess]
Potted Baby Rubber Plant
The plant thrives with bright indirect light, be careful not to over-water because it`s rather easy.Let the soil dry out almost entirely before watering if you want a no-fuss plant. [from Plants Rescue]
Voluptous Green Baby Rubber Plant
#5 The Ponytail Palm
By far the most beautiful plant in our short list: the Ponytail palm has a wide base, a striking trunk, and a highly aesthetic display of long leaves that have ensured the plant`s funny name. [from My City Plants]
Magnificent Ponytail Palm from My City Plants
The ponytail plant is actually highly dramatic and it serves as a great centerpiece for modern living room designs and offices.[from WXY Studio]
Ponytail Palm in a Modern Living Room Design
The ponytail palm can thrive in bright light and it can be watered once every one to two weeks so we would categorize it as fairly light maintenance. You can display it alone or create an exotic tropical look with an entire row of palms. In the picture showcased below the plants are lightened from underneath for ambiance and granted natural light from the exterior through a skylight. Simple. Monumental. Beautiful.[from PB Builders]
Ponytails Palms Row in a Well-Lit Interior Through a Skylight
#6 The Prayer Plant
Last but certainly not least: the prayer plant grabs the attention with intricate colorful leaves that present a wide variety of green shades enhanced by pink detailing.[via A Beautiful Mess]
Prayer Plant in a Round White Pot
For the Prayer Plant medium lighting is recommended and it`s important to maintain the soil moist, never too wet. Direct light should be avoided as it will cause the leaves to fade. This post from Growing Wild Seeds explained a whole lot and has been extremely helpful in terms of prayer plant care. [from Growing Wild Seeds]
Vibrant Leaves of the Prayer Plant
We suggest you display the prayer plant in a simple pot that would not distract attention from the plant`s unforgettable leaves. The leaves are spectacular and you should enhance just that. [from Gardening Know How]
Vibrant and Beautiful Prayer Plant Leaf
I think this post should reach a handful of cat and dog lovers and we trust you dear loyal readers with that. Please share this post with your friends and feel free to comment in the section below on Facebook, Twitter, or G+!
A building has 2 great enemies, the first is obviously time, during its passing all other elements take their toll on the building, and the other, sometimes far greater, is war. War brings an unprecedented amount of destruction, and in its whirlwind lives, culture, and civilization are sometimes lost. World War 2 saw destruction on a massive scale and some buildings of great historical and cultural importance were lost during 1939-1945, especially in Europe where the conflict raged within urban centers. Five buildings destroyed during WW2 now rebuilt are standing against you today, all iconic, all masterpieces.
It took a great effort and time to rebuild these lost monuments after the war, so that their story and heritage may be preserved for future generations. To understand why they were rebuilt, one only needs to take a look at the building, know its story of how it came to be, and especially how it came to an apparent end during World War 2.
Rebuilt Buildings Destroyed During WW2
1. The Benedictine Abbey on Monte Cassino
A famous topic during late 1943 and early 1944 was the battle of Monte Cassino. The Allies were fighting a desperate battle to break the Gustav Line and in order to gain access to the road to Rome the town of Cassino had to fall. Located on top of Monte Cassino was a benedictine monastery that was there from 529 A.D. The monastery was rebuilt and refurbished throughout the ages so that by 1944 it looked like during its last great renovation in 1505 but you could still see elements of early Romanesque architecture of the early 11th century. Most of the details were late Renaissance and the abbey also held a collection of Renaissance art, paintings mostly.
And so it came that a fierce battle was to be fought in and around the place where the Benedictine order formed and built its first monastery. Located atop the hill that dominated the valley below and the town it became a strategic position. The German Xth army moved to occupy and defend the town and hill which controlled access to the Liri valley. After two consecutive battles, American forces failed to take the hill which was defended by elements of the German Xth army. After the American and free-french troops failed to take the hill, New Zealand's 2nd division and 4th Indian division were brought in to help in the struggle.
The destruction of the monastery came in the end because it happened to be there. It was directly on top of the hill and provided German forces with an intact structure that could have been used as a fortress to hold the hill. The bombing of the abbey was a difficult decision since most of the enemy fire came from the slopes below the monastery. The Xiv Panzer Corps and the German 1st Parachute Division were present on the lower slopes of the hill leading into the town and the town of Cassino itself but had not entered the monastery. Not knowing this every divisional commander on the spot recommended that the monastery should be bombed, opposed to this was Mark Clark, the commander of the U.S. Fifth Army but under great pressure, Marshal Harold Alexander the commander of the entire Mediterranean Theater sided with Freyberg, and the commanders in the field and the bombing run was going to happen.
On February 15 1944 some 229 medium and heavy bombers bombed the abbey with about 1000 tons of high explosive and incendiary bombs. The monastery was turned to rubble, and the church was utterly destroyed, but some walls and some parts of the abbey were still standing. Since the abbey was built to sustain a siege, like most medieval monasteries, it was left a ruin that now could be occupied by German forces.
The bombing was a blunder not just because it destroyed an abbey that stood there for over 1000 years but also because it killed many civilians who hid inside to escape the battle in the town. Ironically, as long as the abbey was intact, the German forces did not enter it because it was being occupied by the Benedictine monks and would not want to upset the Holy See. Now that the monks were gone, the bombing did the exact opposite because German paratroopers moved inside the abbey and turned the rubble into a fortress and observation point, which was what the Allies were trying to prevent in the first place.
The abbey was rebuilt and reconsecrated in 1964, most of its art collection and library was saved before the battle, and the Panzer Division Herman Goering helped transfer the collections to the Vatican at the start of the battle. The abbey itself had witnessed and survived many moments of Italian history, the Italian wars, French revolutionary wars, the Italian unification, and so on. It was also one of the few monasteries of the 11th century renovated in a renaissance style. The cloister was completely redone with classical elements, columns, and statues. The arches were made cylindrical to correspond to the Renaissance notion of balance and symmetry. This new Renaissance look can be seen on the outside facades of the living quarters where windows are arranged in order to gain a symmetrical effect. The lower floor begins with the arched ways then continues with smaller windows as you go up towards the roof, opening the lower floors towards the inner courtyards. The facades towards the exterior contain some mannerist features like bricked-in archways, made only to respect the symmetrical rule applied on other facades where the archways are actually windows.
The monument stands today and is a symbol of man's enduring will to preserve the heritage of his world.
The Facades face down-hill, and the Renaissance elements are visible in the tendency for symmetry and use of arches.
2. Cologne Cathedral
While not entirely wiped out, it took 14 direct hits that severely damaged the interior and completely burned the rooftop. Unlike the previous example, no major battle was fought on the spot but rather the city was in the way of the Allied strategic bombing waves. When America entered the war, it became possible for the Allies to bomb German towns around the clock. The British, due to high attrition of bombing runs during the day decided on bombing German towns at night, while USAF's mighty Eight Air Force would bomb the towns by day. And so Cologne would be in for a 24-hour bombing run whenever it was possible.
Strategic bombing was thought to have different effects and goals by the RAF and the USAF. The RAF Bomber Command wanted payback for the Blitz, so it hoped that besides factories its bombs would lower morale so low it might affect the "home front" and if they couldn't kill the workers in the factory by day why not in his sleep with minimum aircraft loss by night. USAF believed back then as they do today in precision bombing of key industrial targets because even during the day the scatter area for bombs was several miles so at night RAF could only hope to hit the urban centers and hit a precise target at night was very difficult if not impossible by heavy bombers. USAF also aimed to draw the Luftwaffe into an air superiority battle over Germany in order to achieve complete air superiority and also target the air industry thus defeating the Luftwaffe in the air and crippling its resources in materiel and airplanes.
Cologne like many other German towns was a major railroad hub and industrial center so RAF decided to begin its night bombing campaign here. Hamburg was selected first but due to weather the target shifted towards Cologne and Arthur Harris wanted to put 1000 airplanes over the town and raze it. In one of the biggest air raids RAF dropped some 2000 tons of explosives over Cologne, German reports showed only 36 factories were hit but 45 000 were left homeless and 469 people were killed. Cologne would be bombed several times by the RAF during the night and by the USAF as a target of opportunity during the day. So bad was the destruction wrought upon Cologne that the city looked like a ruin from a past age. During the raids, bombs also hit the cathedral, and by 1945 only the 400-year-old Gothic structure stood up in defiance, as its spires were the only standing structure in Cologne left.
The cathedral was a masterpiece of medieval Gothic architecture, began in 1248 and most of it was completed by 1473 when construction was halted. In the late 19th century, work was completed after the original plans with spires being added at last. It presents a mix of mid to late Gothic details, visible especially in the buttresses and the pinnacles on the buttresses and arches. Though made to resemble the Amiens Cathedral the plan is typical of all Gothic cathedrals, a Latin cross with a large area for the choir. The structure is again typical for Gothic Cathedrals using the famous Gothic ogival system of pillars and flying buttresses. In the late 19th century a surge or romanticism brought forward a desire for Neo-Gothic architecture and the renovations of medieval monuments and buildings, so that by 1880 work began on the Cologne Cathedral to restore it and give it its spires.
Even if it did sustain bombing, the roof was partially destroyed and much of the glass was broken but the structure was standing. This was in part due to the fact that the church itself was not a target but rather the very nearby train station which took most of the bombs. By the end of the war one final battle was being fought in front of the cathedral, since the city was stormed by Allied troops, several German units made a last stand. One of these minor battles was a tank battle in front of the Cathedral.
It was repaired and the interior was completely renovated by 1956. But it was in 2007 when the hasty repairs made in 1944 were removed and proper repair was done to make the cathedral look like the pre-war image was of this now UNESCO world heritage monument.
image via german-architecture.info
The Cathedral during its renovation in the late 19th century
Aerial photograph of the Cathedral and the damage done to the roof.
image via wikipedia.org
Remains of the short tank battle which took place in front of the Cathedral, note the knock-out Panther tank and damage done to the Gothic details of the Cathedral.
Remains of the battle that took place right in front of the Cathedral; note the bullet-riddled facade of the Cathedral in the background.
image via wikipedia.org
The restored Cologne Cathedral, exterior: spires and flying buttresses with gothic details and interior view of the ogive structure system.
3. The Konigsberg Cathedral
Konigsberg was for a long time under Prussian rule and the main city of the Kingdom of Prussia and capital of East Prussia, and today that city is named Kaliningrad and is part of the Russian Federation. The town contained a number of landmarks and was one of the most picturesque towns in Eastern Europe. It combined Gothic architecture and late influences of baroque, and it also contained a unique Gothic church built in red brick as most northern castles fortifications churches and abbeys are in northern Europe, especially in Poland and the Baltic States. Such designs are reminiscent of buildings and castles like the ones in Thorn, Marienburg, or Brest. Brick was extensively used in northern Europe and because of this building material towns and castles of medieval northeastern Europe have a unique look. By 1333 the Gothic current arrived in this corner of Europe but the construction of an ogive system with pillars, vaulted arches, and flying buttresses was made increasingly difficult by the absence of solid stone and the widespread use of bricks. However, the task of making the cathedral was accomplished by the late 14th century and the result was a huge Basilical type Gothic church. Even more unique was how the structure was adapted to use wooden beams and simulate the ogival system on the inside, and was a true Gothic cathedral complete with the western towers or wertwerk. Later additions included Baroque decorations on the tombs of Duke Albert of Prussia and on the altar. The Cathedral itself was an image of the architectural preferences of the Germanic culture in north-eastern Europe and one of many landmarks within Konigsberg unique through its local interpretation of European architectural currents.
But, as before, World War 2 came, and the city was first bombed by the Soviets but the damage to it was moderate and the damage to civilian infrastructure and the industrial capacity within the city was light. The Royal Air Forces decided to support soviet forces and bomb, late in the war, the city with some 200 Avro Lancasters. Needless to say, the damage done was high, but by August 1944 when the raid took place, the Russians were pushing the front into East Prussia. By January 1945 3rd Panzer army was trapped inside the city and completely encircled by the 3rd Belorussian Front. As if the bombing wasn't enough, Hitler declared the city a Festung, meaning every man of the 3rd Panzer Army would fight to the last proverbial round of ammunition, the battle moving slowly from the outskirts of the town towards the center destroying the urban center entirely and with it the castle and the Cathedral.
The city was rebuilt as Kalinin but not the Cathedral, the soviet regime turned the area into a park and left the cathedral a burnt-out shell until the Soviet Union collapsed. Then in late 1994 work began on rebuilding it to its current state.
If you are in Normandy, or anywhere in France, you will notice a lot of old churches, some from the 11th century and some even older. Falaise is an important town, one because William the Conqueror was born here, his castle overlooks the town, and second, because it was for a time the seat of the Dukes of Normandy, meaning Falaise not only has a long history but also carries with it a picturesque air specific of towns in Brittany and Normandy. This is partly due to the many old, sometimes medieval buildings, like houses and especially churches. St. Gervais was built during the 11th century and is as old as the town. It was built by William the Conqueror and finished by his son Henry, it was rebuilt after a siege in 1204 in the Gothic style and remained so until the summer of 1944. The building is a classic Gothic church, this is visible through the decorations on the entrance portals and the extensive use of vaulted arches. An example of the early Gothic and mid-phase, it is an important landmark that preserves the history of Normandy.
And so it came that during the end of August 1944, the German 7th army and other elements of Army Group B were in full retreat in the aftermath of Operation Cobra and the failure of the counterattack in Operation Luttich. The entire army was in danger of being encircled in the area between Trun, Chambois, Argentan, and Falaise, a dangerous situation that would lead to the collapse of the entire German Army in France. Paul Hausser commanded the 7th army and was desperately trying to keep the pocket open so that as many troops as possible could escape towards the Seine in hopes of establishing a new defensive line there or further east. The British and Canadian forces were closing in from the north after Caen fell while American and Polish forces were pressing from the south and west. In the event a series of desperate battles were fought for Trun Chanbois, Argentan, and of course, Falaise. After several counterattacks by the Germans, air strikes, and attacks by the Allies the town was ruined and the church was severely damaged during the intense fighting. Fortunately, the church had a sturdy structure with thick stone walls, the masonry held fast and even if the windows were blasted the structure withstood the rounds of ammunition fired at it. Except for the bell tower, most of the building structure was left in standing.
The building was successfully restored during the following decades so that this fabulous monument of gothic architecture would endure for generations to come.
image via dday-overlord.com
Streets of Falaise during the fighting.
image via worldwar2-photofinder.com
Image via worldwar2-photofinder.com
Images of the destroyed church after the fighting for the town ended.
Image via worldwar2-photofinder.com
The interior of the St. Gervais Church after combat stopped.
image via commons.wikimedia.org
image via pastichesdumas.com
The current restored church in Falaise.
5. Royal Castle, Warsaw
Well, not only churches and cathedrals got the worst of it in WW2. Warsaw has a unique tragic story in World War two, and that says a lot if, among the many tragedies that were endured, this one stands out. The eastern front has probably the largest collection of cities that have been destroyed in a direct urban battle, some are well known like Stalingrad or Volvograd as it is known today, Leningrad or Sankt Petersburg, Brest, Minsk, Sevastopol and others are less known like Poznan, Konigsberg. Warsaw falls in the first category and is one of the few instances where the destruction was carried out deliberately, even after the battle ended.
The Royal Castle was a symbol of Polish monarchic power. Built in a fantastic Baroque style it marked the apex of Polish power and influence in eastern Europe. The Castle itself was built between 1568 and 1572 and was expanded throughout the 16th century, at first it had a Renaissance and then a Mannerist-early Baroque look. In 1619 the palace was renovated with an imposing early Baroque facade towards the town square. The early 17th century was a time of turmoil as the 30 years affected all countries bordering the German Roman Empire. The palace suffered some damage but nothing too serious and would continue to be the residence of the Polish kings for years to come withstanding the Russo-Polish conflicts and going unscathed through The Great Northern War when Swedish troops under Charles the XII besieged the town in 1704. The siege would do much damage to the town but the palace escaped again. From the 18th century on, the palace and city itself would survive through a number of conflicts triggered by the partitions of Poland between the neighboring powers, going through several rebellions, like the War of the Bar confederation, the rebellion of 1794, and into 19th century when the Polish sided with Napoleon in Napoleonic Wars, continuing with the November Uprising and January Uprising. The city was bombed during World War One but none of the previous conflicts could ever match the level of destruction brought on by World War Two.
The Palace received its first crippling blow when it was hit during the 1939 siege when it burned out almost completely. However it was still standing, its structure intact but it was left a hollow husk, plundered and decaying. Adolf Hitler decided to blow it up in 1940 but due to various reasons like the protest of the Italian government, it was left standing until 1944. The event which occurred in the summer and autumn of 1944 in Warsaw was one of the greatest tragedies of World War II. Having pushed the remnants of Army Group North and Army Group Central to the Vistula the Red Army paused for resupply on the eastern bank of the Vistula, right across from the city. In that moment the Polish partisans and members of the Armja Krajowa triggered an Uprising which brought them in control of several districts and severely hampered the German efforts to retake them. The German garrison of Warsaw was unprepared for the uprising and required significantly more forces to subdue the revolt. Having failed to fortify the city and faced with a rebellion, the loss of Warsaw seemed imminent. The Red Army however was either unable or unwilling to help, more the latter since the Polish nationalists were backed by the legal London-based government in exile and were not communists, so it made no serious attempt at crossing the Vistula and liberating the city. Such a move would have had dire consequences since it would mean that Poland might not have been part of Eastern Block in the post-war world.
The Germans caught on the act and knew the Russians would not help, believing that either their own counter-offensives stopped them or the Russians would not help the Polish nationalists. The commander of the Warsaw garrison was replaced by SS-Obergruppenfuhrer Erich von dem Bach-Zelewski, and his command received several attack groups bolstering his forces to some 23,000 well-armed and equipped troops. Some of these troops were special anti-partisan units like the attack group Dirlewanger and were renowned for their cruelty and the atrocities they committed throughout the Eastern Front. The fate of the Armia Krajowa was sealed, forgotten by the Allies, and left to face the Germans alone they would be defeated, but the city itself was not destroyed completely despite the fierce battle raging through its streets.
Since so many wars didn't destroy Warsaw and since it proved such a problematic city, with two major rebellions against the Third Reich, one time in 1943 and again in the summer of 1944, Adolf Hitler decided to wipe the city off the face of the earth. For the first time in history since Carthage, a city was being systematically demolished and destroyed. Carthage was leveled to the ground and then its earth was sowed with salt, and it was to be a similar fate for Warsaw. The palace was still up despite the constant battles in the city and bombing raids conducted by the Luftwaffe over the city, so it was finally demolished after it was wired to blow up, along with the rest of the houses and buildings in Warsaw.
After the war, the city was rebuilt and between the 1950s and 1971, the communist regime debated whether to rebuild the Royal Castle as well. The funds were made available by 1980 and the Baroque palace was reopened to the public with the interiors redone in 1984. As of 2010 the Castle was completely renovated and work will soon begin on the Castle Gardens right outside the palace.
Not all buildings were demolished. The Germans used flamethrowers both during the battle and after the battle when demolishing a building with explosives and time-set charges was deemed to be time-consuming so fire was used to burn the inner structure made of wood like the wooden floors and wooden beams used in these houses which dated from 18th century and some being as old as the middle ages.
image via info-poland.buffalo.edu
The inner courtyard by 1940.
image via media.finnair.com
The city after the battle and the subsequent destruction.
image via info-poland.buffalo.edu
The Baroque Tower of the Castle burned in 1939.
image via info-poland.buffalo.edu
The scale of the destruction is visible in this aerial photo, the Royal Castle stood where the big pile of rubble is now in the middle of the picture. The destroyed barren husks were the houses facing toward the square, the gardens in the lower part of the picture have been completely destroyed.
Ju-87 bombs the old town of Warsaw, where the Royal Castle was also located. These attacks could not effectively destroy partisan forces and strong points but were used for morale-breaking and the destruction of the architecture and urban space of Warsaw.
The construction of high-rise buildings did not commence until the late 1800's but sustained its development well past the turn of the century with the first states to see this new growth being New York and Chicago. Through the years the rest of the world decided to join in redesigning the architectural structure of their skyline but was only able to do so based on their countries' economic growth and stability. Today we live in a world where the construction industry has merged closely with some of the finest known architects to not only build the tallest skyscrapers but to give the world a taste of what the future of architecture will look like. Gone are the days of mediocre low-rise box-shaped conventional buildings because the talk of the town is now about the most genius and uniquely shaped architectural design structure for the future of urban areas. There are hundreds of well-known structures in the world that have been built with an advanced architectural design but I have chosen only 45 to simply draw attention to the growing development in the construction, architecture, and design industries. In this article, you will see 45 of the most famous buildings in the world that are known for their unconventional architectural structure as a proven sign that the imagery of the world is changing and we are already on our way to a new wave in architectural design.
Famous Buildings in the World With Unconventional Architecture
#1 Yongsan International Business District in Seoul Korea
This structure is the brainchild of New York architects who designed it with 600 apartments, a gallery, and a kindergarten area in order to go with the change to commercial and cultural trends in the country.
Source: detail-online.com
#2 Milwaukee Art Museum in Wisconsin
The Milwaukee Art Museum is a landmark structure comprised of three buildings, the War Memorial Center, the Cudahy Gardens, and the Quadracci Pavilion. It was inaugurated in 1882 for the purpose of having an art gallery in Milwaukee; today it has well over 400,000 visitors.
If the future of architecture and design depends mainly on some of the masterminds behind these 45 famous unconventional architectural structures, then the whole urban image will definitely change dramatically. The question is are we ready to adapt at this rapid pace? We would love to hear your take on the city of tomorrow in the comment section below.
Today we are following up yesterday's article regarding 30 Insanely Creative DIY Cork Recycling Projects You Should Try with some Simple DIY Wine Bottles Crafts And Ideas. It is only natural that along with those corks you have a few wine bottles on your hands and no idea what to do with them besides throwing them away. But we, at Homesthetics, are all about recycling, up-cycling, and all kinds of green sustainable projects. Everything can be used in one way or another and be given a new purpose and life in your home so don't be in a rush to throw things away.
We do live in a consumerist society where money and assets have become our primary goal in life but just because we buy new things every day it does not mean the old ones are useless. Find creative ways to reuse them, adapt their function, and obtain new beautiful items for your home and garden. Obtain beautiful wine bottle centerpieces or glass lamps and chandeliers; cut them to make candle holders and unique food plates. Just let your imagination do the work for you and be creative.
Methods of cutting glass bottles
Cutting glass might seem difficult and quite terrifying actually but the truth is the methods we'll present below are very easy and are guaranteed to work every time.
Cutting the bottle using a flame
Score the bottle. Use a glass cutter or a glass drill bit to score a line. Find a support system to hold the bottle in place and draw a perfect line or just freehand it if you have a steady hand.
Heat the bottle. Heat the line that you made with the glass cutter. You can use a small candle or a small butane torch. Focus the heat directly along the score line, and constantly rotate the bottle to get even coverage.
Dip the bottle in cold water. After 5 minutes of heating the bottle, dip the end you are breaking off in cold water. Add optional ice to the water.
Repeat the process. The bottle might not break on the first try so repeat the heating and cooling process until you get the bottle cut.
Sand the edges. Use a rough square of sandpaper to clean the glass edges until you are certain you will not cut yourself on those edges.
Cutting the bottle with yarn
Wrap your yarn. Select the cutting line and wrap the yarn around it 3-5 times, tight it well to ensure a precise cut.
Soak the yarn in acetone. Soak the yarn in acetone or nail polish remover.
Wrap the bottle again. Make sure the yarn is placed in the right position and held together very tightly in order to obtain that fine clean cut.
Light the yarn on fire. Set the yarn on fire and rotate the bottle slowly to get the fire spread evenly.
Dunk the bottle in cold water. Dig the bottle in the water after the fire has gone out. Use ice in the water. The bottle should break perfectly.
Sand the edges. Sandpaper the edges until it is smooth and clean.
A graphic resume to the huge story above can be found nestled in the infographic below, beautifully laid into steps.
Use multiple glass bottle silhouettes and sizes to craft covers for different candles. Versatility will provide depth in the composition, presenting light at different levels and different intensities. The picture above it beautifully emphasizes a mineral staircase design.
If you need to cut the glass far faster and maybe in bigger volumes for your DIY projects we have curated a list of the best stained glass ring saws on Homesthetics and a list of the best stained glass grinders that ought to help you finish off the cut smoothly. Please do take note that these tools ought to be used with safety gear at all times and only after going through the owners manually thoroughly.
Without further ado, let us take a look into the inspiration pack!
Use wine bottles to present information into a really unique manner. A metal and glass installation above sends a message in a bottle. Source
Slice the glass bottle lower end and use it into wall art. You can realize multiple compositions, play with different colors and sizes. Source
Keep the wine bottles intact and craft a stunning glass bottle centerpiece. You can use new wood for a modern look or salvaged wood for a rustic one. Plant the flower of choice and emphasize your dinning experience. You can also use rainbow colored roses in each glass bottle to bring color into the setting. Source
Serve seafood salads in style. Use transparent bottles to plate your seafood dish. Cut it horizontally and the airiness transparency of the glass bottle will do wonders. Source
Use a gradient effect on glass bottles with their top cut off to create inexpensive cloche bell-like votive candle pieces. The advantage here is that the flame gets oxygen from the new cut, allowing it to breathe; a cloche bell would not work for this craft. Source
Use a simple glass bottle with a special bottle cap to feed animals around your home. Invite lovely birds to sing at your window. Source
Pearedcreation.com realized a super cool Half Life inspired wall lighting fixture that uses glass bottles as filters for its light. It can be easily introduced into industrial design lines and adapted to gain a new shape if the scenario requires it.
Glass bottle crafts might not include glass in the end result from time to time. Above the structure of a bottle has been used to create a beautiful industrial sculpture realized from keys that no longer serve a purpose, sending a beautiful message of doors opened or closed by various bottles around the world. Source
Cameo Cottage Designs photographed by Deborah Willhoite presented elements of great design, wine bottle centerpieces with airy-beach design. String and sand is present along with jewels that add delicacy to the craft. Source
A simple slice in a wine bottle can earn you a self watering planter. A quite graphical one as transparency allows you to see the roots developing, reaching for water. Use chalkboard paint or chalkboard stickers to add that cool vintage vibe to the craft. Source
If you have a CNC router at you grasp grand designs can be realized. A wood-glass bottle balanced in the votive candle centerpiece above is able to emphasize a dinner setting or design line with ease.
Special bottle silhouettes can shelter candles differently. The cut above requires some experience but the end result certainly makes justice to the time spent to earn it.
Wine bottle suspended planter using a solid copper wire to sculpt space and emphasize its existence prior plant installment. The end result will be stunning and the craft is relatively easy to realize, the most difficult part being the part in which you twist the copper. Take note that in time, copper will earn that beautiful blue-green patina. Source
The beautiful chandelier above has been realized with multiple bottles sliced and a bicycle rim and it is a clear statement for great DIY projects around the world. It can reside in any bar or eclectic interior design with a decent height and it can cost you little to nothing to realize it. Spectacular showcase of creativity. Source
You can use massive amounts of heat to flatten wine bottles and transform them into serving plates. A kiln is used in the making so you might need to visit your local art studio. Simple and inexpensive way to obtain super cool serving plates. Source
You can transform all kinds of bottles into beautiful lighting fixtures. Use bold colors to complement transparency and use neutral lampshade with flat colors. Easy to realize and a super cool DIY gift for your friends and loved ones. Source
Bottles are being used as wind chimes too. You can find a tutorial on how to make a wind chime out of a glass bottle here. It`s a super easy and super rewardfull way to up-cycle a bottle.
Create new garden decorations. Use a glue gun to create various models on the bottle and spray paint them to complement or contrast your design. Source
The most common wine bottle centerpiece presents a green bottle sheltering a batter string light set, blinking from within, offering a great show. The reflection of various colors into the room makes this a to go craft for the winter season, really changing the ambiance a great deal, very merry, joyful glass bottle craft.
In your garden you can also go the extra mile and create a flower installation with glass bottles of various shapes and sizes wearing various colors. Sunlight will offer a great spectacle through out the day and the craft is reversible, you can store it away when needed or simple move it. Get someone to help you with the structure as welding is required. One could interpret the craft as a summer Christmas tree.
Simple wine bottles sliced to shelter an army of succulents might be a great image for your interior decor. The craft can be realized in a few minutes but the planter will last forever. Source
If you posses the patience and skill you can actually create sculptures in the bottle. Above resides probably the world`s first religious-themed sculpture in a glass bottle.
Use glitter spray paint to ornate your New Year champagne. Something unique for an unique moment. Source
Here string art has been inserted into the bottle but there are no colors and the bottle presents Halloween characters and a white general tone to create the spooky ambiance.
Wood and glass bottle chandelier ready to be installed above the dinner table and filter light. Source
Use glass bottles to add a new immersion to your garden bar. The light filtered offers depth without interfering with the scene.
Matte painted glass recipients transformed into beautiful vases. Install them on a rustic dinner table or use burlap to emphasize their simplicity. Source
Personalize two champagne bottles for the bride and groom for the really authentic, one of a kind DIY wedding gift. Source
A metal structure can support a wine bottle lounge chair. Source
A garden path that will last for hundreds of years realized with slices of glass bottles. Source
Super creative glass bottle all dressed up. Source Source
Get creative with painting and use string lights with batteries. Source
Create a wall divider with wine bottles, it can filter light and double as curtain.
Use grains and colorful candles in transparent wine bottles to obtain unique centerpieces.
Paint glass bottle from the interior to obtain a perfect, shinning look. Source
Decorate your bottles with matte pain on the exterior to create a flat design.
Suspend colored glass bottles in a tree for your next outdoor event. The flowers carries will look extraordinary and if needed, in bigger numbers this beautiful art installation can work as a space divider. Source
If you use multiple glitter hues in your craft a certain gradient can be obtained, stunning glamorous results. Source
Chalkboard painted wine bottles used beautifully as dramatic candle holders for Halloween. Great ambiance obtained with ease.
Source unknown
Use the bottom part of a glass bottle to start seedlings in the spring. Super inexpensive way to obtain a glass planter for each seedling batch. Source
Driftwood, metal, and glass are insanely beautiful materials that are slowly conquering the world through DIY projects. Above driftwood pieces summon the image of two turtles where glass bottles are used as protection for delicate small candles in what looks like old lanterns. Superb airy decor that breathes.
Dense and immense red bottle art installation doubled by lighting sets.
What do you think about these DIY Wine Bottles Crafts? Do you use wine bottles in your crafts at home? We would love to hear your take on the collection showcased above.
Ingenious and beautiful DIY Garden Paths have been unveiled in the gallery showcased below, all lesser things in huge beautiful ensembles, pieces that are beautified through vegetation and flowers. Mineral elements are slowly directed by green elements trough the garden being completely subdued to their magic. Cast a glance at the selection and notice how beautiful simple elements can give birth to drops of heaven.
Beautiful DIY Garden Path Ideas
#1 Mineral Elements Enhancing a Stone Path
#2 DIY Cement Cobblestone Pieces Combined With River Rocks
#3 DIY Mosaic Butterfly Stepping Stones and Flowers
#4 Geometric Concrete Trapeze Stepping Stone Sculpting Organic Path
#5 Super Greenery Invading Mineral Elements
#6 Old Tires Used to Nestle Grass in a Special Stepping Stone
#7 River Rocks and Yellow Stepping Stone Combined With Greenery Beautifully
#8 Garden Landscape Perfectly Organized With Brick Paths
#9 Mosaic River Rocks Stepping Stones Beautifully Organizing Sculpting a Garden Surface
What do you think? What mineral elements would you combine with the organic ones in your garden? Tailor your solutions around vegetation and do your best to leave things untouched, grow your plants as natural as possible and enjoy the wild view filled with freshness in all its splendor.
We at Homesthetics have fallen recently in love with paper arts and crafts due to their potential aesthetic value and easy to do process that do not require a significant investment and skill. The art of paper folding, cutting, gluing and matching colors and patterns is on that can easily be learned and applied by anyone anytime. However, it does involve some time investment and we do not recommend you to start a paper project if you are not in cheery relaxed mood with patience and calm. The items you obtain may not initially satisfy your taste and expectations so keep on trying and persevere until you reach your set goal. Paper crafts can very well substitute any store bought decorations that would cost tons of money and isn't actually all that easy to find in order for it to fit your decor. We have featured in the collection below crafts form paper wall art to DIY paper lamps, flower curtains, chandeliers, cool gift rapping ideas and even a DIY paper fruit basket that look simple and elegant in its simplicity. The selection was gathered in this form due to the aesthetic appeal of the ideas presented in each of them and the degree of handcrafting skills one should have in order to obtain such eye pleasing decors. The list can go on forever, which is why we invite you to send us your very own paper crafts and to share your own creativity with us. Thus we hope you will enjoy our small collection of 40 Ways to Decorate Your Home With Paper Crafts.
Moist air can create breeding grounds for mold and mildew in your homes. Plus, it can be very harmful to humans.
But with a dehumidifier in the house, you should not face any problems with moisture in the air. Most dehumidifiers will come with an air filter that can reduce the pollutants in the room. Also, they can target humidity and reduce it within hours.
Moving on, today, you will get different sizes of dehumidifiers, but you should purchase depending on the moisture of the area. To make the search easier for you, we have done in-depth research about the top choices on the market.
That is how we came upon the best dehumidifiers available. We have also mentioned the pros and cons, which will further help you in choosing one.
If you are looking for a dehumidifier with a large capacity, then the Kesnos 08A can be an incredible option. Gone are the days when you had to live in a space with high humidity. With this in the house, you will always have a comfortable experience.
High Efficiency Dehumidifier - This dehumidifier 52 pints of...
Energy-Efficient Dehumidifier for Maximum Savings - Compared...
Why Did We Like It?
To begin with, the humidity levels are adjustable, and you can shift from 30% to 85% easily. That makes the dehumidifier a perfect option for bathrooms, bedrooms, kitchens, along with laundry rooms, bedrooms, kitchens, along with bathrooms. It can also be used in cellars and crawlspaces to lower the humidity.
Next, the product comes with an automatic shutoff option, which will switch off the machine as soon as the bucket is filled. Once you clean the bucket and place it back, the machine will start working again.
Moreover, you will be getting 2 drainage options to choose between. Equipped with a drain hose, you can automatically drain constantly without using the bucket. Otherwise, you can manually drain once the bucket gets filled.
That is not all; the machine functions quietly and will not be of disturbance while you sleep. The fan speed is adjustable, making it a very convenient choice.
What Could've Been Better?
While the drain hose is functioning well, it is shorter in length. Hence, you will need to have an outlet very near to the dehumidifier. We would have preferred to get a slightly larger hose for a better experience. However, productivity is not affected, so we will not be holding it as a drawback.
Up next is an option that is fit for small spaces. The Whirlpool WHAD40PCW is equipped with a built-in pump and is perfect for bedrooms and basements. We were satisfied by its ability to eliminate moisture from the air. Read on to know more about its bells and whistles.
This product will go a long way in eliminating moisture as well as odor from the room. It will help protect the place from mold and mildew growth, making it perfect for kids’ bedrooms and nurseries. You can provide them with a safe atmosphere to breathe in.
Moreover, you will get a digital display along with proper control settings. This can help you control and keep the moisture level in check. It is accompanied by 3 fan speeds, which can be adjusted. Then you will get an auto-defrost option along with a bucket full alert warning. We did not have to keep a constant check on the bucket, thanks to this.
That is not all; you will also get an air filter that is easy to work with. It can be removed when cleaning, and we could do it in a very short time.
What Could've Been Better?
While the unit has been working very well, we realized that the machine makes a lot of noise. Hence, you might be slightly disturbed if you are trying to work. We will recommend keeping it on before sleeping and switching it off when you sleep.
One of our top recommendations is the HEVILLO PD08D, which is designed to keep modern homes in mind. It is a very convenient option to use around kids as it is equipped with a child safety lock. You can activate it when needed, and it will disable the buttons, ensuring your kid’s safety.
HEVILLO DEHUMIDIFIER FOR SPACES UP TO 3500 SQ FT - Our...
SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR MODERN HOMES - compared to the...
Why Did We Like It?
To begin with, you will be getting 2 draining options making it a very convenient choice. There is auto drainage, and you will get a 6.56 feet drainage hose for that.
This will provide you with continuous drainage without having to work with the water tank. Otherwise, you can use the manual mode, where you get a 0.66-gallon water tank. This comes with an indicator that will light up if the tank is full. The product will automatically shut down and will restart once the tank is empty.
Additionally, you can get a real-time humidity display that will show the current humidity in the room. This can be used to measure the humidity level ensuring that you prevent mold and mildew growth.
Next, the device comes with the ability to remove 40 pints of moisture from an area of 2000 square feet. You can adjust the humidity level from 30% to 85%, which will help you maintain a steady and healthy humidity range.
What Could've Been Better?
Although the dehumidifier did not give us any major problems, figuring out how to use it initially was slightly difficult. The Instruction manual that was provided with the pack was not very helpful, and we had to call up customer care for further help.
The TCL 40 Pint 40D91 is a smart dehumidifier that can be controlled by Alexa or Google Assistant. You can operate it from anywhere with just a few voice commands, making a very sought after choice. Plus, it comes with multiple modes, which are easy to operate.
REMOVE MOISTURE THROUGHOUT YOUR HOME: Choose the perfect...
APP & VOICE CONTROL: Remove humidity with simple voice...
Why Did We Like It?
First of all, we will tell you about how easy it was to install. Just remove the coverings before you take the device out. Then attach the wheels provided after which you can drag it to a power outlet. Simply plug the portable dehumidifier in and immediately start working.
Moving on, it comes with a built-in handle that is easy to use. It will help you remove moisture from areas measuring up to 3500 square feet. The device offers silent performance, and the collected moisture is disposed of in a bucket. Once the bucket is full, there is an indicator to warn you. You can empty it, and the dehumidifier will start working again.
Then you will find 2 fan speeds along with an adjustable humidity display. It can be used in places with low temperatures, and it will not freeze, thanks to the auto defrost and low-temperature operation function. You can operate it in temperatures as low as 41 degrees Fahrenheit.
What Could've Been Better?
Our major complaint is that there is only a single mode of drainage as no hose is provided with this dehumidifier. You cannot achieve constant drainage through a hose, which can cause some issues for those who live in very moist areas. They might have to clean the tank multiple times a day.
Pros
Auto defrost and low temperature operation
Easy to remove excess moisture
Filter can be taken out and cleaned
Can work in cold weather measuring 41 degrees Fahrenheit
The Emerson Quiet Kool EAD40SE1T is a brilliant choice if you are looking for a convenient and reliable machine. The dehumidifier removes moisture from the air efficiently, leaving you with a space free from allergens. We feel that this will be a great addition to modern smart homes.
Dehumidification: Removes up to 40 pints of moisture per day...
Smart Capabilities: This Wi-fi enabled dehumidifier with...
Why Did We Like It?
This product works to remove moisture from an area of 3500 square feet. You can allow it to absorb moisture, which will lead to improved air quality levels.
Moving on, it is a reliable and convenient device that comes with 3 different fan speeds. You will also get an automatic shut-off option when the tank fills up. The tank needs to be drained, after which the machine will start working again. You will be alerted if the filter needs to be cleaned.
Moreover, you can control the product with the help of Alexa and Google home. This makes it easier to work with from anywhere in the house.
That’s not all as you will get a 1-2-5 years warranty and we will now explain the number. Emerson will provide you with 1-year labor warranty, 2 years warranty on the parts, along with 5 years warranty on the compressor.
What Could've Been Better?
The product is slightly bulky making it take up some amount of space. Also, it works well for 3500 square feet, and you will not need it for small spaces. If you need to cover a small laundry room or cellar, opt for a smaller device that can do the job.
The Danby 40 Pint Dehumidifier is one of our final recommendations because it can remove a large amount of moisture in a short period of time. It is energy star certified, and you are going to love this energy-efficient machine. Read on to know more about it.
40 Pint (19 L) Dehumidifier: Controls humidity in spaces up...
Smart Dehumidify: Unit will automatically control room...
Why Did We Like It?
This product can easily cover 3000 square feet within a day. You will be surprised to know that it can remove 18.9 liters of humidity every day. Hence, it can be used for very humid areas.
Further, the item has an auto-start option where the machine will start off automatically once the power comes back. Many places have frequent power failures, but this option can be used in such areas.
Additionally, there are 4 wheels, which make movement very easy. You can take it from one room to another by just pushing it. Once you bring it inside a room, it will automatically take in the ambient temperature, and you can control the room’s humidity level.
Moving on, you will be getting easy to use electronic controls, air filters along with a LED display. The filter can be cleaned and reused, making sure you do not have to spend more money buying new ones.
What Could've Been Better?
While the product worked out well, the customer service was not impressive. We needed some help with the instructions, and we called them up. But the call was not answered both times. Hence, we had to take to Youtube for better understanding.
Pros
Will automatically control the humidity level
Reusable and washable filter
Auto de-icer to prevent frost from building up
Works with very humid environments
Cons
Inefficient customer service
40 Pint Dehumidifier Buying Guide
The best dehumidifier for you may not always be the most expensive or the most popular one. Moreover, you might have to choose among desiccant dehumidifiers, thermoelectric dehumidifiers and compressor dehumidifiers to name a few varieties.
The one you choose needs to meet your purpose, which is the most important clause. We will talk about a few determining factors here, which can help in making a choice.
Capacity Of The Tank
What is the capacity of the tank that is attached to the dehumidifier? Please remember to check this before purchasing. Now some products will have a hose that can be connected to a floor drain. That would mean water will continuously be discharged through the floor drain.
However, there are tanks that can be used if there is no floor drain nearby. Some dehumidifiers do not have a hose or a built-in pump. They will have a water tank that gets filled with water as the humidity levels of the rooms go down.
Once you get dry and cool air, you can switch off the machine. Then empty the tank attached before you switch the device on. Some devices will tell you with the help of an indicator light on the digital display when the machine tank is full.
Area That Needs To Be Covered
The area that needs to be covered by the dehumidifier needs to be measured in the beginning. Then check which product works for that area. If you have a smaller space that needs to be covered, then small dehumidifiers will work well. They can be used to make a damp space dry.
On the other hand, if you have a large space, then a big size dehumidifier is needed. This is essential to understand as; otherwise, the machine might have to work overtime, and you may need to keep emptying the tank. There are specific options for dehumidifiers for basements too.
It can also affect the longevity of the device, and that is not wanted at all. Hence, please measure before purchasing.
Control Panel
Some products come with a large control panel with all the buttons on it. Check if the device comes with a manual. The manual should help you in working with the controls better.
Compressor Noise
Would you please check how much sound the compressor makes before you start using the product? If it is too loud, then that might be disturbing if you are going to keep it in the bedroom. But it might not be a problem if it is for the laundry room.
Energy Star Certification
If a gadget has energy star certification, then you will know that you can save a lot of energy while working with the product. Once an item is energy star certified, the price might increase somewhat, but you might be able to save a lot on the electricity bills. Energy efficiency is essential for products that are going to be used for a long time.
Cost Of Parts
If you plan to use 40 pint dehumidifiers a lot, then you need to check with the dehumidifier manufacturers if they offer a replacement unit. You might need to change certain parts over the year, and it is best if the brand itself offers replacements.
Verdict
The best dehumidifiers will always ensure that you can get rid of moisture sufficiently and there is dry air in the room. Now there are 50 pint dehumidifier options on the market, too, if you need them. But a 40-pint model should suffice for most rooms.
Before we wrap up this guide, let us take you through some of our favorite options. The Kesnos is a great option for people who have medium to large rooms. However, if you want a model for smaller rooms, then the Whirlpool will be a brilliant choice.
On the other hand, the HEVILLO will be a great fit for modern homes because of its sleek design. If you are wondering about what size dehumidifier to buy, then you can measure the room first before beginning the search. Let us know about your favorite in the comment section below.
Bathroom interior design is often overlooked in the home decor planning stages, often being materialized in dull monotone designs, the attention of the homeowner being focused more on the entertainment and living areas. The bathroom is a sanctuary, it can become an extraordinary space in which we retreat from our offices into supreme relaxation, serendipity and tranquility. Showcased bellow 40 exceptional rustic bathroom designs filled with coziness and warmth are enhancing the traditional bathroom design further on. Warmth and coziness is being inserted through a variety of wood textures and colors exuding calm, relaxation and a feel of appurtenance in the world, a feel or proximity in the real world, in the nature.
Do Not Overlook Your Bathroom!
Many are not realizing that in the bathroom you are spending a whole lot of time. The bathroom is for most of us the first room in which we enter after waking up, it`s also the one that we visit every time we wash our hands or take a relaxing long bath immersed in scents of perfume, water and warmth. This is the room in which we take care of ourselves more than anywhere, here we take care of a wound, here most of us are keeping meds. Here calm and relaxation can be found at its best, you have to take part in the design of your own personal bathroom, you have to set the tone, calibrate the atmosphere and use it as much as possible to enhance your living quality.
Why a Rustic Design?
There is no doubt : modern bathrooms are very appealing and therefore widely spread. The atmosphere that they wear and the vibe that they exude is sadly a little cold and sterile, it enters the realm of commercial beyond recognition at a certain point. The rustic design though is far more special, this look is definitely not everyone`s cup of tea. A rustic bathroom design exudes charm, warmth, coziness and even a high end feel of superiority and nobility if applied and used correctly. The rustic bathroom décor is cozy, comfortable and most importantly highly customizable.
Natural Materials Will Dominate Your Rustic Bathroom
Rustic designs means natural materials. Period. Start imagining your interior design, piece by piece, all the walls, the ceilling and floor. Add materials and consider leaving them unpolished, consider rough-cut stone, exposed brick or some distressed wood. By bringing the nature indoors you generate that feel of appurtenance and that calm, relaxing atmosphere.
Consider Using a Paint Treatment
Color and texture can be added by using certain paint techniques such as rag rolling, sponging or crackle painting to create a weathered, though, organic look. Clean perfect walls are usually avoided in rustic interior design, the imperfections are adding interest and coziness in the room. Minimalist design can receive and be enhanced by a rustic design as well. A impeccable white wood in which the wooden texture is used as an accent color and texture would look astonishing.
Flood the Interior In Light
In a natural decor the natural light must animate the scenario. A low light scenographic decor exist of course but the more light you bring in the better, you should be able to control the privacy line and the amount of natural light that enters though, if you want more privacy and stars in the ensemble consider using a skylight above the bath tub.
Enlarge your Space with Large Mirrors
Remember to use mirrors. A mirror positioned in the right place can double the size of a room and creates a fresher, more open atmosphere, removing the cluttered effect.
Lighting Fixtures are of the Most Importance
The light plays an essential role in every room of a home and in the bathroom especially. It can create the right romantic atmosphere when needed and it should proper illuminate the vanity destined to grooming. A plus can be considered the addition of a light dimmer. Thus you could generate several lighting intensities depending on your mood and desired ambiance. And because we are talking about rustic bathrooms, try to be traditional all the way and ind those right lighting fixtures that will fit your rustic decor.
Go Creative on the Vanity
Don't stop at the first vanity you find in a store. Be more creative and re-purpose some old piece of wood to place the vanity on or incorporate it into an antique dresser. the effect will be a more appealing one, in theme with the hole ensemble.
Use Open Cabinetry
Try not to overdue with the cabinetry. Use open ones in which you can store baskets or other small beautiful boxes to lighten the mood and not overcrowd it.
Frame the Mirror
The mirror frame is as important as the mirror so choose rope, natural wood or old pipes to recreate that vintage, retro, rustic look you are searching for.
Think Big
When you think of sink the phrase the bigger the better is true. Choose a properly large sink that can fulfill your needs without having to clean water from the floor all the time.
Creative Sink Ideas
Converting an old metal washtub into a sink can be a great idea for your rustic bathroom. Just be careful to proper disinfect it first.
Use a Claw Foot Tub
Browse through antique stores or junk yards in search of a claw-foot tub. It was very popular on days' past and would look great in an elegant rustic decor.
Modern can be Rustic too
Who said rustic equals old? Modern wood tubs or sinks can also be beautiful and would look terrific in rustic bathroom decor.
Find interesting Fixtures
As we have stated earlier, be careful what type of fixtures you choose. An aluminum shiny one would not fit at all in your design scheme so go for black iron or wooden fixtures instead.
Finishing Touches
Take your time when designing your home. Details can and will make a big difference, trust us.
Some Furniture can Add Variety to Your Design
A big bathroom should not remain empty so try adding up some furniture like an old apothecary table or a nice vintage wooden chair where you can relax and do your nails.
Always Re-purpose
Re-purpose with every chance you have. It is a pity to throw away old furniture when you can reuse it in a rustic design. Every single home item can be re-purposed and given a new fresh look and life. Just be more creative and recycle more!
Be a Detail Freak
Decorative small objects can really add texture and richness to your design scheme so search for old crystal vases and antique decorations to add to your rustic bathroom. You will want everything to be perfect. In the end, the most important advice is to have fun with it and relax in your beautiful rustic bathroom.
As you have already heard from the news and most likely from a trending TV Show as well, " Winter is coming!". We welcome winter with enthusiasm, happiness and joy in our hearts without being irresponsible while still taking safety measures for the upcoming season and making the last ready checks in our shelter. This last call should push into finalizing postponed DIY projects that might be affected by a harsh winter. Many of us have gathered a decent collection of branches and crafts for those extraordinary sculptural chandeliers or votive candles that we have seen all over the Pinterest. Today`s article will showcase ideas and seeds for your imagination containing DIY Branches and DIY Log Crafts.
Whether you will use the collected materials to materialize some breathtaking Christmas decor, create a simple sculptural coat hanger, a shelve or superb rocking chair made out of twigs, here is the place to be. All the ideas showcased below can be realized at home with low or nonexistent costs. Invest some time into your DIY project and prevent the loss of a sculptural resource under the snow.
c
Extraordinary graphic, sculptural, and mind-shattering beautiful DIY projects have been showcased. We would love to hear your opinion on these and we would love to hear from you if you`re going to meaterialize any.
Time spent outdoors is time spent well and with summer just around the corner we`re all getting ready to enjoy the outdoors to the fullest. Options are limitless when it comes to outdoors activities in general but when it comes down to your petite portion of land there are a handful of things that one could do to emphasize its summer late nights spent with family friends; one of the most important features a yard could have is a fire pit adorn by a sitting area, these two can be realized with ease as the list of tutorials below will swiftly portray through numerous diy fire pit projects.
Fire pits are simple crafts that you can realize at home with ease. It is recommended to share the craft with a friend and not rush the process.
2. washing machines diy fire pits could be extraordinary
Some power tool experience is required in the making but the craft is simply stunning. Make sure that you take all precautions when you wield power tools.
Greenery around the fire pit is justified when the feature is not often used or the owner simply loves to walk bare foot in the grass; a remarkable feeling, very much appreciated by many.
22. flower-pot shaped concrete and river rocks fire pit
One can shape the fire pit as a flower pot, as a bowl or an old bath-tub. The search for the perfect falsework can be as incredible as the results. Repurpose and up-cycle to obtain items with memory.
23. concrete wrapped in rock fire pit
Concrete shapes can be finished through multiple means with low costs.
27. DISCRETE low fire pit SHAPING an outdoor ENTERTAINING area
The less intrusive the fire-pit and sitting area, the more natural the experience. The domesticated, well controlled environments do provide comfort but they also take a small portion of the magic away.
Corners of the property can be put to good use with L shaped sitting areas and fireplaces. Make sure every individual in the party enjoys the warmth and coziness provided by the fire-pit.
DIY Fire pits are an excellent addition to your backyard and they`ll surely improve your outdoor experience a great deal. How do you enjoy your garden? Would love to hear your opinion on the subject in the comment section below.
The winter holidays always come with a bundle of warm emotions and a strong sense of nostalgia. For some, it's the longing to be with the one they love, away from the hustle and bustle of holiday duties. An undisturbed country cabin is an ideal place for a romantic getaway with that special someone. However, there are many styles of cabins to choose from. A modern-styled log cabin may be more suited for someone who prefers a contemporary interior rather than the rustic charm of a traditional country log cabin. This option allows one to escape from civilization while still enjoying the comforts of the modern world.
On the other hand, if you are someone who is tired of being bombarded by the technological era we live in, then you will surely appreciate the more rustic, primitive, and humble setting of a country-styled log cabin. It can still be romantic with a roaring fireplace in the bedroom. Here are 38 log cabins that showcase our take on it, all rustic – some more than others – with a stone fireplace perfect for a romantic getaway.
Rustic Country Cabins
Types of Rustic Country Cabins
Log Cabin
Traditional log cabins have a long history, dating back thousands of years. They are typically made of logs stacked horizontally, with notches or interlocking corners to hold them together. This construction method provides excellent insulation, as the logs help to retain heat in the winter and keep the cabin cool in the summer.
Log cabins often feature a simple, one-room layout with a loft for sleeping and a central fireplace or wood stove for heating and cooking. The interior of a log cabin may include exposed logs, rustic furnishings, and handmade textiles, creating a warm and inviting atmosphere. These cabins can be found in various settings, from remote wilderness locations to more populated areas, and are often associated with a return to a simpler, more self-sufficient way of living.
A-Frame Cabin
The A-frame cabin is characterized by its steeply pitched roof, which forms the shape of an "A." This distinctive roof design allows for easy snow and rain runoff, making it an excellent choice for cabins in areas with heavy snowfall or precipitation. The interior of an A-frame cabin typically features an open floor plan with high ceilings and large windows, providing plenty of natural light and a connection to the outdoors.
The cozy, intimate space inside an A-frame cabin makes it a popular choice for vacation homes and weekend retreats. A-frame cabins can be constructed using various materials, including wood, metal, or even glass, and can be customized to include modern amenities or maintain a more rustic charm.
Timber Frame Cabin
Timber frame cabins utilize a post-and-beam construction method, which involves using large wooden beams and intricate joinery to create a stable, robust structure. The exposed beams create a warm, rustic ambiance, and the open floor plan allows for a spacious, airy feel.
Timber frame cabins often feature high ceilings, large windows, and natural materials, such as stone and wood, that complement the surrounding landscape. This type of cabin can be designed in various sizes and layouts, from small, cozy retreats to larger family homes. Timber frame construction is also known for its durability and energy efficiency, making it an environmentally friendly choice for a rustic cabin.
Stone Cabin
Stone cabins offer a unique, timeless aesthetic, with their construction using natural stones or rocks sourced from the surrounding area. These cabins typically have thick walls, providing excellent insulation and a solid, sturdy appearance that blends seamlessly with the natural landscape.
Stone cabins can range from small, one-room structures to more extensive, multi-room dwellings. The interior of a stone cabin often features exposed stone walls, wooden beams, and rustic furnishings, creating a warm and inviting atmosphere. Due to the labor-intensive nature of building with stone, these cabins can be more expensive to construct but offer a long-lasting, low-maintenance option for those seeking a rustic retreat.
Earth Sheltered Cabin
Earth-sheltered cabins are partially or completely built into the ground, using the earth as insulation and protection from the elements. This unique, eco-friendly construction method helps to maintain a consistent temperature inside the cabin, reducing energy consumption and providing a comfortable living environment.
Earth-sheltered cabins can be built using various techniques, such as berming, in which the cabin is built into a hillside, or using a fully underground design. The exterior of these cabins often features natural materials, such as stone or wood, to blend with the environment. The interior may include large windows or skylights to provide natural light and a connection to the outdoors, as well as rustic finishes and furnishings that emphasize the cabin's connection to nature.
Yurt
A yurt is a portable, round tent-like structure with a wooden frame and a durable fabric covering. Yurts have a rich history, originating from Central Asian nomadic cultures, particularly the Mongols, over a thousand years ago. They were designed to be easily disassembled, transported, and reassembled in new locations, making them an ideal shelter for nomadic lifestyles.
Modern yurts have evolved from their traditional counterparts but still, maintain their unique charm and adaptability. They are becoming increasingly popular as rustic cabins and eco-friendly living spaces. The primary structure of a yurt consists of a circular lattice wall, radial roof rafters that connect to a central compression ring, and a weather-resistant fabric cover. The floor plan is usually open, with the option to add partitions for separate living areas. Yurts often feature a central skylight, called a crown or tono, which provides natural light and ventilation.
Yurts are highly customizable and can be adapted to various climates and terrains. They can be insulated for colder temperatures or outfitted with windows and vents for warmer environments. The interiors can be furnished to provide comfortable living spaces that include kitchens, bathrooms, and bedrooms. Yurts are an excellent option for those seeking a unique, eco-friendly, and versatile rustic cabin that embraces the spirit of nomadic living.
Treehouse Cabin
Treehouse cabins provide a whimsical and enchanting escape from everyday life by elevating living spaces among the trees. These structures are built with the primary support coming from one or more trees, or they can be constructed on stilts and connected to trees using cables or bridges. Treehouse cabins offer a unique way to experience nature up close while minimizing the impact on the environment.
Designing and constructing a treehouse cabin requires careful planning and engineering to ensure the safety and longevity of the structure while protecting the health of the trees. Treehouses can range from simple platforms with a tent or basic shelter to elaborate multi-story cabins with all the modern amenities. Sustainable materials like reclaimed wood, bamboo, and recycled metals are often used to blend the structure harmoniously with the natural surroundings.
The interiors of treehouse cabins can be tailored to various degrees of rustic charm, from minimalist spaces with basic furnishings to luxurious accommodations with modern appliances, plumbing, and electricity. Large windows, skylights, and balconies can be incorporated to maximize natural light and provide panoramic views of the surrounding landscape. Treehouse cabins are an ideal choice for those seeking an immersive and eco-conscious rustic retreat that fosters a deep connection with nature.
Quonset Hut Cabin
Quonset huts are prefabricated, arched steel structures originally developed during World War II as versatile and easy-to-assemble military buildings. The distinctive curved shape and corrugated metal exterior of Quonset huts lend themselves to a unique, industrial-rustic aesthetic. These structures are gaining popularity as unconventional rustic cabins that combine durability, affordability, and adaptability.
Quonset hut cabins can be purchased as kits, which include arched steel panels, fasteners, and end walls. They can be assembled on various types of foundations, including concrete slabs, piers, or wooden platforms. The arched design of the Quonset hut provides a spacious, open interior with ample headroom, allowing for creative floor plan layouts and a variety of uses, such as studios, workshops, or living spaces.
The interiors of Quonset hut cabins can be customized to suit individual preferences, ranging from bare-bones industrial to comfortable and cozy. Insulation, interior walls, and flooring can be added to improve thermal performance and create separate living areas. Windows, skylights, and doors can be installed to provide natural light and ventilation, while modern amenities
Rustic Country Cabins Interiors With A Stone Fireplace
#1 simple log cabin with a beautiful stone wall fireplace all the way to the wooden vaulted ceiling
Well, there you have it! A few modernized, some more furnished than others, yet all saying the same thing. Great rustic country cabins for a sweet romantic getaway this holiday. Leave your valuable feedback in the comment section below.
There is nothing more fun for kids than having a sleepover with their friends. However, sometimes finding space to accommodate everyone can be a problem. Well, here are 38 reasons to still go ahead and get your kids that Double Decker Bed. It could cost you little to nothing and create from the entire process of building your own Double Decker Beds for the little ones a family event everyone will enjoy and remember fondly.
Great Double Decker Bed Ideas
#1 short double-Decker bed idea for your kids' sleepover
The bedroom is without a doubt one of the most important places in the home and as you all know we spend one-third of our lives in this room. This room impacts the way we sleep and as a result, it impacts the quality of life and the positive attitude with which we wake up in the morning or not. It is highly recommended to spend a good amount of time when we envision the bedroom, decorating for ourselves and making little or no compromise on comfort. When it comes to design there is a small selection of individuals who hate mass-produced items and are always looking for something meaningful and personal and with this article on awesome headboard ideas, we are going to feed the imagination of many and colorize their creative minds for a moment.
The bed of your dream should be exactly as you imagine it and today you can obtain absolutely anything. We have showcased below surprisingly different headboards and we invite you to cast a glance at each and every one of them.
Awesome Headboard Ideas
#1 Fairy Tale Like Tent
#2 Recycled Vintage Message Inspiring Happiness Love and Freedom
#3 Elegant Tall Purple Headboard Design
#4 Small Rectangles in Beautiful Composition
#5 Positive Colored String Animating a Black Wall
#6 Recycled Window Shutters Carrying Love
#7 Small Bed Children Refugee
#8 Twigs Headboard Adding Coziness and Warmth
#9 Heart Filled With Memories
#10 Colorful Wall Art Pieces Doubling as Headboards
#11 Book Composition Ensemble Headboard
#12 Illuminated Fish tank Headboard
#13 Extravagant Print on Glamorous Design
#14 Nautical Themed Headboard Design
#15 Coziness and Warmth in Framed Headboard
#16 Old Recycled Cloak Headboard
#17 DIY Storage Ensemble Doubling as Headboard
#18 Boem Book Headboard Design
#19 Old Vintage Frames as Headboards in Scandinavian Decor
#20 Tall Texture Composition
#21 Vintage Headboard Up-cycled
#22 Illuminated Headboard
#23 Hokey Inspired Headboard Embedded in Hockey Themed Bedroom
#24 Headboard Doubled by Storage
#25 Chalkboard Wall with Golden Vintage Frame
#26 Headboard Realized From Up-cycled Compartment Pieces
#27 Peaceful Stone Wall Art Headboard
#28 Frame Shelf Sustaining The Perfect Fluffy Headboard
#29 Aviation Inspired Wall Headboard
#30 Wooden Twigs and Branches in Warm Rustic Composition
#31 Easy to Change Vintage Graphic Message
#32 Recycled Latter Sheltering Art and Memories
#33 Insanely Creative Salvaged Headboard Design
#34 Royal Framed Mirror Headboard Design in Boem Interior
#35 Doors Recycled Into an Unique Headboard Design
#36 British Flag Headboard Design
Whether you are going for a different color, a different texture or an entirely different sculpture we highly encourage you to pursue the design of your dreams. Through these headboard ideas, you can set the focal point in your room as a starting point in the step-by-step change to a dream-like bedroom. Never constrain your creativity, never constrain your personality. Craft away!
Sewing is an art with a long complex history but its beauty and simplicity have been forgotten and its place has been taken over by mass-produced items. Nonetheless, there is something pure and wonderful in taking pieces of fabric, a needle, and thread and creating almost anything your imagination and dexterity allow you to. The actual process is one to be encouraged and the items resulting are all defined by uniqueness and a certain bond formed between the piece and its maker, an attachment and a significance sunk into the actual fabric. We have searched for easy sewing projects people still find adorable and useful and gathered them up in a list from which we hope you DIY enthusiasts will surge inspiration. Enjoy our selection!
1. sew simple fabric heart coasters for the kitchen
What do you think about the above-presented easy sewing projects? Is sewing something you would consider taking on? We would love to have your feedback on the matter so don't hesitate to express your thoughts and ideas in the comment section below.
Picking up a gift is no easy task. We all know it. Whether it`s for a close friend or your grandparents the gift should be thoughtful, filled with substance and possibly memory. It is only natural to invest our time in these rare moments that can bring smiles and happiness into the lives of our loved ones. We invite you to browse through the DIY gift ideas showcased below and feed your imagination with a few gift crafts that we have found interesting.
#1. Personalize Monogrammed Sharpie Mug
A simple and personal item that can be realized for less than a dollar if you have oil based sharpies in your crafting arsenal. The method is bent by creativity into a beautiful manner and the idea of someone holding your small piece of art daily is quite rewardful. This can become the daily cup of coffee of the individual.
This kind of gifts are ideal for parents or grandparents. Family in general actually. Find a really great pose and shape it into an extraordinary gift.
One initial and some pieces of immortalized memories. Perfect recipe for a really thoughtful gift. You can buy the wooden letters from any craft store or you can make them yourself. Get creative and surprise your loved ones.
#5. Sweet Candy Bouquet
With a bouquet of candy you can never go wrong. Pick different bars and arrange them beautifully and you are good to go.
Probably the best gift to hold when entering a mancave . Know your audience thought, the ultimate man gift can become inappropriate in many scenarios.
Unknown
#7. Custom Stepping Stone
Probably irrelevant for many individuals yet highly personal for others. You can make this as a house warming gift, it will become an item with memory and substance with ease.
Suitable for most occasions the gift in mason jars can include almost anything from spa products to edible contents. You can also find free printables for the mason jar.
Go get the instructions & free printable label: Classy Clutter
#9. Gift In A Cup
Less personal but more pragmatic. You can fill up a on-the-go insulated cup that we all need with favorite goodies like gift cards, lip gloss, nail polish, candy, or anything else that fits the recipient.
You can purchase wooden boxes online or at the craft stores for insanely small amounts. In these you can nestle with card stock and photos a small ensemble that can shelter memories beautifully. Consider it for Anniversary or Valentine`s Day.
With a glitter double walled cup you can shine and smile all day. You can find these at Starbucks and in most home stores. You can personalize these cups with all kinds of treatments or you can simply insert photos in there. Keep in mind that the photo can be changed as often as required.
A computer and printer is all you need to start customizing different recipients for your foodie friends or cook. It is simple and personal. You can try a wine glass or a simple casserole dish set. Print out the model that you are going to use for the stencil and you are good to go.
#14. Homemade Body Butter
Homemade items are without a doubt extremely superior to mass consumer products. With only three ingredients you can make homemade butty butter that will double as both lip balm and body butter. All natural, all extraordinary. The fresh scent will encourage to gift this more often.
It might sound complicated for most but is insanely easy. You can actually purchase Pour Soap Base that melts in the microwave, add the ingredients that you like: coffee beans, plants or flagrance oil and then pour the melted mixture into soap models bought or made by you.
The monogram will be materialized on a transparent overhead paper and slowly inserted into the bottle. The idea Room has free printable for this small craft, take a look.
Extraordinary fine item to gift and realize alike. Moreover, everything that goes into a mason jar is extraordinary. Big candles in mason jars are extraordinary items that will exude warmth and coziness and along with a burlap top and a cute gift tag the recipe is perfect.
This particular idea takes some planning ahead as it needs between two and four weeks to prepare the mixture, most of the time being of course a waiting time. These can be used to enhanced baked good with flavors, massage oils or simply as sculptural pieces on the kitchen counter.
#19. Custom Made Scrabble Coasters
Before you completely reject the idea you should know that you do not need to purchase multiple Scrabble games for this project. A Scrabble Tiles - 100 Letter Tiles can be found for less than ten dollars on Amazon. This opens up multiple possibilities as they`re quite graphic by default. You can plant them on cork and create some simple coasters with different words.
#20. Bath Items Presented Beautifully
It simply works. Different bath products wrapped up creatively are a very common highly appreciate gift. You can use baskets or small cute animal representations
Very creative and useful in the kitchen. You can search rare and interesting recipes, laminate them and stick them to a handy ring. The lamination will ensure their durability and you can easily scroll through them when you need to, everything can be at their grasp. Use multiple fresh, vibrant colors!
Go get the instructions: Lil’ Luna
#22. Secret Stash Book
It's a great way to surprise someone close to you. Whether the recipient will actually hold valuable items or candy only it makes no difference, the item can easily become practical.
#23. Homemade Sugar Scrub
The scent in the making is simple stunning. Coconut makes everything better .
Go get the instructions & free labels: The idea Room
#24. Send A Thoughtful Hug
You have friends or grandparents far away too probably. With a simple and inexpensive day you can make their day . Full of substance and sentimental the gift below is. Consider it.
Packaging can change everything and for someone hard to read you can go with money and candy beautifully wrapped. It is easy indeed but a little impersonal and cold.
A very simple super easy last minute gift that you can use in most scenarios. You can use a custom gift tag to personalize it creatively :“Happy Birthday and many s’more!” can work nicely.
Easy to fascinate an individual with glitter, sequins, plastic confetti, and many other sparkling items. You can shake them and immerse yourself into a newly created universe.
#32. Succulents In A Tea Cup
Succulents are world wines renowned for their superb aesthetic values. Place a small one in a cup and personalize the cup with a Sharpie for a great gift.
#33. Framed Scrabble Tiles Sending a Message
Simple plain scrabble pieces can work like a charm with ease. Make sure that the ensemble wears a powerful message and that the composition can be easily introduced in multiple decors.
An item that`s useful for all ages but for different reasons. Get creative and use neat colors!
#35. Monogrammed Journal
Customize a journal or a book with some stamps. Simple mass-produced items can become unique and highly personal in a second. You can use clamps or binder clips to keep the item closed when you stamp the page ends for example.
What do you think about the ideas curated in this DIY Gift Ideas article? We would love to hear your opinion in the comment section below.
It is time to get prepared for our DIY Christmas crafts, we can start stacking up resources and get ready for memorable moments of crafting with family and friends in the front of the chimney with a cup of hot chocolate. A selection of magical neat DIY Christmas postcard ideas for a joyful season have been selected for these memorable moments. If you have a few moments to materialize your own Christmas postcard ideas the results will be rewardful, you get to infuse your own personality into a unique joyful postcard piece defined by authenticity and sensibility.
Needless to say that message sent to your loved ones when you craft the postcard yourself cannot be compared with one purchased from the store. The environmental significance is also worth considering, we can recycle tons of paper into these crafts, saving energy and money at the same time. It can also become a very educative moment to have with your children, the idea that they can realize items, finalize crafts and be a part of something useful, that spreads joy and happiness is definitely a memory that they will never forget.
Cast a glance below.
Feed your imagination.
Get crafting.
DIY Christmas Postcard Ideas
#1 use buttons and scrabble tiles in a creative 3d christmas postcard
Ever had a blank wall in your home and just did not know how to decorate it or simply what to do with it? Well here are 34 do it yourself ideas on how you can dress, decorate or paint a blank wall in any room of your home or office.
#1 leaf shaped floral wreath diy idea great for a bridal party - with everyone's name on a leaf
A special season begins. A moment of extraordinary joy and happiness.
A time of warmth and coziness with our family and friends.
It is time to craft.
Christmas is a very special holiday, truly unique for each individual celebrating it. Christmas crafts carry an immense magical feeling as well, unique, one of a kind pieces able to change your holiday. Unlike other crafts out there these have a really special setting in which they end up, a moment of celebration filled with joy and happiness.A selection of 33 Super Smart and Inexpensive Affordable DIY Christmas Decorations has been handpicked for you, cast a glance at the galler below and pick your favorite crafts
Affordable DIY Christmas Decorations
#1 Use string art to materialize disguise holiday lights
A part often overlooked in your bedroom carries a huge role : the foot of the bed. Despite being the component of your bed that welcomes visually the inhabitants into the room, the foot of the bed is often not decorated nor it is used for practical manners despite its extraordinary position in the room. We have curated a list of 32 super cool bedroom décor ideas that address this issue, showcasing how the strategic position can be used for both functional and aesthetic purposes with ease.
Cast a glance and surge inspiration, we would love to hear your opinion on the subject in the comment section below.
Cool Bedroom Décor Ideas
#1 place a small vintage bench and improve you décor in seconds
A simple decor summons simple, pure elements of great design. It requires attention to details and good taste.
#32 beautiful wooden chest emphasizing aesthetic values and storage
Source Unknown
Simple and beautiful solutions in multiple design lines have been showcased above. Your scenario is certainly different but hopefully, these will serve as a starting point in your interior décor endeavors, inspiring you to create something beautiful, and tailored to your needs.
We would love to hear your opinion on the subject in the comment section below.
Weekend projects are the most fun. Starting a DIY Home project that is supposed to take you just one weekend to finish can definitely encourage you to start it rather soon. And seeing the end result in a matter of hours is the right start for a DIY beginner, boosting confidence in your crafting skills and inspiration. We have chosen a range of rather simple clever ideas and project we thought you could try as a beginner and can help you empower your creativity while being easy and fast to make. Browse through the gallery to learn how to make that cleaning slime everyone seems to love, revamp on old lamp or dusty looking kitchen utensils or simply create a beautiful minimal wooden bench perfect for your porch with special designed room for plants. Let your creativity and inspiration take control and guide through your weekend DIY home projects. Enjoy!
Do you consider these projects easy enough to be done on a weekend? Which one would you choose? We would love to hear your opinion in the comment section below.
A child's bedroom is supposed to be a perfect dreamland sprinkled with fairy dust and hopes and dreams. As a parent our job is to keep our little ones happy and healthy and allow them to dream big and explore their creativity and imagination. As a little kid everyone of us dreamed of castles, princesses, Superman and other heroes. If in the past owning a pink bedroom for a girl was very much a dream, the last few decades has brought on the market tons of products and product designs that explore that fairy-tale dream niche and offer you, the parents, lots of choices in matters of bedroom design. From little tents for your little princess's bedroom to a tree bed or tree wallpapers, the selection is wide and colorful. And if we talk about girl's bedroom, we talk about pink and more pink, white lace, ivory satin, flowers, castles, furry pillows and turquoise accents here and there. Every detail counts and completes the design scheme but keep in mind that the groundwork should be able to resist more than the first 2-3 years of your kid's life. Try and buy a bed big enough or a bigger closet, add a desk for future homework and shelves for books. you will be very satisfied later that you took all these things in consideration now. Further on we invite you to explore our 32 Dreamy Bedroom Designs For Your Little Princess Collection.
Dreamy Princess Bedroom Designs
1. Tents are always a good idea
2. A canopy bed fits perfectly in a girl's room
3. Use flowery fresh wallpapers
4. Small beds are always cute
5. Twin matching beds
6. Turn the bedroom into a castle
7. Or use a castle wallpaper
8. White canopy beds light up the room
9. A baroque bedroom is suitable for a princess
10. Wings can truly make you fly
11. Pink and white stripped wallpaper
12. Heart-shaped bedroom furniture
13. Fruity bed covers
14. Hang shimmering lights for a dreamy atmosphere
15. Add a desk for study
16. Turquoise is a fun accent
17. Create an upper level as a playground
18. White is also perfect for a princess bedroom
19. Make sure there is enough light in the bedroom
20. Bold accents and fluffy things are a big plus
21. But you can also be more reserved and elegant
22. Match the furniture in the room
23. Beautiful twin cradles
24. A textured wall adds more drama to the room
25. Too much strong colors will agitate your kid
26. So limit yourself to certain strong colorful items
27. Pink and turquoise merge perfectly
28. Animal wallpapers are very cute for the little ones
29. Transform the bedroom into a forest with this sculptural bed
30. A cradle that can transform into a small couch is perfect
31. Chandeliers are suitable for a princess bedroom
32. A carriage is the ultimate level of sophistication for your girl's bedroom
The beautiful mixture between old and and new, rustic and modern, minimalist and intricate has always been sought in the design world. In home decor exposed wooden beams are a highly appreciated element known to add a new, warm and vibrant dimension.
Decorating wood is a top choice adopted all around the world and where wooden beams already thrive in the interior decor we highly encourage you take safety measures against fire but keep the wooden beams exposed, beautiful, natural, real. To observe the structure, to see the beautiful honesty of the home is something we fail to do today in contemporary solutions, protect it.
Sensible kitchen decor emphasized by exposed wooden beams
What do you think about this beautiful interiors featuring Exposed Wooden Beams? We would love to hear your valuable feedback in the comment section below.
Mason jars are an incredible resource of glass that can be put to good use both functionally and graphically and in the following article we will go through extraordinary adorable diy mason jar crafts that ought to inspire the DIY enthusiasts in the pursuit of the remarkable, the pursuit of reusing and up-cycling.
Cast a glance and surge inspiration; information and gallery after the break.
The yellow light truly emphasizes the wooden texture and floral display, use battery-powered string lights and enjoy a simply spectacular look for weeks.
A wooden box centerpiece would do fall a great justice, inviting it to proudly display its harvest in miniature collections on the dinner table. Invite candles, mason jars and leaves into your decor, it will look remarkable.
A wooden pallet can offer you all the wood needed, pick a lovely message and install the new flower display and win the day.
via etsy.com
11. Use musical sheets to form splendid votive candles
The little craft takes no more than three minutes to realize yet the result is simply spectacular, it will create that warm ambiance that soothes the nerves in an instant.
Having an infinite resource at your grasp can come in handy and using mason jars as desk organizers is surely an efficient way to put your glass to good use. You`ll have everything at hand and transparency greatly enhances both functionality and aesthetic values.
15. Pin your lids onto furniture and create suspended storage
Image via putitinajar.com
16. create a tiny terrarium for your desk
Petite succulents, sand and just a bit of earth can create you a splendid terrarium to work by. Make your work atmosphere greener in a matter of minutes.
Image via blog.alwaysmeclothing.com
17. organize kitchen utensils
One label on a mason jar can give it extraordinary organizational features and with great power come great responsibility. Use them to organize your kitchen utensils inexpensively at home.
Image via theperfectdiy.com
18. Double a vase with lemons for a refreshing look
You can use limes, lemons and grapefruit to create something spectacular in your decor swiftly, the refreshing look is definitely an extraordinary image worth pursuing.
Re-purposing a mason jar into a new lighting fixture is no-new idea yet it is a timeless one as the immense capabilities of these simple containers are surfacing more and more DIY projects in this area, every day.
The serving of drinks in mason jars is a trend that truly caught on lately and with these you simply cannot go wrong, refreshing and colorful, they create a vibrant, airy atmosphere.
Image via ohlovelyday.com
26. Create simple-airy decorations
Inspired by the sea, the airy-shabby chic collection below is something that surprises beyond simplicity.
Mason jars are an extraordinary resource that one ought to put to good use. What do you think? We would love to hear your valuable feedback on the subject in the comment section below!
Votive Candles are candles that are deliberately burnt for the purpose of a prayer offering. Used by Christians, these candles represent the prayers that a person may be offering to God. Hence the reason many of them are found in churches, prayer alters. In people's homes and can at times such as Christmas or Easter be seen in the hands of those who may be offering prayers on the side of the streets. Almost anything can be used to hold a votive candle, but given their symbolic meaning, some people go all out to make their candle holders look extra special. Votive candles can also used for purposes other than prayer offerings, they are used also to make vows and pledges; example, a couple on their wedding day, Valentine's Day, and birthdays but for decorative purposes as well, lighting our homes and making them more cozy.
Here are 31 Different Ways and DIY Items to Hold Your Votive Candles.
Share your votive candle experiences and ideas in the comment section below.
The lack of time is a very often occurrence these days. Some individuals have gotten used to it, a really admirable feat of strength that others only dream of. Time is priceless. A second of pure joy with our family and friends during Christmas is simply unforgettable, priceless when you glance upon the moment from a distant view. For these moments we have to prepare ourselves both physical and mentally, we have to simply detach from our daily problems and concerns and enjoy these special moments as much as possible.
This article is here to help you with the physical preparation, it showcases no less than 30 Insanely Beautiful Last-Minute Christmas Windows Decorating Ideas and it has both small and big crafts alike. It features a range of projects that vary from compositions in which only purchased materials are being used up to beautiful diy enthusiast crafts with little to no costs.
Window decorations for example is a subject often ignored, as we tend to spend less and less time on the streets, as a pedestrian, walking for leisure we also tend to discourage indirectly the interaction with this part of the society, with these beautiful, simple, natural activities. Just imagine for a moment what a beautiful view you can offer to your guests, the street, your neighbors with a simple installation in your window, these can be composed out of snowflakes, pine-cones, Christmas gloves, faux gifts, advent calendars or greenery beautifully doubled by string lights or candles.
Last-Minute Christmas Windows Decorating Ideas
#1 Beautify your windows with merry gift boxes
Unknown source.
#2 Decorate the exterior of your window with branches twigs and logs
via the2seasons.com
#3 Suspend beautiful decor on a twig in your window
What do you think about these Beautiful Last-Minute Christmas Windows Decorating Ideas? We would love to hear your opinion in the comment section below.
There is something elegant and chic about glass kitchen cabinets. They seem to open everything up to look more spacious and the room more lighted,with a list of glass to choose from like beveled, frosted, smooth and crystal. In case you did not know, beveled glass is one that is cut to a specific size and angle in order to produce a chic framed appearance. The whole point of having a clear glass cabinet in your kitchen is not to show off how much groceries you have, but rather to display your finest flatware and china. However, if you don't want to use wood cabinets, then a frosted glass would be just the thing for your tin cans and cereal boxes. As you will notice in this article, glass used in kitchen cabinets are sometimes for artistry beautification in conjunction with wood cabinets. If you have young children, this is something to consider when installing glass cabinets. You certainly would not want such cabinets on the floor like you will see in this article. For this will only be all too eye-catching for your toddler. Also,don't place them to low that they can climb up on a chair either - so consider these matters first.
Remember you cabinets are the real center of attraction and attention in your kitchen, not your island. There are a few glass cabinet door styles to choose from like clear or slightly opaque, leaded, patterned, etched or grooved glass. No more searching with multiple styles to choose from for your kitchen decor. If you're wondering, a few common areas for glass cabinet doors are the corners, end, those that frame the appliances or kitchen sink, peninsula and small top cabinets.
Finally, the cherry on the cake would be to have lights in the interior of your glass cabinets. This displaying your many fine china and champagne glasses would itself enhance your entire glass kitchen cabinet decor.
Whether beaded, leaded or painted - having glass cabinets in your kitchen would always add a touch of class. Do leave your comments in the comment section below.
Wood is definitely the most extraordinary material in the world. It can take absolutely any shape, it comes in thousands of tones and textures, it`s noble and elegant whilst being versatile. Further on we will present you a selection of wooden types of stairs for modern homes in which you`ll see just a small part of the wood`s capabilities. Wood had a key role from the very beginning in architecture an design and so did the stairs.
Wood will enhance your staircase with warmth, coziness, elegance and style ;you can obtain whatever color and texture you want or need with the right information and resources. You can obtain one of the most smooth surfaces in the world or an extraordinary textured one, the possibilities are endless; it can be materialized in any shape with the right resources.
In the selection bellow you will see wooden helical stairs, free floating stairs, wired anchored floating stairs, organic staircases, monolithic staircases, sculptural staircases and many others. We would love to hear your opinion about the different wooden types of stairs presented bellow and some information about the ones that you are using.
![10 Best Aquarium Safe Silicone for 2024 [Buyer’s Guide]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Best-Aquarium-Silicone-Safe-for-2021-03.jpg "10 Best Aquarium Safe Silicone for 2024 [Buyer's Guide]")
![Alcohol Ink Art Tutorial [Alcohol Inks 101]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Alcohol-Ink-Art-Tutorial-01.jpg "Alcohol Ink Art Tutorial [Alcohol Inks 101]")
![Alcohol Ink and Epoxy Resin 101 [All You Need to Know]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/Alcohol-Ink-and-Epoxy-Resin-1.jpg "Alcohol Ink and Epoxy Resin 101 [All You Need to Know]")
![Acrylic Pouring Medium Guide [All You Need to Know]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Acrylic-Pouring-Medium-Guide-01.jpg "Acrylic Pouring Medium Guide [All You Need to Know]")
![Acrylic Pour Painting [All You Need To Know]](https://homesthetics.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Acrylic-Pour-Painting-01.jpg "Acrylic Pour Painting [All You Need To Know]")
c
